Full text of "Self-education in Latin"

See other formats

3 2044 097 078 281

Digitized by Google

THE SELF-EDUCATOR SERIES

EDITED BY

JOHN ADAMS, M.A., B.Sc.

RECTOR OP THE FREE CHURCH TRAINING COLLEGE, GLASGOW

LATIN

W. A. EDWARD, M.A.

NEW YORK

THOMAS Y. CROWELL & CO.

426 AND 428 WEST BROADWAY

1901

Digitized by v^ooQle

Digitized by Google

THE SELF-EDUCATOR

LATIN

W. A. EDWARD, M.A.

EDITED BY

JOHN ADAMS, M.A., B.Sc.

HECTOR OP THE FREE CHURCH TRAINING COLLEGE, GLASGOW

NEW YORK

THOMAS Y. CROWELL & CO.

426 AND 428 WEST BROADWAY
igoi

Digitized by Google

E.ct^T'urc’i. as o

✓

HARVARD COLLEGE LIBRARY
GIFT OF

GINN & COMPANY
MARCH 17, 1927

Digitized by v^ooQle

GENERAL NOTE

The object of this Series is indicated by its title,
“The Self-Educator”. It is hoped that by means
of these books the most isolated student will be
able, without other aid, to ground himself in the
various subjects dealt with. Every care has b6en
taken to make each book complete in itself. Hints
are given by following which further progress may
be made in the various studies.

Digitized by v^ooQle

INTRODUCTION.

It is easy to see why we learn living languages like
French and German. We readily admit the advan¬
tage of being able to speak French, to write French,
and to read French. Now even classical scholars
never speak Latin; they almost never write Latin ;
"but they do read it. It is true that students are
taught how to write in Latin, but this is not in order
that they may use it in correspondence or in writing
•down their thoughts, but for two quite different but
thoroughly satisfactory reasons. The first is that
Latin is such an exact language that the mere learn¬
ing of how to express our thoughts in that language
is a training in exact thinking. If a scholar is in
•doubt as to whether an English sentence conveys a
-clear meaning he throws it into Latin. Any in¬
accuracy becomes clear in the process. The second
Teason is that by writing Latin we increase our
power of reading Latin. It is for this reason that
in the following pages you will find so much work
in turning English into Latin. The object of this
book is not to teach you to write Latin, but to read
it. Yet it is found that the best way to understand
Jhow the Romans expressed themselves is by trying
to express ourselves in the same way.

A very little experience will show you that it is

Digitized by v^ooQle

viii

INTRODUCTION

much easier to read Latin than to write it, and it is
quite possible to read Latin with considerable ease
and accuracy, and yet be unable to write even a
sentence or two without serious blunders. Nor is
this surprising. In turning Latin into English you
are dealing with your own language. It is a matter
of digging the meaning out of the Latin : once you
have the meaning you cannot go wrong, for you are
familiar with the necessary English words and con¬
structions. On the other hand, in turning English
into Latin you start with the meaning, it is true,,
but you have to express that meaning through words
and constructions with which you are unfamiliar.

It is for this reason that there is no English-Latin
vocabulary in this book. If you look up an English
word in an English-Latin vocabulary you get two or
three Latin equivalents ; but unless you know these
Latin words — in which case it was hardly necessary
to look up your vocabulary — you are unable to decide
which of them has the meaning that you want for
the particular sentence you are dealing with. If, on
the other hand, you find three English words given
as the equivalents of a Latin word, you easily select
the one that suits the English sentence. You should
make it a rule never to use a Latin word unless you
have seen it used in a Latin sentence . You will find
that this is the principle on which the following
Exercises have been prepared. You always begin
by using words in Latin sentences, then go on to
use these same words in turning English sentences
into Latin. If you do not remember the Latin
equivalent for an English word in the Exercises*.

Digitized by

Google

INTRODUCTION

turn back an Exercise or two and you are sure to
find it. This turning back and running your eye
over former Exercises is not a waste of time.

The best way to use this book is to work right
through it, exercise by exercise. Thus, write out
Exercise 1 (a), then turn to Part II. and correct
your version before you begin 1 (b). Between 1 (a)
and 1 (6) you should read over once more the whole
of Lesson I., and so with all the lessons.

For thorough study constant revision is necessary.
As soon as you have completed five lessons, then,
revise ; as soon as you have finished the next five,
revise again, and so on to the end of the book. An
excellent method of revision is to use Part II. as the
Exercise, and Part I. as the Key. Thus, suppose
you are revising Exercises 6 to 10 you will first read
carefully over all that is said in Lesson VI. in Part I.
Then, turning to Part II., take Exercise 6 (6) there,
turn it into English and then compare with 6 (b)
in Part I. Next, turning back to Part II., take
Exercise 6 (a), turn it into Latin and compare your
work with 6 (a) in Part I.

It may strike you as an objection that in this
way of revising you often remember exactly how a
particular exercise runs. This is not a defect, but
rather an advantage. The more you can thus re¬
member the better.

In the case of those students who are unaccus¬
tomed to grammatical form, and find the English-
Latin exercises very difficult, the following plan may
be recommended for a first reading. Bead Lesson
I., then work Exercise 1 (a). Turn to Part II. and

Digitized by v^ooQle

INTRODUCTION

correct your version of 1 (a). Then, instead of
turning back to Part L, keep at Part II., and turn
1 ( b ) there into English, afterwards correcting your
version by comparing with 1 (6) in Part I. By
doing this with all the Lessons you will get right
through the book the first time without doing any¬
thing but Latin-English. You could then go through
the book working in the ordinary way — using Part
II. as the Key throughout.

Those who go through the book in the regular
way, revising every five lessons as suggested, might
make a final revision by treating all the Exercises
as English-Latin — just the reverse of what has been
suggested in the preceding paragraph.

It is clear that the fyook may be used in various
ways according to the needs of the student, the
essential point about them all being that they can
be followed without any other help than is given in
the book itself.

Digitized by CjOOQle

CONTENTS

PAOB

Introduction . vii

PART I.

Preliminary Chapter . 1

lesson

I. First Declension . 7

n. The Verb . 10

III. Second Declension . 14

IV. The Verb 4 . 15

V. Adjectives, Class I. — Time When, Time How Long 17

VI. Pluperfect and Future Perfect Indicative. — Si, Ubi,

Postquam with Future Perfect Indicative - 21

VII. Third Declension. — Descriptive Genitive. — Est and

Genitive . 23

VIII. Third Declension : Neuter Nouns. — Motion to and

from a Place . 27

IX. A few Hints on the Third Declension. — Place

Where . 80

X. Adjectives, Class II. — Amans. — Genitive of Price - 33

XI. Fourth Declension. — Present and Imperfect Sub¬
junctive. — Ut Final, Ne . 36

XII. Fifth Declension. — Perfect and Pluperfect Sub¬
junctive. — Cum and Subjunctive. — Uses of
Adjective . 40

XIII. Supine, Future Participle Active and Past Parti¬

ciple Passive. — Supine after a Verb of Motion.

— Noun and Participle equal to English Ab¬
stract Noun and “of ”. — Is, ea, id - - 44

XIV. Present, Imperfect and Future of Verb. — Ablative

Absolute. — Se, Sese . 48

XV. Infinitive and Participles. — Accusative and Infini¬
tive. — Hic, haec, hoc . 52

XVI. Perfect, Pluperfect, Future Perfect Tenses. — Ac¬
cusative and Infinitive. — Qui, quae, quod. —
Adjectives with -tus in the Genitive and -t in
the Dative. — Ipse, -a, -um 57

XVII. Present and Imperfect Subjunctive. — Ut Consecu¬
tive. — Ille, Iste . 61

XVIII. Perfect and Pluperfect Subjunctive. — Alius. — The

Gerund . - - - 65

Digitized by v^ooQle

xii

CONTENTS

LESSON PAGE

XIX. Perfect Tenses of the Passive and Sum, etc. — A and

Ablative . 68

XX. Perfect Tenses of Sum. — Third Person Singular

Passive of Verbs. — Compounds of Sum - - 72

XXI. Present, Imperfect and Future Indicative Passive.

— Gerund Denoting Necessity 80

XXII. Ego, tu. — Comparison of Adjectives. — Ablative of

Comparison. — Genitive after Superlatives - 84

XXIII. Present and Imperfect Subjunctive Passive. — Ut

Substantival . 88

XXIV. Perfect and Pluperfect Subjunctive Passive. —

Dative Verbs . 91

XXV. Imperative, Infinitives, Participles Passive. — Con¬
ditional Sentences . 94

XXVI. Possum and Conditional Sentences - - - 97

XXVII. Ed. — Conditional Sentences. — Quin and Quominus 101

XXVIII. Fero. — Questions, Direct and Indirect - - - 104

XXIX. Vdld, Nolo, Malo and Verbs with Infinitive * - 108

XXX. Volo, Nolo, Malo.— Gerundive - 111

XXXI. Flo.— Verbs of Fearing . 114

XXXII. Impersonal Verbs. — Passive of Dative Verbs - - 117

XXXIII. Qui and Subjunctive . 120

XXXIV. Irregular Comparisons . 123

XXXV. Temporal Clauses . 127

XXXVI. Numerals . 130

XXXVII. Oratio Obliqua . 134

XXXVIII. Oratio Obliqua . 137

XXXIX. Prepositions. — Conjunctions . 140

XL. Adverbs . 143

Hints for Further Study . 145

PART II.

Key to the Passages for Translation . 149

Key to the Exercises . 173

Numeral Adjectives . 209

Tables of Verbs . - - - - 211

Tables of the Regular Verbs . 212

Tables of Irregular Verbs . 224

Alphabetical List of Latin Verbs . 227

Vocabulary . 239

Digitized by v^ooQle

PART I.

PRELIMINARY CHAPTER.

We shall begin with a few words about the Latin
Alphabet, and the sounds which its letters represented.

- Alphabet.

1. The Latin Alphabet as written now has no w.

2. The other letters are the same as in English.

3. Sometimes j is not used, and i is employed instead.
You may write jacio , I throw, or iacio.

4. k is very seldom used in Latin.

Pronunciation.

Pronounce the letters like the English ones, but observe
the following rules : —

Vowels .

a, e, i, o, u are the Vowels in Latin. The rest of the
letters are Consonants.

a is pronounced always like the a sound in far or fat.

a. When marked thus dwell on the sound : this is called
a long, as in far . In Latin a is never pronounced like a
in fate.

a. When marked thus do not dwell on the sound : this
is called a short, as in fat ,

Digitized by v^ooQle

PRELIMINARY CHAPTER

6, that is e long, pronounce like a in may. Thus me,
the Latin for “me,” is pronounced like English may.

e, that is e short, is pronounced like e in bet.

Note. — e is always sounded, e.g.f lig&rt, the Latin for
“to collect,” three syllables.

I, that is i long, is pronounced like e in see.

I, that is i short, is pronounced like i in bit.

Thus servi, the Latin for “slaves,” is pronounced
servee.

In rXged, the Latin for “I am stiff,” the first syllable
is pronounced like the English rig.

6 is pronounced almost exactly like o in no: mos ,
custom.

0 is pronounced like o in not : bonus , good.

U is pronounced like u in rule : domiis , houses.

U is pronounced like u in put — that is to say, it is not
dwelt on so long : domiis , a house.

Diphthongs.

ae, au, oe, ui in Latin are called Diphthongs.

ae is pronounced like ay in day : mensae , of a table,
pronounce mens-ay.

au is pronounced like ow in endow: aurem, golden,
pronounce ow-rO-us.

oe is pronounced like a in fate : proelium, a battle, pro¬
nounce pray-li-um.

ui is pronounced like wee : cui, to whom, pronounce
kwee.

Consonants .

g is always like g in gum,: regis , of a king,
c is always like c in cat : condiciones , terms, pronounce
conMTciones.

j is pronounced like y in yacht : abjicio , I throw away.

Digitized by v^ooQle

PRELIMINARY CHAPTER

pronounce ab-yicio (i before a vowel has a similar
pronunciation).

qu is pronounced like qu in queen : obliquus, slanting,
pronounce o-blee-kwuss.

gu is pronounced like gw in Gwendoline : anguis, a
snake, pronounce ang-gwis .

ph, th, ch are pronounced like p, t, and k, respectively.
Thus charta, a paper or writing, is pronounced karta.

The Parts of Speech.

Words are divided into various classes. We talk of
Nouns, Adjectives, Pronouns, Verbs, Adverbs, Prepo¬
sitions, Conjunctions, Interjections ; and that we may
always know exactly what we mean, we shall set down
shortly what we understand by each of these terms.

1. The Noun. — Observe these words : John, table, white¬
ness. The first is the name of a person ; the second is the
name of a thing ; the third is the name of a quality. We
may say then, — Any name is a noun. In Latin we some¬
times call this the Substantive , as naming the substance
of anything. We do this to distinguish these from other
words which are names of a kind, but only name qualities
of the things denoted by the noun, and always go with
nouns. Thus, the noun whiteness names the quality
regarded as existing by itself ; the adjective white names
the quality as existing in something, with the name of
which it always goes.

2. The Adjective. — The adjective names some quality
possessed by the thing named by the noun. Thus, table
names a certain article of furniture. It has a certain size,
shape, etc. If we wish to name these we add an adjective
to the noun, e.g., a wooden table, a strong table.

3. The Pronoun. — “John went into the house. He
met his friend there ”. What does the word he do here ?

Digitized by CjOOQle

PRELIMINARY CHAPTER

It stands in place of the name John. A pronoun, then, is
a word which stands in place of a noun.

4. The Verb. — “John ran along the road.” “John
chased a hare.” “John now sleeps.” In each of these
sentences we talk of somebody doing something, or being
in a certain state. The somebody is named by a noun
(the Subject) ; the doing or state is described by a verb
(the Predicate). Thus ran , chased , sleeps are verbs.

5. The Adverb . — “ John ran quickly.” “ John chased
a hare eagerly.” “ John sleeps peacefully.” In each case
here we have a word {quickly, eagerly , peacefully) telling
us something about the action or state marked by the
verb. Such a word, used with a verb to describe its
action, is called an adverb (Latin ad, to, and verb ; that
is, added to a verb).

6. The Preposition. — “ John ran quickly ... his
work.” This is a broken sentence. His ivork is uncon¬
nected. Put in the word to before his. Now the sentence
gives complete sense. This little word joins work to ran
quickly , and shows the connection between them. Such
a word we call a preposition (Latin prae , before, and
positus , placed — a word placed before a noun). A prepo¬
sition, then, is a word which connects words and shows the
relation between them.

7. The Conjunction. — We have another class of words
which connect — conjunctions. These however, unlike pre¬
positions, usually connect sentences. If I wish to make one
big sentence out of the three sentences in paragraph 5
I write : “ John ran quickly and chased a hare eagerly
and now sleeps peacefully ”. A conjunction, then, is a
word which connects sentences. Occasionally conjunc¬
tions connect words, e.g ., “John and James are sleeping

“ Either John or James is a fool.”

8. The Interjection. — “ Hurrah ! John has caught the

Digitized by

Google

PRELIMINARY CHAPTER

hare.” In this sentence Hurrah ! is just an exclamation,
a shout. Such a word thrown into the sentence without
connection is called an interjection.

No doubt you could go on to tell me a good deal more
about these words and their uses, but this is all you must
know before studying the following pages. Different
people have different ideas on these words, but it is
absolutely necessary that for the present you and I should
agree to have the same.

The Inflections of Latin.

“ England’s queen has reigned for sixty years.”

“ The Queen of England has reigned for sixty years.”

You see these two sentences express the same meaning
in different ways. In the first sentence to show the con¬
nection between England and queen we add an *s, making
a slight change in the end of the word. In the second case
we connect the two by a preposition, at the same time
altering the order. Latin in the great majority of cases
uses the first method to show connection. Latin order
is consequently almost always different from English.

The ’s in the first example we call an inflection — a
change in the end of a word to show relationship to some
other word or words. Such changes are made only in
nouns, adjectives, pronouns, verbs and adverbs. The
other parts of speech are never inflected. Latin of course
uses prepositions too, but these only help the inflections,
and are followed, according to certain rules, by changes
in the end of the noun they go with. In English the
prepositions have to do all the work, without any help
from the endings of words.

The Inflections of Nouns in Latin.

We add various endings to nouns to show their relation¬
ship to other words in the sentence. The noun so changed

Digitized by v^ooQle

PRELIMINARY CHAPTER

is said to be in a certain Case. A list of ail the cases of a
noun is called the Declension of the noun. To decline a
noun is to go through all its cases.

We have cases in English, as you know, but we do not
always mark them by inflection. In fact we very seldom
do so. We generally mark them by a preposition. The
following are examples of the inflections found in English
nouns and pronouns : —

“John's book is good.”

“ He struck him.”

The first word, Johns , we say is in the Possessive case.
When the person is acting, you observe we use He, which
is called the Nominative case. The person who receives
the action of the verb is named by him , which we call the
Objective case. The Nominative case is, in one sense, not
really a case, because there is no change at the end.

Case is a word which comes from the Latin word casus ,
which means a falling. It was applied to these forms of
the noun because they were regarded as a falling away
from the original form. Thus, if we regard the Nomi¬
native case as the upright straight line, as being really
not a falling away at all, the other cases in Latin may
be represented by sloping lines.

You observe among these names that only one of the
English names for the cases occurs, viz. , the Nominative.

Digitized by CjOOQle

FIRST DECLENSION

The Genitive ease is usually translated by of and the
noun. Thus insulae, Genitive ease, means of the island .

The Dative ease is usually translated by to or for and
the noun. Thus insulae , Dative ease, means to or for the
island .

The Ablative ease is generally translated by by, with ,
from , or in and the noun. Thus insula , Ablative case,
means from the island ; gladio , Ablative ease of gladius ,
means by or with the sword ; auctumno , Ablative ease of
auctumrms , means in auttumn.

The Accusative ease generally comes after a verb, is
closely connected with it, and answers to our English
Objective case. Thus, in Hdminem interfecit, which
means He killed a man , hominem is the Accusative case
of homo.

The Vocative case is the case of the person addressed
or spoken to. Thus, in Ml fill , virtutem reverere , which
means My son , reverence virtue , fill is the Vocative of
fllius.

The Nominative case is the same as in English in its
use.

LESSON I.

First Declension.

When a noun names one thing we say it is singular ;
when more than one, plural.

In English a noun is said to be feminine when it is the
name of a living thing of female sex ; that is, gender in
nouns corresponds to sex in living things ; so a masculine
noun is the name of a living thing of male sex. Thus
girl is feminine, boy masculine. In Latin this rule holds
good : puella , a girl, is feminine, puer , a boy, is mascu¬
line. In English all other words are neuter : this is not
so in Latin. This language gives gender to names of
sexless things. Insula , an island, in Latin is feminine;

Digitized by v^ooQle

FIRST DECLENSION

murus , a wall, is masculine. Fairly easy rules happily
can be given for determining gender in each noun. These
we shall give later.

A list of all the forms of a noun is called the Declension
of the noun. To go through this list is to Decline the noun.

There are five different sets of inflections in Latin.
According as the noun takes the first, second, third, fourth,
fifth set, we say it belongs to the First, Second, Third,
Fourth, Fifth Declension.

Each declension is distinguished by the way in which
the nouns belonging to it form the genitive singular.
Insul-a , an island, makes genitive insul-ae. Mur -us, a
wall, makes genitive mur-l. Insula belongs to the First
Declension ; murus to the Second. The other declensions
will be explained later.

First Declension.

Insul-a , f.... an island.

Singular.

Nominative & Vocative Insul-a an (the) island
Accusative . . . Insul-am an (the) island

Genitive . . . Insul-ae of an (the) island

Dative . . . Insul-ae to or for an (the) island

Ablative . . . Insul-a by, with, from or in an (the)

island

Plural.

Nominative & Vocative Insul-ae (the) islands
Accusative . . . Insul-as (the) islands

Genitive . . . Insul-drum of (the) islands

Dative . . . Insul-is to or for (the) islands

Ablative . . . InsuUis by, with, from or in (the)

islands

You notice in this that Latin has no word for the or a,
the definite and indefinite article, as we call them. Insula
means an island or the island, and the sense tells us
which.

Digitized by Google

FIRST DECLENSION

The part in this noun, and in all nouns of any declen¬
sion, left after removing the termination of the genitive
singular we call the stem . A case then always consists of
stem + inflection. Thus insul - is the stem, -ae the genitive
inflection, -am the accusative inflection, and so on. To find
the case of any noun, then, get the stem and add the
inflection that marks that case.

Before going on to tackle an exercise with larger
sentences it will be good to have a little practice in these
inflections.

Exercise 1 (a). '

Write down, then, the meanings of these Latin phrases: —
1. Amicitia incolarum Hispaniae. 2. Incolae Italiae.
3. Incolis Italiae. 4. Ferocia nautae. 5. Ira nautarum.
6. Insulis Italiae. 7. Insulas Hispaniae. (What case is
insulas ?) 8. Victoria insularum nautarum.

Exercise 1 ( b ).

Write down the forms for these English phrases in
Latin : —

1. The friendship of the sailors of Italy. 2. The inhabi¬
tants of Spain. 3. Of the inhabitants of Italy. 4. By
the anger of the sailor. 5. By the victory of the poets.
6. To the islands. 7. For the sailors of Spain and Italy.

Vocabulary 1.

Amicitia , -ae, f.... friendship
2£{...and

Ferocia, -ae, f.... boldness
Hispania , -ae, f.... Spain
Incola, -ae, m. or f.... inhabitant

Ira, -ae, f.... wrath
Italia , -ae, f.... Italy
Nauta , -ae, m.... sailor
Poeta, -ae, m. ...poet
Victoria, -ae, {....victory

Compare now what you have written with the Key in
Part II., and so with each following exercise.

Digitized by v^ooQle

10 THE VERB

LESSON II.

Tot Verb.

The verbs are divided into Conjugations as the nouns
into declensions. The nouns were classed according to
the termination of the genitive singular: the verbs are
classed according to the termination of their Present
Infinitive. To love, to advise, to rule, to hear are present
infinitives in English. Am-are , mon-ere , reg-#re , and -Ire
are the corresponding verbs in Latin. The termination is
in each case -are, -ere, -ere, -ire ; the other part may be
called the Present stem.

Verbs with infinitives in -are belong to the First Con¬
jugation.

Verbs with infinitives in -ere belong to the Second Con¬
jugation.

Verbs with infinitives in -£re belong to the Third Conju¬
gation.

Verbs with infinitives in -ire belong to the Fourth Con¬
jugation.

In this lesson we shall take up the Present and Imper¬
fect tensQ of amo. Watch carefully the English meaning
of the tense.

Present

Sing. 1. Atn-o

2. Am-as

3. Am-at

Plur. 1. Am-amus .

2. Am-dtis .

3. Am-ant

Indicative. .

I love or am loving
Thou lovest or art loving
He loves or is loving
We love or are loving
Ye (you) love or are loving
They love or are loving

I, thou, he, etc., are called the subjects of the verb and
are said to be in the nominative case.

Digitized by <oooQle

THE VERB

In the Latin, you notice, they are represented by the
inflection or termination only. It is as if amo meant love
I and -o stood for /, and so forth. — As a role do not trans¬
late the English pronoun into Latin when it is nominative
to a verb.

Further, this inflection shows whether it is the person
speaking who is acting (first person), or the person spoken
to (second person), or the person spoken about (third
person).

This is true both of the first three forms, and also of the
last three. The difference in the last three is that the
persons are now plural — we are speaking of more than one.

When we say the verb is singular and use the singular
forms in Latin, we mean there is one person acting.
When we say the verb is plural and use the plural forms
in Latin, we mean there is more than one person acting.
The first person denotes that the person (or persons)
speaking is (or are) acting ; the second person denotes that
the person (or persons) spoken to is (or are) acting ; and
the third person denotes that the person (or persons)
spoken about is (or are) acting.

We have used the term Indicative above. The Indica¬
tive mood of the verb makes a plain straightforward state¬
ment, for example : amo, I love. The Present terminations
also show that the action described by the verb is going on
just now — at present. This form of the verb we call the
Present tense.

Imperfect Indicative.

1. Am-dbam .

2. Am-dbds .

3. Am-dbat .

1. Am-dbamus

2. Am-dbdtis

3. Am-abant .

I was loving or used to love
Thou wast loving or used to love
He was loving or used to love
We were loving or used to love
Ye (you) were loving or used to love
They were loving or used to love

Digitized by v^ooQle

THE VERB

The termination here, you see, tells you what person
was acting and when the action was taking place. This
tense denotes an action going on in the past and not com¬
pleted ; hence its name — Imperfect.

Note . — The following and all future exercises you should
write referring to the vocabulary; then, after finishing,
learn the vocabulary off by heart. The first one or two
will of course be rather big, until we get some material
to work on ; but soon they will grow smaller. In Part II.
you will find a correct translation of the exercises by
means of which to correct your own. Watch carefully
any notes that are given there, and carefully attend all
through the book to differences in the order of the words
in Latin and in English. You will see the order is seldom
the same in the two languages.

Exercise 2 (a).

Turn into English : —

1. Incolas Hispaniae Barca concitat. 2. Primo incola¬
rum amicitiam rogabat. 3. Saepe incolas hujus terrae
superabatis. 4. Italiam nunc non amas, neque amabas.

5. Cum incolis insulae bellas, atque ferocia et ira flagras.

6. In insula Sicilia pugnabamus, sed incolae amicitiam
negabant. 7. Amicitiam rogatis et impetratis. 8. Vic¬
toriam nunc speramus ; hoc tibi negat.

(For Vocabulary see p. 13.)

The following exercise is now to be turned into Latin.
To add a little to the interest I have tried to tell you con¬
secutively a few facts about the life of Hamilcar Barca, a
famous Carthaginian general, who fought against the
Romans.

Digitized by LjOOQle

THE VERB

Exercise 2 (6).

(Words in italics are not to be translated. )

1. Barca is arming the inhabitants of Spain. 2. He was
trying at first to win the friendship of the inhabitants.
3. He defeated many times the people of this land. 4. He
does not love Italy now, nor used he to love it. 5. He was
warring with the inhabitants of Italy, and he was ablaze
with boldness and anger. 6. He was fighting in the island
of Sicily. 7. The inhabitants of Italy, however, defeated
Barca. 8. He then asked for their friendship and obtained
it. 9. Now he is renewing his wrath against Italy. 10.
You hope for victory, O Barca ; toe deny this to you.

Vocabulary 2.

Nego, -are... to say . . . not, to
deny, to refuse
Non... not

Armo, -are... to arm
Atque...&n(l
Autem... however
Barca , -ae, m.... Barca
Bello , -are... to war
Concilio, -are... to win (friendship,
etc.). Imperfect Indicative
will express trying- to- win
Concito, -are... to stir up
Cum (and ablative)... along with
Flagro , -are... to blaze
Hoc 1 . . . this (accusative)

Hujus2... of this (genitive)
Impetro, -are... to obtain a request
In (and ablative)... in
In (and accusative)... against
Neque... nor

Nunc...novt
Primo... at first
Pugno, -are... to fight
Renovo, -are... to rene^y
Rogd, -are... to ask, to ask for
Saepe... many times, often
Sed... but

Sicilia , -ae, f.... Sicily

Spero , -are... to hope, to hope for

Supero, -are... to conquer

Terra, -ae, f....land

Tibi... to you (dative)

Turn. . .then

Note . — The vocabularies embrace only new words. If
you forget any word given already, you must turn to the
Vocabulary at the end of the book.

1 Nom. or acc. neut. sing, of hic, haec, hoc.

2 Geti. sing, of hie, haec, hoc.

Digitized by v^ooQle

SECOND DECLENSION

LESSON III.

Second Declension.

Learn these two nouns off by heart, paying particular
attention, to the terminations or inflections : —

Murus, m....a wall Bellum , n....war

Singular.

Plural.

Singular.

Plural.

Nom. Mur-us

-i

BeU-um

-a

Voc. Mur-e

-i

Bell-um

-a

Acc. Mur-um

-os

BeU-um

-a

Gen. Mur-i

-orum

Bell-i

-orum

Dat. Mur-o

-is

Bell-o

-is

Abl. Mur-o

-is

Bell-o

-is

Decline like this all nouns ending in -us and -um with
genitive in -i.

We shall not print the meanings of the cases any more.
You must refer to Lesson I. if you forget them.

Some nouns of this declension end in -er, and are then
declined like the two following.

Note. — Nouns in -us and - er are masculine; nouns in
-um neuter.

Puer) m....a boy.

Ager , m. . ,

..a field.

Singular.

Plural.

Singular.

Plural.

N. <fc V. Puer

-i

Ager

Agr-i

Acc. Puer-um

-08

Agr-um

-os

Gen. Puer-i

-drum

Agr-i

-orum

Dat. Puer-o

-is

Agr-o

-is

Abl. Puer-o

-is

Agr-o

-is

Notice ager forms all its other cases from agr-f drop¬
ping the e . The e is inserted in the nominative. This
generally happens when the e has a consonant before it.

Exercise 3 (a).

Turn into English : —

1. Puer caprum amabat. 2. Capros Philippi filiorum

Digitized by CjOOQle

THE VERB

amabas. 3. Philippi equos concitabatis. 4. Animos
filiorum Philippus concitabat. 5. Equi Philippi in agris
sunt. 6. Filii Philippo dona dant. 7. Dona filiis Philippi
damus. 8. Ubi sunt filii Philippi cum capris?

Exercise 3 (5).

Turn into Latin : —

1. We love Philip’s sons. 2. Philip’s sons used to love
the horses. 3. Philip gives horses to his sons. 4. Where
are the horses of Philip now ? 5. They are in the fields.
6. The goats and horses belong to (say are of) the sons of
Philip. 7. With his horses and his goats and his sons,
Philip is in the fields.

Vocabulary 3.

Animus, -i, m....mind
Caper , -ri, m. . ..goat
Do, -are... to give
Donum , -i, n...gilt
Equus , -i, m. ...horse

Filius, -n, m....son
Philippus, - i , m.... Philip
Sunt... are

Sunt (and genitive)... belong to
(say are of)

Ubi?... where? (adverb)

LESSON IV.

The Verb.

We shall now take two more tenses of the verb of the
First Conjugation : —

1. Am-dbd .

2. Am-dbis .

3. Am-abit .

1. Am-abimus

2. Am-dbitis

3. Am-dbunt

Future Indicative.

. I shall love or shall be loving
Thou wilt love or wilt be loving
He will love or will be loving
. We shall love or shall be loving
. Ye'(you) will love or will be loving
, They will love or will be loving

Digitized by v^ooQle

THE VERB

Perfect Indicative.

1. Amav-i .

2. Amdv-istl

3. Amav-it

1. Amdv-imus .

2. Amur -istis

3. Amav-erunt or -ere

I have loved or I loved

Thou hast loved or thou lovedsfc

He has loved or he loved

We have loved or we loved

Ye (you) have loved or ye (you) loved

They have loved or they loved

Learn these two tenses off by heart, paying particular
attention to the terminations.

It is plain from the above that the Future tense states
some event as goiug to happen, and that the Perfect tense
states some completed act. You may translate the latter
also by I did love , etc.

As soon as we come to the Perfect tense we require a
new stem. In this conjugation we take the Present stem
and add av, then to this we add the inflections given above.

Question. — What is the Perfect stem of concito, supero,
bello , flagro , armo, pugno ?

Translate the following exercise now into English. The
succeeding English, which is to be done into Latin, has
furnished the nfodel for these Latin sentences ; but the
Latin sentences are disconnected, whereas the English
has a connection running through it.

Exercise 4 (a).

1. Cum Poenis ter, O Romani, bellavistis. 2. Primo
in Italia cum Romanis ^pugnavimus. 3. Auxilio ventorum
Romanos superabis. 4. Tandem adversarios superavere.
5. O Poeni, non jam victoriam sperabitis et bellum re¬
novare recusabitis. 6. Amicitiam adversariorum roga¬
bimus atque impetrabimus. 7. Itaque postea Poeni ami¬
citiam Romanorum conciliaverunt. 8. Romanus cum
Gallo pugnavit.

Digitized by v^ooQle

ADJECTIVES, CLASS I.

Exercise 4 (6).

(Words in italics are not to be translated.)

The Carthaginians waged-war with the Romans three
times. At first they fought in Sicily, and by the aid of
the winds the Carthaginians often defeated the sailors of
the Romans. But at last near Sicily the Roman sailors
defeated their opponents. The Carthaginians after that
no longer hoped-for victory and refused to renew the war.
They then asked-for the friendship of their enemies and
obtained it. Accordingly the Carthaginians and the
Romans were no longer enemies.

Vocabulary i,

Adversarius , -it, m . . . .opponent,
enemy

Ajrud (and accusative)... near

Auxilium , -77, n....aid

Erant... were

Gallus , -7, m....a Gaul

Itaque. . .accordingly

Non j ami... no longer

Poenus , -7, m.... Carthaginian
Postea... after that
Recuso , -are... to refuse
Romanus , -T, m.... Roman
Tandem... at last
Ter... thrice
Ventus , -7, m....wind

LESSON V.

Adjectives, Class I. — Time When, Time How Long.

In English the terminations of adjectives do not tell
us much. In fact inflection has almost disappeared from
the English adjective. We say this boy} but we say these
boys : that is, this is singular, these plural. In Latin such
changes are the rule, and not the exception, as in English.
If we use an adjective with a singular masculine noun
it has one form, with a feminine noun another, with a
neuter noun another. In fact we may say adjectives
take inflections to show differences in number, and gender
and case ; and they always agree in these respects with

Digitized by v^ooQle

ADJECTIVES, CLASS I.

the noun with which they go. Thus pueri is masc. sing,
gen. of puer. Boni is masc. sing. gen. of bonus. Of a
good boy, then, is in Latin boni pueri. Similarly, of a
good girl is bonae puellae.

There are two great classes of adjectives in Latin. The
masculine in the first class ends in -us or -er} and is de¬
clined like murus or ager or puer. The feminine is declined
like a noun of the First Declension, and the nominative
of course ends in -a. The neuter is declined like a neuter
noun of the Second Declension, and of course the nom.
ends in -um. Take the masculine form, then, in the
nominative case of any adjective of this class, and to find
the feminine treat it as a noun of the Second Declension
and find what we have called the stem. To this add -a}
- um , for feminine and neuter respectively, and decline by
the above rules.

1. Thus malus (bad) gives stem mal-. The feminine,
then, is mala , and the neuter malum.

2. Thus asper (rough) gives stem asper. The femi¬
nine, then, is aspera , and the neuter asperum.

3. So ater (black) gives stem atr - (hke ager). The
feminine, then, is atra, and the neuter atrum.

To distinguish between 2 and 3 you will require
always to know and keep in mind what the stem of the
adjective is. We now give an example declined in full
for reference.

Bdnus , -a, -um... good (like murus).

Singular.
Masc. Fem.

Neut.

Masc.

Plural.

Fem.

Neut.

Nom.

Bon-us

-a

-um

B5n-i

-ae

-a

Voc.

B5n-e

-a

-um

B6n-i

-ae

-a

Acc.

B5n-um

-am

-um

Bfin-os

-as

•ft

Gen.

Bon-i

-ae

-i

B5n-orum

-arum

-drum ;

Dat.

B5n-o

-ae

-5

B5n-is

-is

Abl.

Bon-o

-a

-6

B5n-is

-is

Digitized by

Google

’

ADJECTIVES/ CLASS I.

Asper, -a, -um... rough, (likepuer).
Singular. Plural.

Masc. Fem.

Neut.

Masc.

Fem.

Neut.

N. & V. Asper

-a

-um

Asperi

-ae

-a

Acc. Asper-um

-am

-um

Asper-os

-as

-a

Gen. Asper-i

-ae

-I

Asper-orum

-arum

-orum

Dat. Asper-o

-ae

-6

Asper-is

-is

Abl. Asper-o

-a

-o

Asper-is

-is

Ater, atra, atrum... black (like ager).
Singular. Plural.

Masc.(

Fem.

Neut.

Masc.

Fem.

Neut.

N. & V.

Ater

atr-a

atr-um

Atr-i

-ae

-a

Acc.

Atr-um

-am

-um

Atr-os

-as

-a

Gen.

Atr-i

-ae

-i

Atr-orum

-arum

-drum

Dat.

Atr-5

-ae

-6

Atr-is

-is

Abi.

Atr-o

-a

-6

Atr-is

-is

-Is

Time When, Time How Long.

1. Auctumno fdlia sunt rubra. In autumn the leaves
are red.

Auctumno answers to the question, At what time?
When? Auctumno here is the Ablative case. This is how
Latin expresses point of time as opposed to duration of
timet which is put in the Accusative.

2. Vlgintl annos Poeni cum Romanis bellabant. During
twenty years the Carthaginians waged war with the
Eomans.

But if the word itself does not denote time (if it is not
a word like winter, summer, spring, daybreak, etc.) you
would require to insert the preposition in in the first case,
keeping the Ablative case , as : —

3. In bello Ird flagramus. In time of war we blaze
with anger;

In the second example, in which we denote length or
duration of time, we might use, for emphasis, perf a pre¬
position which means during. Thus : —

Digitized by CjOOQle

ADJECTIVES, CLASS I.

Per viginti annos cum Romanis Poeni bellabant. . During
twenty years, etc. (just a little more emphatic than in 2).

Exercise 5 (a).

1. Folia atrae cupressi in horto meo mihi sunt cara. 2.
Cupressus est umbrosa. 3. Equus filii Philippi erat
semper pulcherrimus. 4. Sicilia est insula magna et
pulchra. 5. Cupressi Siciliae sunt atrae et asperae. 6.
Poeni miseri erant ubi hoc spectabant. 7. Magna maes¬
titia videtur esse in animis. 8. Per multos annos cum
Romanis pugnavi atque semper pugnabo.

Exercise 5 (b).

(Words in italics are not to be translated.)

Dear to me is the cypress in my garden. For its leaves
are full-of-shade. It is tall and old, but it was always
beautiful. In autumn it is loveliest. After-that it seems
rough and gloomy. Then I am wretched when I am
looking at it , for a great sadness seems to be in my mind.
For many years 1 have loved my cypress, and I shall love
it for-ever (say always).

Vocabulary 5.

Annus , -i, m....year
Carus, -a, -wm...dear
Cupressus, - i , f.... cypress
Enim... for

Erat... was (imp. indie, of Esse
= to be)

Esse... to be
Folium, - ii , n,...leaf
Hortus , -i, m.... garden
Maestitia , -ae, f.... sadness
Magnus, -a, -um.... large, tall ’

Meus, -a, -um1... my

1 Meus, -a, -um, and adjectives
thus : In horto meo, in garden mil

Digitized

Mihi... to me (dative)

Miser, -a, -um... wretched
Multus, -a, -um... many
Pulcher, -ra, -rum... beautiful,
lovely

Pulcherrimus, -a, -um... loveliest
Semper. . .always

Specto, -are. . .to look at, to behold
Ubi... when (conjunction)
Umbrosus, -a, -um. . .full of shad*»
Vetustus, -a, -um... old
Videtur... it seems

ke it are placed after the nou

Google

PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT 21

LESSON VI.

Pluperfect and Future Perfect Indicative. — Si, Ubi,
Postquam with Future Perfect Indicative.

You remember we formed the Perfect stem by adding
av to the Present stem. Two other tenses are formed from
the resulting Perfect stem amav-y namely, the Pluperfect
and the Future Perfect. Thus, where in English we say
I had loved in Latin we say amaveram . This tense
denotes an action which was completed some time ago
(Pluperfect = Past Perfect). Again, where in English we
say I shall have loved in Latin we say amavero. This
tense is called Future Perfect, because it denotes an action
as completed in the future.

Watch carefully, as usual, the terminations in learning
the following : —

Pluperfect Indicative.

1. Amdv-eram I had loved Amdv-eramus We had loved

2. Amdv-erds Thou hadst loved Amav-erdtis Ye (you) had loved

3. Amdv-crat He had loved Amdv-erant They had loved

Future Perfect Indicative.

1. Ayndv-erd

2. Amdv-erls .

3. Amdv-erit .

1. Amav-erimus

2. Amdv-erttis .

3. Amdv-erint .

I shall have loved
Thou wilt have loved
He will have loved
We shall have loved
Ye (you) will have loved
They will have loved

Note, the double mark s indicates that the syllable is sometimes
long, sometimes short.

Si, Ubi, Postquam with Future Perfect Indicative.

1. If we arm \

2. When we arm \ the inhabitants, we shall conquer the Homans.

3. After we arm )

Digitized by v^ooQle

22 PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT

Here the verb arm in the three sentences is Present
Indicative in English ; but observe, we must have armed
the inhabitants before we can conquer the Romans. The
action must be future and completed in each case. What
we ought to say in English is : “ If (When, After) we shall
have armed the inhabitants we shall conquer the Romans ” ;
and this is what we do say in Latin. The Latin tense is
thus more strictly accurate and reasonable than the Eng¬
lish one. In all such sentences as this, then, where in
English the Present really denotes an action future and
completed, you must use a Future Perfect Indicative .

1. Si i

2. Ubi lineolas armaverimus Romanos superabimus.

3. Postquam )

Exercise 6 (a).

1. Magnus adulescentulorum numerus hunc locum
oppugnaverat. 2. Si adulescentuli hunc locum oppug¬
naverint Romani bellum renovabunt. 3. Ubi Africam
a Poenis abalienaverimus Hispaniam oppugnabimus. 4.
Postquam imperium propagaveritis magna pertinacia con¬
servabitis. 5. Romanos ubi in magno periculo erant
conservaveramus. 6. Consilium Poenorum comprobare
dubitaveratis. 7. Postquam Gallos superaverint imperium
ad Hispanos propagabunt. 8. Recusaverant Romanos
oppugnare quod amicitiam conciliaverant. 9. Si incolas
hujus insulae armavero pugnabunt. 10. In hoc loco
Poeni cum Romanis multos annos bellaverant.

Exercise 6 ( b ).

1. They had attacked a large number of Carthaginian a
in this place. 2. If we attack this place the Spaniards
will renew the war. 3. When ye have estranged Spain
from the Carthaginians, ye will attack Africa. 4. After

Digitized by v^ooQle

THIRD DECLENSION

we have extended our empire we shall preserve it with
great stubbornness. 5. We had hesitated to preserve the
Romans when they were in great danger. 6. I had
hesitated to approve Barca’s plan. 7. After we conquer
Africa we shall extend our empire to Spain. 8. We shall
refuse to attack the Romans because they have won our
friendship. 9, When I have armed the Spaniards I shall
fight with the Gauls. 10. In this place we had fought
with Philip for many years.

Vocabulary 6.

Abalieno , -are... to estrange
Adulescentulus , -i, m.... young man
Africa , - aef f.... Africa
Comprobo , -are... to approve
Conservo , -are... to preserve
Consilium , -ii, n....plan
Dubito , -are... to hesitate
Hispanus , -i, m.... Spaniard
Hunc 1 . . . this (accusative)

Imperium , -ii, n. . . .empire, power
Locus , -i, m. ...place
Numerus , -i, m. ...number
Oppugno , -are... to attack
Periculum , -i, n.... danger
Pertinacia , -ae, {....stubbornness
Propago , -are... to extend
Qao<2 ..because (conjunction)
Fir, -i, m....man

LESSON VII.

Third Declension. — Descriptive Genitive. — Est and Genitive.

In this declension there are nouns of all genders. In
masculine and feminine nouns the terminations are
usually as follows: —

Singular.

Plural.

N. & V.

(various)

-es

Acc.

-em

-es

Gen.

•is

-um

Dat.

•i

-ibus

Abl.

-e

-ibus

But sometimes the genitive plural ends in -ium. If
the nominative of the noun ends in two consonants +

1 Acc. masc. sing, of hie , haect hoc.

Digitized by CjOOQle

THIRD DECLENSION

s, it has -ium. If the noun adds - is or - es to the stem
to form the nominative, it has -ium. All others have
-um. Thus rex , regis , m., a king, labor , laboris , m., labour,
mos , moris, m., a custom, will all take - um in the genitive
plural ; but gens,1 gentis , f., a race, wrbs , urbis, f., a city,
hostis, hostis , m., an enemy, nubes, nubis, f., a cloud, will
have -irn. To decline any noun (masc. or fern.) in this
declension find the genitive singular (which must be
learned by heart), drop the termination (-is), and add the
endings given above. You must learn the nominative
form in the case of each noun.

Learn the fully declined nouns off by heart and practise
those in the lists given after.

Rex, m....

a king.

Mos , m....

a custom.

Singular.

Plural.

Singular.

Pfural.

N. & V.

Rex (g + s

= x) Reg-es

Mds

M6r-§8

Acc.

Reg-em

Reg-es

Mor-em

Mor-es

Gen.

Reg-is

Reg-um

Mor-is

Mor-um

Dat.

Reg-i

Reg-ibus

Mor-I

Mor-ibus

Abl.

Reg-e

Reg-ibus

Mor-e

Mor-ibus

Labor, m..

.. labour.

Urbs, f.

...a city.

Singular.

Plural,

Singular.

Plural.

N. & V.

Labor

Labor-es

Urbs

Urb-es

Acc.

Labor-em

Labor-es

Urb-em

Urb-es

Gen.

Labor-is

Labor-um

Urb-is

Urb-ium

Dat.

Labor-I

Labor-ibus

Urb-i

Urb-ibus

Abl.

Labor-e

Labor-ibus

Urb-e

Urb-ibus

Civis , m. . . . a citizen .

Nubes, f..

..a cloud.

Singular.

Plural.

Singular.

Plural.

N. & V.

Givis

Civ-es

Nubes

Acc.

Civ-em

Giv-es

Nub-em

Nub-es

Gen.

Giv-is

Civ-ium

Nub-is

Nub -ium

Dat.

Clv-I

Civ-ibus

Nub-I

Nub-ibus

Abl.

Clv-e

Giv-ibus

Nub-e

Nub-ibus

1 Really ends in two consonants, the t being dropped before s.

Digitized by CjOOQle

THIRD DECLENSION

Practise the following : —

Genitive plural in -um. — Dux, ducis, m., leader ; consul ,
consulis, m., consul ; princeps, principis, m., chief ; terror ,
terroris , m., terror; imperator , - toris , m., commander-in-
chief ; error , erroris, m., error.

Genitive plural in -ium. — Hostis , -is, m., enemy ; classis,
-is, L, fleet; navis, -is, f., ship; finis, -is, m., end; gens ,
gentis , f., race (remember gens is for gen(t)s : a similar
thing happens with nouns having d before the s).

Descriptive Genitive (or Ablative).

We talk in English of a man of great wisdom. In
Latin “ of great wisdom” may be expressed by either
the genitive or the ablative. This is called the Descrip¬
tive Ablative or Genitive. Note the order of the words
carefully : Magna vir sapientia or magnae vir sapientiae.

Note. — There must be an adjective with the noun ; thus,
a man of wisdom is not vir sapientiae, but vir sapiens.

Est and Genitive.

Where in English we say it is the part of, the duty of, the
mark of, somebody to do something, in Latin we use est
and the genitive merely.

It is the part of a general to overcome the enemy.

Est ducis superare hostes.

Exercise 7 (a).

1. Est Romanorum fines imperii propagare. 2. Hamil¬
car, summa vir ferocia, belli cupiditate flagrabat. 3.
Mente agitabamus bellum renovare. 4. Equis, armis,
viris, pecunia totam locupletabimus Africam. 5. Hieme
in coelo sunt atrae nubes. 6. Classem Poenorum apud
insulas superaverunt Romani. 7. Populus Romanus

Digitized by CjOOQle

2 6

THIRD DECLENSION

ceteras gentes virtute superat. 8. Est principis populum
gubernare. 9. Rex Britannorum, magna vir sapientia,
cum Romanis saepe pugnabat. 10. Si pacem conciliaverint
naves conservabunt.

Exercise 7 (6).

1. It is the duty of a commander-in-chief to preserve
the limits of the Empire. 2. Ye were pondering in mind
the renewal of (to renew) the peace. 3. 0 Hannibal,
you enriched Africa with steeds and money. 4. In
autumn the sky is beautiful. 5. The ships of the Romans
attacked the Carthaginians near the islands. 6. The
Romans, a people of great valour, used to govern all other
races. 7. It is incumbent upon a chief to defeat the
enemy. 8. To make peace is the privilege of the com¬
mander-in-chief. 9. No longer shall we wage war with
the Romans with ships. 10. When we conquer the fleet
of the Carthaginians we shall make peace.

Vocabulary 7.

Arma, -orum, n. pL...arms
Britanni , -onmi, m. pi.... Britons
Ceteri, -ae, -a... all other (plural)
Coelum , -i, n....the sky
Conciliare pacem.. .to make peace
Cupiditas , - tatis , f.... desire
Guberno, -are... to govern
Hamilcar , -is,1 m . . . . Hamilcar
Hannibal , -is,2 m.... Hannibal
Hiems, - emis , f.... win ter

Locupleto,. -are... to enrich
Mente agitare... to ponder in
mind, to meditate
Pax, pacis, f.... peace
Pecunia , -ae, f.... money
Populus, -i, m....a people
Summus, -a, -um. . .very great
Totus, -a, -um... whole
Virtus, -tutis, f.... virtue, valour

1 Pronounce the genitive Ha-milc'-Sris.

2 ,, ,, „ Ha-nib'-Slis.

Digitized by CjOOQle

NEUTER NOUNS

LESSON VIII.

Thirp Declension: Neuter Nouns. -Motion to and prom a
Place.

All neuter nouns of the third declension have the accu¬
sative singular and plural the same as the nominative and
vocative singular and plural respectively.

The nominative plural usually ends in - a and the
genitive plural in •um ; but if the nominative singular is
stem + e , the ablative singular has -i, the nominative
plural has - iat and the genitive plural - ium .

Thus, tempus , temporis , n., time, noment nominis , n.,
name, have -a and - um ; but mare , marist n., sea, has
marl , maria , mariwm.

Learn the fully declined nouns off by heart and practise
those in the list given after : —

Nomen , n....a name.

Tempus ,

n....time.

Singular.

Plural.

Singular.

Plural.

N., V. & Acc. Nomen

No min -a

Tempus

Tempor-a

Gen.

Nomin-is

Nomin-um

Tempor-is

Tempor-um

Dat.

Nomin-i

Nomip-ibus

Tempor-i

Tempor-ibus

Abl.

Nomin-e

Nomin-ibus

Tempor-e

Tempor-ibus

Mare , n....a sea.

Vectigal ,

n....a tax.

Singular.

Plural.

Singular.

Plural.

N., V. & Acc. Mar-e

Mar-ia

Vectigal

Vectigal-ia

Gen.

Mar-is

Mar-ium

Vectigal-is

Vectigal-ium

Dat. & Abl. Mar-i

Mar-ibus

Vectigal-1

Vectigal-ibus

The stems of nouns like mare usually end in -a/, - il , -ar,
and in a few like vectigal the e of the nominative singular
has been lost. Do not confuse these with masculine
nouns in - al , - il , -ar, as sal , m., salt, Zar, m., household
god.

Practise the following : Cognomen , -inis, n., surname ;

Digitized by UjOOQle

NEUTER NOUNS

rmmus, - eris , n., gift; foedus, -eris, n., treaty; genus, -eris,
n., class, kind ; litus, -oris, n., shore ; hostile, -is, n., spear
shaft; sedile, -is, n., seat ; animal, animalis, n., animal

Motion to and from a Place.

1. Hannibal ‘pecuniam Roma ad Africam portavit .
Hannibal brought the money from Rome to Africa.

2. Romam ab Africa navigavimus. To Rome from
Africa we sailed.

Rule. — Express motion to a place in Latin by a prepo¬
sition with the accusative, but use the accusative with no
preposition in the case of a town or small island.

Express motion from a place with a preposition and
the ablative, except in the case of a town or small island,
when you omit the preposition.

Exercise 8 (a).

1. Hamilcar, Hannibalis filius, cognomine Barca, magna
cum classe in Italiam navigavit. 2. Et mari et terra
Poenos Romani superaverunt. 3. Non enim suae est
virtutis pacem rogare (see Note at end of Vocabulary 8).
4. Societatem foedere confirmabant. 5. Foedera Kartha-
ginienses violaverunt. 6. Romam ad Caesarem munera
magna portant (see Note at end of Vocabulary 8). 7.

Melita Romam magna difficultate navigavimus. 8. Animal
providum est homo. 9. Cunctorum animalium provi-
dentissimum est homo. 10. Ferrum ex hastili in corpore
erat.

Exercise 8 {b).

1. Caius, by surname Caesar, sailed with large forces to
Malta. 2. By land and sea we have defeated the fleets of
the Romans. 3. It is not in- keeping- with- my- valour to
make peace (see Note at end of Vocabulary 8). 4. Wo

Digitized by v^ooQle

NEUTER NOUNS

have ratified the peace with a treaty. 5. Ye have violated
the treaty, O Carthaginians. 6. We are sailing to Caesar
at Rome with great gifts (see Note at end of Vocabulary 8).
7. From Rome to London is a long voyage. 8. The
animals of the sea are very big. 9. Man surpasses all
animals in virtue. 10. He was renewing the iron-head of
his spear.

Vocabulary 8.

Caesar , - aris , m.... Caesar
Confirmo , -are.,. to ratify, to make
strong

Copiae , -arum, f.... forces
Corpus , corpdris , n....body
Cunctus , -a, -um... all
Difficultas - tatis , f.... difficulty
Ferrum , -i, n....iron, steel
H5mo, -inis, m....man
Karthaginiensis , -is, m.... Cartha¬
ginian

Londinium , -ii, n.... London
Longus , -a, -wm...long

Mari «i terra... by land and sea
Melita , -o£, f.... Malta
Navigatio , -dnis, f.... voyage
Navigo, -are... to sail, to voyage
Providentissimus , -a, -ww...most
prudent

Providus , -a, -am... prudent,

foreseeing

Societas, -tatis, f.... alliance
Supero , -are... to surpass
Terra ntarig we 1... by land and
sea

Fioio, -are... to violate, to break

Note. — It is in keeping with my valour = and the
genitive = it is of my valour. C/. third sentence in
Exercise 8 (a).

To Crosar at Rome : say, To Caesar to Rome. Cf.
sixth sentence in Exercise 8 (a).

1 There are a number of little words in Latin which are put at the
end of other words and cannot stand alone. These are called en¬
clitics. Thus que — and ; hence marique — and by sea.

Digitized by v^ooQle

30 HINTS ON THE THIRD DECLENSION

LESSON IX.

A few Hints on the Third Declension. — Place Where.

You will find this the hardest declension in Latin,
because of its variety and the consequent difficulty in
giving good general rules. Below are given a few ex¬
amples of well-marked classes of nouns in this declension.
In future try when you come across a noun to think which
noun it is like among those you know, and so get the
nouns into groups in your mind. The declension will
become quite easy by practice. If you try to learn it all
at once you will only become confused. See that the
case-endings are thoroughly mastered and leave the rest
to time and experience.

Practise yourself in these nouns and remember the type
of formation.

sterni

Pater , m., father patr I Acc. Gen. Dat. Abl.

Mater , f ., mother matr j - em , -is, -i, - e , etc.

Fra ter, m., brother fratr J

These, no doubt, will remind you of ager in the Second
Declension, because of the dropping of the e of th6 nomi¬
native in the genitive.

stem 'j

Natio , f., nation nation I Acc. Gen. Dat. Abl.

Ratio , f., reason, method ration j -em, -is, -i, - e , etc.

Mentio, f., mention mention)

There are many nouns like these in the declension,
stem

Civitas , f., State civitdt I Acc. Gen. Dat. Abl.

Cupiditas, f., greed, desire cupiditat j -em, -is, -i, -e, etc.

Calamitas, f., disaster calamitat J

Digitized by v^ooQle

HINTS ON THE THIRD DECLENSION 3 1

You may perhaps have noticed by this time that a d
or t in the stem is dropped before 5 in the nominative
singular.

stem

Fortitudo , f., bravery fortitudin

Multitudo , f., multitude multitudin

Consuetudo , f., custom consuetudin

Imago , f., image imagin

So commonly with nouns in do and go.

Gender in the Third Declension.

The gender in this declension in the case of sexless
things is rather perplexing. The following three rules
will help you, but there are numerous exceptions: —

1. If the nominative of the noun ends in -0, -or, -os,
er , or in -es with more syllables in the genitive than in
the nominative, it is generally masculine.

2. If the nominative ends in -as, - aus , -is, - do , - go ,
-to, - x , -s following a consonant, or in - es without more
syllables in the genitive than in the nominative, it is
generally feminine.

3. Nouns ending in -Z, -a, -w, -c, -e, -t, - ar , -ur, -en,
-us are usually neuter. Remember the word lancet and
it will help you.

[Acc. Gen. Dat. Abl.

J -em, -is, -i, -<>, etc.

Place Where.

Caesar Romae habitat , Caius Athenis. Caesar lives at
Rome, Caius at Athens.

Caesar in Africa mmc habitat . Caesar is now living in
Africa.

These sentences give examples of how to translate
place where in Latin. The Rule is — Generally use in and
the ablative ; but with the name of a town or a small

Digitized by CjOOQle

HINTS ON THE THIRD DECLENSION

island which is a singular noun of the First or Second
Declension use the genitive , with all others the ablative ,
i.e.j with plural nouns of First and Second Declension and
all nouns of Third, Fourth and Fifth.

Exercise 9 (a).

1. Zamae autem Hannibalem Scipio superavit. 2.
Syracusis quidem Cicero annum unum habitavit. 3. Mag¬
nam hostium multitudinem Caesar oppugnavit. 4. Kar-
thagine bellum mente agitabamus. 5. Caesar fortitudine
cunctos superabat. 6. In Africa multae et magnae ferae
sunt. 7. Athenis, Atheniensium urbe, multa et pulchra
templa sunt. 8. Hac ratione Hannibal magnae civitatis
amicitiam conciliavit. 9. Pecuniae cupiditate multi
homines flagrant. 10. Non est meae consuetudinis diu
Cumis habitare.

Exercise 9 ( b ).

1. However, at Zama the Romans defeated then-
enemies. 2. For many years, indeed, Pompeius lived at
Rome. 3. A great multitude of the enemy attacked the
Romans at break of day. 4. At Carthage the Cartha¬
ginians were meditating war. 5. Caesar and Pompey
surpassed all other Romans in greed of glory. 6. At
Athens there are many beautiful statues (see Note at end
of Vocabulary 9). 7. In this way Hannibal had won the

friendship of the States of Italy. 8. We were warring for
one year in Africa with a small tribe. 9. Men overcome
the greed of money by love of virtue. 10. It is not in-
keeping-with-my-custom to attack warlike nations.

Digitized by CjOOQle

ADJECTIVES

Vocabulary 9.

Amor , -arts, m....love
Athenae , -arum, f.... Athens
Atheniensis, -is, m.... Athenian
Bellicosus, -a, -um.... warlike
Carthago, -inis, {....Carthage
Cumae, -arum, f.... Cumae
Fama, -ae, f.... glory
Fera , -ae, f....wild beast
Habito, -are.,. to live, to dwell
Hoc... abl. fem. of Hie =* this
Lux, lucis, f.... light
Natio, -ni8, f.... tribe, nation

Pompeius , -i, m.... Pompeius (a
famous Roman)

Prima luce... at break of day
(abl. of time)

Quidem... indeed (adverb)
Statua, -ae, {....statue
Syracusae , -arum, f.... Syracuse
(in Sicily)

Templum, -i, n.... temple
Unus, -a, -um... one
Zama, -ae, f. ..Zama (town- near
Carthage)

Note. — In sixth sentence of Exercise 9 (6) say “ many
and beautiful,” and so always in Latin. Cf. sixth sentence
in Exercise 9 (a).

LESSON X.

Adjectives, Class II.— Amans.— Genitive op Price.

The remaining adjectives in Latin should not give any
trouble. You remember the adjectives we have had
already ended in the nominative in -us, - a , -wm, and were
declined like nouns of the First and Second Declension.
The other adjectives are declined like nouns of the Third
Declension, or are indeclinable (that is, they have one form
for all cases). The former are easily declined, because,
with the exception of the Present Participle and the com¬
parative form (to be explained later), they have all -i,
-mm and -ia for the ablative singular, genitive plural
and nominative neuter plural respectively. Here is an
example of each kind : —

Digitized by v^ooQle

ADJECTIVES

Masc. Fem.

1. Omnis omnis

2. Acer acris

3. Ingehs ingens

Neut.
omne all

acre keen, spirited
ingens huge

From this you infer that in the nominative they may
be of one, two or three terminations ; but they all form
the remaining cases in a similar manner. Below, each
is declined in full. Note the similarity between the case-
endings and those of the nouns of the Third Declension.

Singular.

Maso. & Fem. Neut.
Nom. & Voc. Omnis omne

Aco. Omnem omne

Gen. Omnis

Dat. & Abi. Omni

Plural.

Mase. & Fem. Neut.

Omnes omnia

Omnium

Omnibus

Singular.

Maso. Fem. Neut.
Nom. & Voc. Acer acris acre

Acc.

Gen.

Dat. & Abi.

Acrem acre

Acris
Acri

Plural.

Masc. & Fem. Neut.
Acres acria

Acres acria

* - — S

Acrium

Acribus

Singular.

Masc. Fem. & Neut.
Nom. & Voc. Ingens

Masc. & Fem. Neut.
Acc. Ingentem ingens

Gen. Ingentis

Dat. & Abi. Ingenti

Plural.

Masc. & Fem. Neut.
Ingentes ingentia

Ingentes ingentia

Ingentium

Ingentibus

Note that in all three the masculine, feminine and neuter
are the same in the genitive singular and plural, and in
the dative and ablative singular and plural.

Amans.

You remember we got the Present stem of am-o by
dropping the personal ending -o, If we add to this -ans

Digitized by v^ooQle

ADJECTIVES

we get am-ans, which means lov-ing. This part of the
verb, because it is partly a verb and partly an adjective,
we call the Participle ; and since it refers to present time
we call it the Present Participle. It is declined exactly
like ingens , but has - e in the ablative singular (amante).
The Participles, however, sometimes have 4.

Genitive op Price.

Hoc domm maximi aestimo . I value this gift at a very
great price.

In cases like this the price is sometimes put as the
genitive of an adjective. This is called the genitive of
price.

Exercise 10 (a).

1. Hostes quidem sese armantes fugavimus. 2. Jam
enim omnes inimicos superaverat. 3. Tum postridie
ingens hostium multitudo Caesarem oppugnabat. 4.
Namque prudentem maximi semper aestimamus. 5.
Scipio quoque uxorem suam amore acri amabat. 6. Mox
acribus equis Carthaginienses oppugnabitis et fugabitis.

7. Catonem magni, pluris Caesarem Romani aestimabant.

8. Hamilcar enim non solum hostes a muris Carthaginis
fugavit, sed etiam ingentem pecuniae copiam comparavit.

9. Tum consilia ducis omnia milites maximi aestimabant.

10. Fortibus militibus praemia ingentia Caesar donabat.

Exercise 10 (b).

1. The Romans attacked the Carthaginians while
exploring the territory (omit while). 2. For already they
had estranged all the States. 3. Then with a huge multi¬
tude of men the enemy attadked Caesar. 4. However, wo
shall always value the brave man at a greater price (for
brave man use simply masculine of adjective). 5. We

Digitized by v^ooQle

FOURTH DECLENSION

indeed love our wives with a passionate love. 6. The
fiery steeds of the Carthaginians will soon attack and put-
to-flight the enemy. 7. Ye have estimated virtue highly,
but money more highly still. 8. We shall not only rout
the enemy from the walls, but attack their city also. 9.
The soldiers estimated at a low value the designs of the
brave general. 10. Generals give great rewards to brave
soldiers.

Vocabulary 10.

Acer, dcris , acre... passionate, fiery
Cato , - dnis , m....Cato (a famous
Roman)

Comparo , -are... to prepare
Dono , -are... to give as a present
Dux, - cis , m.... general
Etiam... still (conj.)

Exploro, -are... to explore
Fortis , -e... brave, strong
Miles , -itis, m.... soldier
Mox... soon

Parvi... at a low value

Non solum . . . sed etiam... not
only . . . but also
Parvus, -a, -um... little
Plus , pluris. . .more
Postridie... on the next day
Praemium, -ii, n... .reward
Quoque... also

Sese... himself, themselves, etc.
(acc.)

Suus , -a, -im...his own, her
own, its own

LESSON XI.

Fourth Declension. — Present and Imperfect Subjunctive.—
Ut Final, Ne.

Exercitus, m....army. Cornu , n....horn.

Singular.

Plural.

Singular.

Plural.

N. & V.

Exercit-us

-us

Com-u

-ua

Acc.

Exercit-um

-us

Com-u

-ua

Gen.

Exercit-Os

-uum

Corn-us

-uum

Dat.

Exercit-ui

-ibus

Com-ul

-ibus

Abl.

Exercit-u

-ibus

Corn-u

-ibus

You will find this

declension

very easy.

The nomi-

native always ends in - us in masculine and feminine

Digitized by

Google

FOURTH DECLENSION

nouns, and in - u in neuter nouns. The genitive always
ends in -us (pronounced like uss in puss). The nouns
are declined like the two above.

Here is an irregular noun which is so common that
it should be learned off by heart. In some cases, it will
be observed, it takes Second Declension forms.

Domus, f.... house.

Singular.

Plural.

N. & V.

Dom-us

Dom-Qs

Acc.

Dom-um

Dom-ds

Gen.

Dom-us

Dom-uum or orum

Dat.

Dom-ui

Dom-ibus

Abl.

Dom-6

Dom-ibus

Doml means

“ at home ” ; domo , “

from home ” ; domum.

homewards.”

N.B. — Domi is an

old “ place-where ’* or

locative case.

Present and Imperfect Subjunctive.

Hitherto in our lessons on the verb we have talked
only of the Indicative Mood , but there is another mood,
called the Subjunctive Mood. In this mood there are
four tenses — the Present , Imperfect , Perfect and Pluperfect .
The meaning of the mood is best learned by practice.

The Present Subjunctive comes from the present stem
am-.

Singular.

Plural.

1. Am-em

Am-emus

2. Am-es

Am-etis

3. Am-et

Am-ent

,You may notice that each person, save the first, is got
by changing a of the Present Indicative into e, and so
with all verbs of the First Conjugation.

The Present Infinitive of amd is am-are, to love. To

Digitized by Google

FOURTH DECLENSION

get the Imperfect Subjunctive add -ra to this, and conju¬
gate as follows : —

Singular. Plural.

1. Amare -m Amare-mus

2. Amare-s Amare-tis

3. Amare -t Am^re-nt

You will observe that every tense, Indicative or Sub¬
junctive, which you have had yet in amo ends in all its
persons in -m (or -o), -s, -t, -mus, - tis , - nt . These are the
letters you add to the Present Infinitive to make the Im¬
perfect Subjunctive. This is so in almost every verb in
Latin. If you know the Present Infinitive, then, of any
verb, you can always form the Imperfect Subjunctive.

Ut Final, Ne.

He is arming his soldiers to attack the enemy.

He has armed his soldiers in order to attack the enemy.

He will arm his soldiers for the purpose of attacking
(that he may attack , etc., etc.) the enemy.

On consideration of these sentences, it will be found that
the three versions after “ soldiers ” all mean the same
thing, although expressed in different words. In Latin
the translation for each and all is commonly the same : —

Milites armat (armavit, armabit) ut hostes oppugnet.

Literally, His soldiers he is arming (etc.) that the enemy
he may attack.

The Present Subjunctive is used in such clauses ex¬
pressing a purpose after a Present, Perfect, or Future
tense in the main clause.

Note. — The Perfect must mean “ has or have armed, M
etc., not simply “ armed ”.

He was arming (armed, had armed) his soldiers to
attack (that he might attack, etc., etc.) the enemy.

Digitized by Google

FOURTH DECLENSION 39

MiUtes armabat (armavit, armaverat) ut hostes oppug¬
naret .

The Imperfect Subjunctive is used in such clauses after
an Imperfect, Perfect (meaning “ armed ”) or Pluperfect
in the main clause.

After this we shall call the Present, Perfect (when it
means “ have armed,” etc.) and Future primary tenses ;
the Imperfect, Perfect and Pluperfect we shal^ call second¬
ary tenses .

Note that “that not” is ne. For example: MiUtes
armabat ne hostes urbem oppugnarent. He was arming
his soldiers that the enemy might not attack the city.

Exercise 11 (a).

1. Itaque Carthaginienses magno cum exercitu in
Italiam navigaverunt ut Romanos oppugnarent. 2.
Prima luce equitatus magnam Poenorum manum fugavit.
3. Cives postea tres exercitus comparabunt ne urbem
hostes oppugnent. 4. Interim Gallos concitabat ut
saltum noctu occuparent. 5. Cum omnibus gentibus
Romani bellaverunt. 6. Cornua caprorum sunt maxima
et dura. 7. Hannibal et legati postridie domi cenaverunt.
8. Tertio mense igitur Romam domo navigabimus. 9.
Itaque sese armavit ut domum conservet. 10. Namque
hoc consilium comprobaveratis ut casum vitaretis.

Exercise 11 (6).

1. Accordingly Caesar with a large army sailed to
Britain to attack his enemies. 2. At daybreak we routed
a band of the enemy with our cavalry. 3. The magis¬
trates thereafter prepared an army that the enemy might
not attack the city. 4. The enemy are stirring up the
Gauls to seize the defile by night. 5. With her armies,

Digitized by

Google

FIFTH DECLENSION

Borne ( say Romans) conquered the world (all nations or
races). 6. With their horns goats attack their enemies.
7. The magistrates on the next day dined at home. 8.
For Caius had sailed from Rome in the third month.
9. They accordingly arm themselves to preserve their
homes. 10. We approved of this plan that we might
avoid a disaster.

Vocabulary 11.

Casus , -us, m.... disaster
Ceno, -cure... to dine
Domi... at home (called the loca¬
tive case of Domus)

Durus, -a, -wra...hard
Equitatus , - iis , m.... cavalry
ExerdtuSy -its, m....army
Igitur. . .therefore (never first in
the sentence)

Interim. . .meanwhile
Legatus, -i, m. . . .officer

Magistratus y -us, m. . . .magis¬
trate

Manus, -us, f....(l) hand, (2)
band

Mensis, -is, m.... month
Noctu... by night (adv.)

Occupo , -are... to seize
Saltus, -us, m.... defile
Tertius, -a, -um... third
Tres, n. tria... three
Vito , -are... to avoid

LESSON XII.

Fifth Declension. — Perfect and Pluperfect Subjunctive. —
Cum and Subjunctive. — Uses of Adjective.

Of the nouns there is only one declension left — the
Fifth . This again is a small and easy one. The nouns
are all declined like the one given below. Their genitive
ends in - ei (but, if stem ends in a consonant, in -&i), the
Nominative in - es ; there are only two nouns in the de¬
clension in which the plural is found complete — die$y diei ,
m. or f., a day ; resf reif f., a thing.

Digitized by CjOOQle

FIFTH DECLENSION

Dies , m., f. l.

..a day.

Res , f...,

.a thing.

Singular.

Plural.

Singular.

Plural.

N. & V. Di-es

di-es

R-es

r-es

Acc. Di-em

di-es

R-em

r-es

Gen. Di-ei

di-erum

R-ei

r-erum

Dat. Di-ei

di-ebus

R-ei

r-ebus

Abl. Di-e

di-ebus

R-e

r-ebus

Perfect Subjunctive.

Singular.

1. Amav-erim

2. Amav-erfs

3. Amav-erit

Plural.

amav-erimus

amav-entis

amav-erint

Pluperfect Subjunctive.

Singular.
Amav-issem
Amav -isses
Amav-isset

Plural.

amav-issemus

amav-issetis

amav-issent

We called am-are the Present Infinitive, and added -m
to form the Imperfect Subjunctive. To form the Perfect
Subjunctive and Pluperfect Subjunctive we go to a
different stem — the Perfect stem . This stem is, in this
verb, amdv-. To this add the terminations given above
and you get the Perfect and Pluperfect Subjunctive.

The Infinitive which means to have loved is called the
Perfect Infinitive , because it denotes a completed action.
This is always formed by adding - isse to the Perfect stem ,
and it is worth noting that the Pluperfect Subjunctive
is formed from it by adding -m, -s, -t} -mus, - tis , -nt
(compare the formation of the Imperfect Subjunctive).
The meanings of these two tenses will also be best learned
by practice.

Cum and Subjunctive.

1. Since (When) Hannibal was stirring up the Spaniards, the
Romans began to think of war.

2. When (Since) Hannibal had stirred up the Spaniards, the
Romans renewed the war.

1. Cum Hannibal Hispanos concitaret, bellum in mente agitabant
Romani .

i In the plural this noun is masculine only.

Digitized by v^ooQle

FIFTH DECLENSION

2. Cum Harmibal Hispanos concitavisset , bellum renovaverunt
Romani,

Since or when, with a past tense in English, is trans¬
lated by cum (sometimes written quum) with Imperfect or
Pluperfect Subjunctive in Latin.

When the English tense denotes a continuous action
(like was stirring) use the Imperfect Subjunctive,

When the English tense denotes a completed action (like
had stirred) use the Pluperfect Subjunctive,

Uses op the Adjective.

The Latin adjective is often used like an English noun.
Thus boni might mean “ good men ” ; bonae might mean
“ good women ” ; bona might mean “ good things ”. And
if we are translating such phrases into Latin we need not
put a word for “ man,” “woman,’' or “thing the case-
endings -us, -a, -wm are sufficient : —

Sapientes virtutem amant. Wise men (or the wise) love
virtue.

Omnia mea mecum porto, I am carrying all my pro¬
perty (things) with me (mecum = me + cum, cum being
here a preposition).

Then note such phrases as : —

His hopes were great and many, Multa et magna spera¬
bat : literally, He was hoping for many and great things.

He had had many thoughts, Multa cogitaverat: liter¬
ally, He had thought many things.

Exeroise 12 (a),

1. Tum magna sperabatis, cogitabatis maesta. 2. Boni
et bonae virtutem, sapientiam, fidem amant. 3. Itaque
cum primam aciem superavissem, secundam oppugnavi.
4. Hodie haud dubie aciem hostium fugabunt. 5. Cum
igitur in acie Romani starent, pugnare dubitavimus. 6.
Cum Galli legiones Romanas superavissent, urbs Roma

Digitized by CjOOQle

FIFTH DECLENSION

erat in magno periculo. 7. Summa enim spe Bomam
navigavimus. 8. Cum deos multa oravisset, viros armavit.

9. Caesar e contrario de his rebus considerare recusabat.

10. Hannibal contra summa fide pacem conservabat.

Exercise 12 ( b ).

1. Then his hopes were high, but sad his thoughts. 2.
Accordingly, since he had routed the first line, he attacked
the second. 3. For to-day we shall doubtlessly rout the
enemy’s line-of- battle. 4. The enemy were standing in
battle array. 5. However the commonwealth was in great
danger, since the Gauls had routed their legions. 6. For
they had attacked the Boman legions with the greatest
hope. 7. When they had prayed the gods many prayers,
they renewed the battle. 8. Many were his thoughts as
he looked on the Roman line-of- battle. 9. For with the
greatest good-faith Hannibal had made peace. 10. On
the contrary, the Romans refused to take thought con¬
cerning these matters and these dangers.

Vocabulary 12.

Acies, -el, {....line of batfcle, battle His... abl. plur. of Hie — this
array Hodie... to-day (adv.)

Considero , -are... to consider, to Legio, legionis, f.... legion
think Maestus, -a, -?m...sad

Contra.. .on the other hand (adv.) Oo, -are... to pray
Deus, del, m....god Primus, -a, -um... first

E contrario ... on the contrary Respublica ,l rei publicae, t. . . .com-

(adv. phrase) monwealth

Fides, -el, f....good faith Sapientia, -ae, f.... wisdom

Haud... not Secundus, -a, -um... second

Haud dubie . . . without doubt (liter- Spes, spei, f . . . .hope
ally: not doubtfully) (adv.) Sto , stare2... to stand

1 Note, this word is a compound of res and the feminine of pub¬
licus = public. Decline it like any noun and adjective — respublica ,
rem publicam, rei publicae, etc.

« Note the perfect, stiti, is irregular.

Digitized by v^ooQle

SUPINE

LESSON XIII.

Supine, Future Participle Active and Past Participle Passive.
— Supine after a Verb of Motion. — Noun and Participle
equal to English Abstract Noun and “ of.”— Is, ea, id.

Omitting the Gerund and Gerundive , and the Impera¬
tive , which we shall treat of further on, we have now
done all the Active Voice of the First Conjugation except
one or two parts which come from a stem we have not
mentioned yet. In amo this stem is amat-, which you
get by dropping the termination -um in a part of the
verb called the Supine — amatum. This form has the same
translation in English as the Present Infinitive (to love,
for example), but is used in one special case. We say
in Latin : —

Ad Hispaniam navigavit hostes oppugnatum.

He sailed to Spain to attack the enemy.

In Latin the Present Infinitive oppugnare would be
quite wrong. You could have used, however, ut and the
Imperfect Subjunctive (Lesson XI.). The Supine , then, is
used to denote purpose after a verb of motion.

From this stem amat - you can form other three parts of
the verb. (No matter what the verb is, the principle is
the same.)

Supine stem + -u gives Second Supine : thus amat +
-u = amdtu.

Supine stem + -urus, -a, - um gives Future Participle
Active : thus amat-urus , -a, -um.

Supine stem + -us, -a, - um gives Past Participle Pas¬
sive : thus amat -us, -a, - um .

You may neglect the Second Supine for the present ;
it is rarely used. The Future Participle amatunts, -a,
-um means about to love. What we called the Past

Digitized by v^ooQle

SUPINE

Participle Passive means in this verb having been loved .
Here you see the person or thing spoken about is being
acted on : the participle is therefore passive in form.
These two participles are just like adjectives ; they always
go with nouns or pronouns, and are declined like adjec¬
tives of Class I. (Remember Lesson V.)

Similarly in the case of other verbs, if you look up in
the Vocabulary the Supine Stem you can form these three
parts : —

The Second Supine : thus superatum gives superatu .

The Past Participle Passive: thus superatum gives
superatus , - a , -urn.

The Future Participle Active: thus superatum gives
superaturus , -a, -m

Note on the Past Participle Passive.

The Latin Past Participle Passive denotes an action
which is past in time and passive in sense. Thus amatus
means hawing been loved , and nothing else. English
in many cases uses its participles loosely. We say,
“ Mounting his horse he rode away,” “ Drawing his
sword he slew the man,” “ Charging at full speed they
routed the enemy,” where in each case we mean, strictly
speaking, “ having mounted,” “ having drawn,” “ having
charged,” etc. We must never use our Participles in this
loose way in Latin. The verb must denote a completed
action before the Past Participle Passive can be used.

Abstract Nouns in English and Latin.

As a rule Latin does not like abstract nouns (such nouns
as conquest, rout, etc.), and has a very neat expression
with the Past Participle Passive to get rid of them. Thus
“ after the conquest of the Gauls/’ becomes “after the
Gauls having been conquered,” post Gallos superatos;

Digitized by v^ooQle

SUPINE

“ before the rout of the Romans ” becomes ante Bomanos
fugatos . Post and ante are prepositions governing Gallos
and Bomanos in the accusative, and the Participles are in
agreement with the nouns.

The Four Parts of a Verb.

As a general rule, then, in Latin you must know four
parts before you can conjugate the verb : —

The Present Indicative.

The Perfect Indicative.

The Supine.

The Present Infinitive.

This last part tells the Conjugation — First, Second,
Third or Fourth. The above four parts in the First Con¬
jugation end as a rule in -o, -avi, - atum , -are, and it will
be sufficient to note merely the irregular formations. Any
verb, then, when given in the Present Indicative will easily
be turned into the other stems by the dropping of -o and
the addition of these terminations - av , -at. There are only
a few verbs which do not form their stems thus. Two
common ones are —

Do, dedi , datum , dare , to give (note short a).

Sto , steti, statum , stare, to stand.

Is, EA, ID.

The Latin word for that , those , is declined as follows : —

Singular.

Masc. Fem. Neut.
Nom. Is ea id

Acc. Eum earn id

Gen. Eius (all genders)
Dat. Ei (all genders)
ea

Masc.

Plural.

Fem.

Neut.

Ei (ii)

eae

Eds

eas

Edrum

earum

edrum

Eis (ils) (all genders)
Eis (ils) (all genders)

Abl. Ed ea eo
The forms given in brackets are less common.

Digitized by v^ooQle

SUPINE

When used alone as a pronown this means he, she , it,
etc., as Puer eam amat , the boy loves her ; but, Puer earn
puellam amat, the boy loves that girl.

Exercise 13 (a).

1. Cum autem Hannibal eam urbem occupaverit,
manus dabimus. 2. Jovi optimo maximo hostiam immo¬
latum Romam navigaverat. 3. Post occupatam urbem
fines explorabitis. 4. Id factum initio risum spectantibus
concitabat. 5. Deinde exercitum in litore collocatum
oppugnabunt. 6. Eas hostium manus oppugnaturus
magnas copias comparavit. 7. Hostes castra clam oppug¬
naturos Romani subito fugaverant. 8. Oppida abalienata
ut recuperaremus ad Africam navigaveramus. 9. Eum
exercitum superatum spectaturi sunt. 10. Quot e magnis
eis exercitibus patriam rursus spectaturi erant.

Exercise 13 (h).

1. But when the Romans conquer those races they will
surrender. 2. He sailed to that island by night to sacri¬
fice victims to Jove most high and holy. 3. After the
seizure of the defile they explored the fields. 4. Those
actions at first stirred up laughter in the combatants
(translate by dative of Present Participle of the verb to
fight). 5. Next he routed the legions stationed on the
shore. 6. Being accordingly about to attack Rome he
prepared a strong army. 7. He suddenly routed the
enemy' (when) about- to-attack the camp secretly. 8. For
we have sailed to Africa that we may recover the estranged
cities. 9. Where are the conquered forces? They are
about to seek peace. 10. How many out of that large
army are likely to look upon {specto) their fatherland
again ?

Digitized by v^ooQle

48 PRESENT, IMPERFECT AND FUTURE

Vocabulary 13.

Castra , -arum, n. , . .camp (the sing.

Castrum = fort)

Clam.., secretly (adv.)

Colloco , -are... to station
Dtvndb... next (adv.)

E, ex... out of (Ex before vowel
or h)

Factum, -i, n....deed, action
Hostia , -ae, f. ...victim
Immolo, -are... to sacrifice
Initio... \n the beginning
Initium , -ii, n.... beginning

Jupiter optimus maximus... Jove
most high and holy (acc.
Jovem, gen. «Touts, dat. Jcwi,
abl. Jove)

Manus dare... to surrender (liter¬
ally : to give hands)

Quoth.. how many? (pronoun)
Recupero , -are... to recover
Risus, -us, m.... laughter
itarsus... again (adv.)

Subito... suddenly (adv.)

LESSON XIV.

Present, Imperfect and Future of Verb. — Ablative Absolute.
— Se, Sese.

We have now finished the Active Voice of the First
Conjugation verbs, if we except the Imperative Mood and
Gerwnd. We shall neglect these for the present.

In the Second Conjugation the Present Infinitive ends
in - ere , in the Third in -ere and in the Fourth in - Ire . You
must always find from the Dictionary or Vocabulary to
which conjugation a verb belongs before you can con¬
jugate it On pages 211-223 are given Tables of the
Tenses of the four conjugations. Before proceeding to do
the next Exercise you must learn from these Tables the
Present, Imperfect and Future Indicative of each con¬
jugation. Watch carefully the differences in the mode of
forming the tenses in each case, and compare the endings
frequently. Note these points : —

If you change the -o of the endings of the Present
Indicative of the First Conjugation into -eo, and then
change the a of the remauuug erodings intQ e, you get

Digitized by v^ooQle

PRESENT, IMPERFECT AND FUTURE 49

the Present Indicative endings of the Second Conjuga¬
tion. Compare moneo and amo. Thus : —

First Conjugation, -o, -as, -at, -amus, -atis, -ant.

Second Conjugation, -eo, -es, -et, -emus, -etis, -ent.

The Present Indicative of the Third Conjugation has i
for a of the First, except in the third person plural, where
it has u. Thus : —

First Conjugation, -o, -as, -at, -amus, -atis, -ant.

Third Conjugation, -o, -is, -it, -imus, -itis, -unt.

The Present Indicative first person singular of the
Fourth Conjugation ends in -id; the next four endings
are similar to those in the Third, but the third person
plural has -iunt for -unt.

The Imperfect Indicative of all four Conjugations ends
in -bam, - bas , -bat, - bamus , - batis , -bant. The First
Conjugation has a before these endings, the Second e,
the Third e and the Fourth ie. Thus : amabam, monebam,
regebam, audiebam.

The Future of the first two Conjugations ends in -bo,
-bis, -bit, etc. ; but the First Conjugation has a before
these endings, and the second e. The Future of the last
two Conjugations ends in -am, -es, -et, -emus, -etis, -ent ;
but the Third adds these directly to the Present stem,
while the Fourth inserts an i before each.

Note. — Remember to practise yourself in different verbs :
do not always confine yourself to moneo, rego, etc., in
learning the conjugations.

Ablative Absolute.

In Latin there is a common construction called the
Ablative Absolute. Look at these examples : —

Hac pugna pugnata urbem occupavit. This battle haying been
fought, he seized the city.

Digitized by v^ooQle

r> 0 PRESENT, IMPERFECT AND FUTURE

Urbibus abalienatis Carthaginem oppugnaverunt . The cities
having been estranged, they attacked Carthage.

In English the construction is Nominative Absolute . It
is the construction of words which have no grammatical
connection with the rest of the sentence : they are not
governed by any other word in the sentence — they stand,
as it were, alone. English, however, would prefer to say
in these sentences : After this battle , or On the completion
of this battle ; When the cities had been estranged, or On
the estranging of the cities. Latin is very fond of the
Ablative Absolute Construction.

Be, Sese.

Learn this pronoun off by heart.

Aoc. Se or sese\ These forms are both singular and plural, masouline
Gen. Sui I and feminine. They mean respectively — fchem-

Dat. Sibi j selves, himself, herself, itself; of themselves, of
Abl. Se or sese) himself, etc., etc.

This is called the Reflexive Pronotm , because it is used
only when the subject of the verb is denoted as acting on
itself, that is, the action of the verb is bent back (re =
back, flecto = I bend) on its subject.

The enemy are slaying themselves. Hostes sese interficiunt.

He commits suicide (adjudges death to himself). Mortem sibi
adsciscit.

Connected with this pronoun in Latin is the possessive
adjective situs , sua , suum, his, her, its, which is used only
when we are referring to the subject of the sentence.
Otherwise his would be ejus. In fact, however, unless
there is some stress on the adjective or pronoun, or unless
some ambiguity would arise if it were omitted, Latin does
not use possessive adjectives or pronouns at all. Com-

Digitized by v^ooQle

PRESENT, IMPERFECT AND FUTURE 51

pare Sentences 5 and 8 of Exercise 14 (a) for the use of
these words, and also the following : —

Patrem suum interfecit. He killed his own father.

Patrem ejus interfecit. He killed his (somebody else’s) father.

Exercise 14 (a).

1. Magnam pecuniae copiam habemus et semper habe¬
bimus. 2. Nunc omnes gentes vincunt et semper vincent.
3. In Hispaniam magnum exercitum ducam. 4. Romanos
tertio die videbunt et vincent. 5. Ante* ejus adventum
et mari et terra male res gerebant. 6. Hamilcar ubi
bellum gerit nunquam hostes vincit. 7. Sed extremo
prope ad desperationem perveniunt. 8. Oppida Africae
valentissima imperio suo tenet. 9. At Hamilcar magnas
res secunda gerit fortuna. 10. Hamilcaris perpetuum
odium erga Romanos secundum bellum Punicum con¬
citabit.

Exercise 14 (6).

1. We were waging war with the Romans many years.
2. We shall see the line of battle of the enemy on the
third day. 3. They will conquer and hold all the world
beneath their sway. 4. Ye are leading large forces
against the Romans. 5. Before the arrival of the Romans
we were waging war with-ill-success ( say badly) by sea
and land. 6. When we were waging war we always
conquered our enemies. 7. But at last we almost came
to despair. 8. They were coming to Rome, the strongest
city of Italy. 9. We shall carry out important (great)
operations (things) with success (with favourable fortune).
10. With qndying hatred for the Romans Hannibal is
leading an army into Italy.

Digitized by v^ooQle

INFINITIVE AND PARTICIPLES

Vocabulary 14.

Adventus, -us, m.... arrival
Ante. . . before (prep, governing aoc.)
At... but (conj.)

Desperatio, - nis , f.... despair (act of
despairing)

Duco, duxi, ductum , ducere... to

lead

Erga... towards, for (prep, govern¬
ing acc.)

Extremo... &t last (adv.)

Fortuna, - ae , f.... fortune
Oero , gessi, gestum, gerere... to
wage, to carry out
Habeo , habui, habitum , habere...
to have

Male... badly (adv.)

Odium, odii, n.... hat red

Oppidum, -i, n....town

Perpetuus, -a, -um... undying

Pervenio, -veni, - ventum , -venire
...to come

Prope... almost (adv.)

Punicus, -a, -um... Punic, Car¬
thaginian

Secundus, -a, -um... favourable

Teneo, tenui , tentum , teriere... to
hold

Valentissimus, -a, -um ... very
strong, strongest

Video, vidi, visum, videre... to
see

Vinco , vici, victum, vincere... to
conquer

LESSON XV.

Infinitive and Participles. — Accusative and Infinitive. — Hie,

HAEC, HOC.

The three tenses you learned last exercise were all from
the Present stem — am mon-, reg and-.

If in the First Conjugation to this we add -am we get
the Present Participle —

Am-ans.

Similarly, adding - ens to the other three, but inserting
i before it in the Fourth Conjugation, we get —

Mon-ens, reg-ens, aud-iens
(Genitive) Mon-entis, reg-entis, aud-ientis.

Remember the terminations of the Present Jnfinitives —
•are, -ere, -ere, -ire.

. jitized by CjOOQle

INFINITIVE AND PARTICIPLES

The Perfect Stem.

Wh6n the verb is regular, to get this stem add in the —

First Conjugation av , . . amav-

Second Conjugation u . . monu-

Third Conjugation s . . rex-

Fourth Conjugation iv . . audiv-

If the verb is irregular consult the Dictionary or Voca¬
bulary, or a table of irregular verbs, and learn the Perfect
by heart.

Note in reg-o that g + s gives x.

In each case if to this stem we add -isse we get the
Perfect Infinitive : —

Amav-isse . . . .to have loved

Momirisse . . . .to have warned, advised

Rex-isse . . . .to have ruled

Audlv-isse . . . .to have heard

The Supine Stem.

The Supine must be learned from the Table of Verbs at
the end of the volume, and then the stem is got by
dropping -um ; by adding -u to this you get the Second
Supine; by adding -urus you get the Future Participle
(which is declined like an adjeotive) : —

Supine. Second Supine. Future Participle.

Amat-um gives amat-u and amat-urus (-a, -um, etc.)

Monit-um „ monit-u „ monit-urus (-a, -um, etc.)

Rect-um „ rect-u ,, rect-urus (-a, -um, etc.)

Audit-um „ audit-u „ audit-urus (-a, -um, etc.)

Join to the Future Participle the Present Infinitive of
the verb esse (to be), and you get the Future Infinitive : —

Amaturus esse . . . to-be about- to-love

Moniturus esse . . . to-be about-to-advise

Recturus esse . . . to-be about-to-rule

Auditurus esse . . . to-be about-to-hear

Digitized by Google

54 INFINITIVE AND PARTICIPLES

Consult the Table of Verbs frequently, where all these
points are put more concisely.

Accusative and Infinitive.

He says that the Romans

are surrendering
have surrendered
will surrender

their arms to the enemy.

After a verb of saying or thinking , English usually has
a “that” clause, which we call a noun clause; but in
Latin a peculiar construction is used, called the accusative
and infinitive. Thus the subject of each of the above
“that” clauses, nominative in English, becomes accusa¬
tive in Latin ; and the verb becomes, though Indicative in
English, Infinitive in Latin, while “that” is dropped.
The tense used is the tense of the actual words of the
speaker. The words used in each case by the speaker
were : —

1. The Romans are surrendering. Therefore use here the Present
Infinitive.

2. The Romans have surrendered. Therefore use here the
Perfect Infinitive.

3. The Romans will surrender. Therefore use here the Future
Infinitive.

The three sentences then in Latin are : —

Dicit Romanos arma adversariis

tradere.

• tradidisse,
tradituros esse.

If we had had “he ” for “ the Romans ” and the sentences
had been “He says that he is surrendering, has sur¬
rendered,” etc., the pronoun “he” would have given some
trouble. If you had translated it by evm , you would
have meant “He says that somebody else”; if by se ,
“He says that he himself,” etc. The English does not
show clearly whether the man’s actual words were “ I

Digitized by LjOOQle

INFINITIVE AND PARTICIPLES 55

am surrendering ” or “ He is surrendering”; the Latin
does.

Remember the Future Participle agrees with its subject
in gender, number and case. Thus : —

He says that that / man i will surrender j \ arms.

^ woman j ( her )

.. f eum \ ( traditurum esse.

Dicit f > arma J .

I eam J ( tradituram esse.

Hie, habc, hoc.... this (pronoun and adjective).

Singular.
Masc. Fem.

Neut.

Masc.

Plural.

Fem.

Neut.

Nom.

Hic (or hfc) haec

hoc

hae

haeo

Acc.

Hunc hanc

hoc

Hos

has

haec

Gen.

Huius (all genders)

Horum

harum

horum

Dat.

Abi.

Huic (all genders)
Hoc hac

hoc

j-His (all genders)

This pronoun may be used as an adjective with a noun.
Thus : —

(Pronoun) Hi totam abalienaverunt Africam. These estranged
all Africa.

(Adjective) Hi montes ardui sunt. These mountains are steep.

Exercise 15 (a).

1. Hamilcar se putat hujus belli finem facturum esse.
2. Hic eum putat horum bellorum finem facere. 3. Haec
eum putat hoc fecisse. 4. Si hic negaverit se hoc bellum
compositurum esse Sicilia decedemus. 5. In Africam
veniemus hunc interfectum et Carthaginem deletum. 6.
Vettones eum in proelio pugnantem interfecerunt. 7.
Adstantes dicent hunc esse fortem virum. 8. Sicilia
prima luce se decessuros esse dicunt. 9. Sicilia decessuri
cum hoc rege pacem conciliatis. 10. Cras Romam ad¬
venient.

Digitized by Google

INFINITIVE AND PARTICIPLES

Exercise IS ( b ).

1. He says this man will make an end of this war.

2. He says these men are making an end of this war.

3. These men say those have made an end of these wars.

4. If Catulus refuses to end this war we shall leave
Sicily (see Note at end of Vocabulary 15). 5. This man
is coming to Africa to end the war and destroy Carthage.

6. The Vettones will slay him while fighting in battle.

7. The bystanders say this woman is brave. 8. He says
he will leave Rome to-morrow. 9. On-the-point-of-de-
parture from Sicily he made peace with Catulus. 10. We
shall arrive in Rome at daybreak.

Vocabulary 18.

Adstantes. . .bystanders (nom. mas. Decedo , decessi , decessum , decedere
plur. partic.) ...to depart, to leave (with

Adsto , adstiti , adstare... to stand the abl.)

by (no Supine) Dico , dixi, dictum , dicere... to say

Advenio, -veni, -ventum, -venire... Facio , fed, factum , facere1... to
to arrive make

Compono, -posui, - positum , -po- Interjicio, -feci, -fectum, -fleer e1...

nitre... to settle, to end to slay

Cras . . . to-morrow (adv.) Puto, -are ... to think

Deleo, delevi, deletum, delere. ..to Venio , veni, ventum, venire. ..to
destroy come.

Note. — In the fourth sentence of Exercise 15 ( b ) say,
Catullus denies that he will, etc., and so in like sentences.
Cf. fourth sentence in Exercise 15 (a).

1 Verbs in -io with infinitive in -ere belong to the Third Con¬
jugation, but are conjugated in the parts from the Present stem
like verbs of the Fourth. The Present Imperative usually ends
in e. Dico, duco, facio have, however, Present Imperative Die,
due, fac.

Digitized by CjOOQle

PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, FUTURE PERFECT 57

LESSON XVI.

Perfect, Pluperfect, Future Perfect Tenses. — Accusative and
Infinitive. — Qui, quae, quod. — Adjectives with - tus in the
Genitive and -l in the Dative. — Ipse, -a, -um.

In each of the conjugations these tenses are formed
in exactly the same way from the Perfect stem .

The stems are amav , monu , rex, audiv .

To these add —

-I, - istl , -it, -imus, - istis , -erunt or -ere for the Perfect.

-eram, - eras , - erat , -eramus, - eratis , -erant for the Pluperfect.

-ero, -eris, -erit, - erimus , - eritis , for the Future Perfect.

Practise yourself by adding these terminations on to
various verbs, and so forming the tenses, until you can
do so readily.

Some more Hints on the Accusative and Infinitive.

In the previous Chapter we made the verb of saying
Present tense in each case; when this verb is Past the
difficulty is rather greater. Consider these sentences : —

1. He said that he surrendered.

2. He said that he had surrendered.

3. He said that he would surrender.

In each sentence you must ‘find the actual words of
the speaker in order to get the tense of the Infinitive
to use. You must try to find out the exact words which
the speaker said.

Thus, in sentence 1 the speaker said, either

(a) I surrender (or He surrenders) ; or

(b) I surrendered (or He surrendered).

If (a) gives the actual words used, use the Present
Infinitive .

Digitized by CjOOQle

58 PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, FUTURE PERFECT

If (6) rather gives the actual words used, use the Per¬
fect Infinitive . The English is not clear : you can tell
which was used only by the sense. As far as the words
go, either meaning may be implied.

So, when translating from Latin, after a Past tense of
a verb of saying the Present and Perfect Infinitive are
both translated by the form used in sentence 1.

In sentence 2 the actual words were I have surrendered :
therefore translate this by the Perfect Infinitive .

In sentence 3 the actual words were I shall surrender :
therefore translate this by the Future Infinitive.

The Latin of each is then : —

1. Dixit se (eum) arma tradere or tradidisse.

2. Dixit se arma tradidisse.

3. Dixit se artna traditurum esse.

Qui, QUAE, QUOD.

The Relative Pronoun, who , which , that , etc., is declined
as follows in Latin. You will observe all these pronouns
we have given are irregular in declension, yet have simi¬
larities worth remarking.

Singular. Plural.

Masc.

Fem.

Neut.

Masc.

Fem.

Neut.

Nom.

Qui

quae

quod

Qui

quae

Acc.

Quem

quam

quod

Quos

quas

quae

Gen.

Cujus

cujus

Quorum

quarum

quorum

Dat.

Abl.

Cui

Quo

cui

qua

cui

qud

| Quibus

quibus

This pronoun is also used as an adjective with a noun.

Adjectives with - ms in the Genitive and -i in the
Dative.

This is a class of adjectives which, from the termina¬
tions of the nominative singular, you would expect to

Digitized by CjOOQle

PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, FUTURE PERFECT 59

belong to Class I., and really do belong in declension
to this class except in the genitive and dative singular.
These cases instead of ending in -i, -ae, -i and -o, - ae , -o,
have -ms and -l. Thus solus , -a, -um, adj. = alone , is
declined as follows : —

Singular.
Masc. Fern.

Neut.

Nom.

Sol-us

-a

-um

Acc.

Sol-um

-am

-um

Gen.

Sol-ius (all genders)

Dat.

Sol-i (all genders)

Abl.

Sol-o

-a

-6

The plural is quite regular, like bonus.

Similarly are declined unus, one ; totus , whole ; ullus,
any ; nullus, not any, no one ; alter, one of two ; uter ?
which of two ? neuter, neither of two.

( Uter and neuter are like ater in the nominative — uter,
utra, utrum . Alter is like asper in the nominative — alter ,
altera, alterum.)

Ipse, ipsa, ipsum.

Ipse , a pronoun meaning “-self,” also used like an
adjective, is declined exactly like solus , but has -e instead
of -us in the nominative masculine singular. Thus,
ipse, ipsa, ipsum, etc.

Piter ipse cantat. The boy himself sings.

Ipsi cantamus. We ourselves are singing.

It simply emphasises the noun or pronoun to which it
refers. In the first sentence it is an adjective and empha¬
sises puer ; in the second it is a pronoun and emphasises
the subject (we) of cantamus, to which it refers.

Exercise 16 (a).

1. Ipsi diximus eos non belli finem facturos esse. 2.
Hannibal ipse dixerat se solum hoc bellum composuisse.

Digitized by CjOOQle

60 PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, FUTURE PERFECT

3. Si dixeritis eos belli finem facturos Carthaginem prima
luce navigabunt. 4. Ipsi putavistis hos magno cum
dedecore domum rediisse. 5. Qui Corinthum veniunt,
statuas inspiciunt. 6. Ii ipsi dixerunt se solos a muris
Carthaginis hostes removisse. 7. Neuter dixerat se captivos
occidere. 8. Alter putavit eos haec dicere ; alter negavit.
9. Videratis eum quem Catulus apud Aegates insulas super¬
avit. 10. Uter dixit Caesarem eis solis provincias dedisse ?

Exercise 16 (6).

1. Catulus himself had said he would not end the war.

2. Catulus alone had said he himself had ended the war.

3. If Catulus says he will end the war, we shall sail at
once to Rome. 4. We ourselves had thought they were
about to return home alone with great disgrace. 5. Those
who come to Rome look at the beautiful buildings. 6.
Hannibal himself said he alone had removed the enemy
from the walls of Carthage. 7. Which-of-the-two said the
Romans were slaying the captives ? 8. The one said this
was so : the other said-it-was-not-so (denied). 9. We had
seen the man who (see Note at end of Vocabulary 16) had
restored to his country ifre strongest towns in Africa (say
of Africa). 10. Neither said that Caesar gave this promise
to him alone.

Vocabulary 16.

Aedificium, -ii, n.... building Occido, occidi, occisum , occidere

Alter . . . alter... the one . . . ...to kill

the other Patria , - ae , f.... country (in the

Captivus , -i, m.... captive sense of fatherland)

Dedecus , - oris , n.... disgrace Provincia , -ae, f.... province

Inspicio, inspexi, inspectum, inspi- Redire, rediisse1... to return, to
c$re... bo look at, to examine have returned
(see Note at end of Vocabu- Removeo, -movi, -motum, -movere
lary 15) ...to remove

Ita (ita)...m (adv.) Restituo , -stitui, -stitutum, - sti -

tuire... to restore

1 Neglect the other parts for the present. The verb is irregular.

Digitized by v^ooQle

PRESENT AND IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE 61

Note . — As in. the ninth sentence of Exercise 16 (a),
“ the man who ” is always rendered in Latin by is
. . . qui, he . . . who.

LESSON XVII.

Present and Imperfect Subjunctive. — Ut Consecutive. —
Ille, Iste.

For this lesson you must learn the Present and Imper¬
fect Subjunctive of the verbs of each conjugation. Learn
these by rote from the table, but observe the following
points : —

1. The First Conjugation Present Subjunctive ends in
-em, -es, -et, -emus, -etis, - ent .

2. Insert a after e and you get the endings of the
Present Subjunctive of the Second Conjugation : -earn,
-eds, -eat, - eamus , -eatis, -eant.

3. Change the e of the First Conjugation into a and
you get the endings in the Third : - am , -as, -at, - dmus ,
-atts, -ant.

4. Insert i before these and you get the endings in the
Fourth : -iam, -ids, -iat, -idmus, - idtis , -iant.

Imperfect Subjunctive.

This is one of the easiest tenses. In each conjugation
it is the Present Infinitive with the personal endings
added on, thus : —

Amare
Monere
Regere
Audire

-m, -s, -t, -mm, - tis , - nt .

Digitized by v^ooQle

62 PRESENT AND IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
Ut Consecutive.

1. He is so bold that he is attacking Catulus.

Tam ferox est ut Catulum oppugnet

2. He was so bold that he was attacking Catulus.

. Adeo ferox erat ut Catulum oppugnaret.

3. He was so bold that he attacked Catulus.

Adeo ferox erat ut Catulum oppugnaverit

In each sentence here the “ that ” clause expresses a
result or consequence. In Latin such a clause is intro¬
duced by ut = that, and always has its verb in the Sub¬
junctive. The next point to decide is which tense of the
Subjunctive to use. You remember in final clauses you
could only use the Present or Imperfect Subjunctive : here
any tense is possible according to the sense. Thus, in the
first sentence the result is an action in the present : there¬
fore the tense of the Subjunctive is Present . In the second
the result was a continuous action in the past : therefore
the Imperfect Subjunctive is the tense. In the third the
result was an act in the past : therefore use the Perfect
Subjunctive. You need not consider the tense of the verb
in the first or principal clause at all : all you need look to
is the actual meaning of the verb. The rule given by
Dean Bradley is : Use the tense you would use if the verb
weret as in English , in the Indicative Mood .

Do not confuse these clauses with Final Clauses. In
Final Clauses “ that ” means “ in order that ”. In the
consecutive clauses it means “ in such a way that,” or
“ to such an extent that,” and has almost always an
adverb like it a, adeo or sic (all meaning so) in the main
clause to prepare you for it. If the consecutive clause
were negative (that is, had a “ not ” in it) you would use
ut non , never ne. (See also Note at end of Vocabulary 17.)

Digitized by v^ooQle

PRESENT AND IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE 63

Ille, Iste.

Turn back now and make sure of the declension -of the
adjectives with -iw and -i in the Genitive and Dative.
Then learn these two pronouns : —

Singular.

Maso. Fem. Neut.

Masc. Fem. Neut.

Nom.

Ille illa illud

Nom.

Iste ista istud

Aco.

Illum illam illud

Acc.

Istum istam istud

Gen.

Illius (all genders)

Gen.

Istius (all genders)

Dat.

Illi (all genders)

Dat.

Isti (all genders)

Abl.

Illo illa illo

Abl.

Isto ista isto

In the plural both are declined like boni , bonae , bona, etc.
lilt means 14 that yonder” near him; Iste means 44 that
near you ”. They can both be used with nouns as adjec¬
tives, or alone as pronouns meaning he, him , etc.

Ilium libt'um legi. I have read that book yonder.

Istum librum legi. I have read that book of yours.

Hie istum librum legit. Yon man (he) has read that book of yours.

Exercise 17 (a).

1. Romam tanta ferocia oppugnamus ut nullam salutis
spem habeatis. 2. Ille tam ferociter Erycem defenderat
ut Marcellus diceret se eum nunquam capturum esse. 3.
Istam urbem sic defenditis ut nullam victoriae spem
habeamus. 4. Adeo feroces erant ut dicerent se non
urbem tradituros esse. 5. Ita male Poeni bellum gerunt
ut oppida totius Africae amittant. 6. Istius fortitudo
gentis tanta erat ut semper adversarios superarent (or -aret).

7. Adeo sapiens erat ille ut intellegeret haec esse falsa.

8. Tantum in Africa intestinum bellum exarsit ut, O
Poeni, nunc omnia oppida amittatis. 9. Neuter adeo ferox
est ut cum illo pugnet. 10. Diximus nunc tandem eos
imperium totius Africae amisisse.

Exercise 17 (b).

1. Yon man was defending Eryx so bravely that the
Romans had no hope of success. 2. That man is defend-

Digitized by v^ooQle

64 PRESENT AND IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE

ing Eryx with such bravery that the Romans do not think
they will take it. 3. He was defending your city in such
a manner that the Romans had no hope of victory. 4.
He was so bold as to say (say that he was saying) he
would not surrender yon town. 5. The Romans were
waging war so badly that they were losing all their towns.
6. The bravery of that man was so great that he used to
conquer all his opponents. 7. He is so wise that he sees
these things are false. 8. So great a war broke out that
the Carthaginians were losing the towns of Africa. 9.
Which of the two is bold enough to fight with that man
yonder (say is so bold that he may fight) ? 10. He said

they had lost the empire of all Africa.

Yooabulary 17.

Amitto , amisi , amissum , amittere
...to lose

Capio , cepi , captum , caper e1... to
take, to capture

Defendo , defendi , defensum , de¬
fender e... to defend

Exardesco , exarsi , exarsum , exar¬
descere. . .to blaze up, to break
out

Falsus, -a, -wm... false

erodter... boldly, with bravery
(adv.)

Ferox , ferocis... bold (one termi¬
nation)

Fortitudo , -inis, f.... bravery

Intellego , intellexi , intellectum ,
intellegere.. .to perceive, to see
Intestinus , -a, -um... internal
Marcellus , -i, m.... Marcell us
Nunc tandem... now at length
(adv.)

Salus, salutis, f.... safety
Sapiens, sapientis... wise (adj.)
Tantus, -a, -um...so great
Trado, tradidi , traditum, tradere
...to surrender, to hand over
Tuus, -a, -um...y our (when “ you”
is singular)

Vester, - ra , -rum... your (when
14 you ” is plural)

Note. — It may be as well here to say something of the
Negative and Negative sentences. If there is a “ not ”
in a sentence, or a “ no,” or a word compounded of either,
such as “none,” “no one,” “nor,” “neither,” we say
these sentences are negative ; and “ not ” we call the

1 See footnote to Vocabulary 15.

Digitized by CjOOQle

PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE 65

Negative, the others being negative words. Note care¬
fully that in Final sentences “ that not ” is ne, m Con¬
secutive sentences ut non .

LESSON XVIII.

Perfect and Pluperfect Subjunctive. — Alius. — The Gerund.

With these two tenses we complete the Actwe Voice
of the verb, with the exception already mentioned of the
Imperative and Gerund. The Perfect and Pluperfect
Subjunctive both come from the same stem, the Perfect
First Conjugation . . . Amav

Second Conjugation . . . Monu

Third Conjugation . . . Rex

Fourth Conjugation . . . Audw *

To these you add the same endings in each case : —

For the Perfect. ..-erim, - eris , -erit, - erhnus , -eritis ,
-i erint .

For the Pluperfect... ’issem, - isses , - isset , - issemus ,
issetis , issent.

Re-read now the last chapter, on Consecutive clauses,
and the lesson (XII.) on Cum with the Subjunctive when
it translates “ when ” with a past tense in English.

Alius, alia, aliud.

The Latin word for “ other ” is alius , alia , aliud. Com¬
pare this with ille, illa , illud and iste, ista, istud. It is
declined thus : —

Singular.
Masc. Fem.

Neut.

Masc.

Plural.

Fem.

Neut.

Nom.

Alius

alia

aliud

Alii

aliae

alia

Acc.

Alium

aliam

aliud

Ali5s

alias

alia

Gen.

Alius

alius

Aliorum

aliarum

aliorum

Dat.

Abl.

Alii

Alid

alii

alia

alii

alio

| Aliis

aliis

Digitized by v^ooQle

66 PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
The Gerund.

Am-andum Mon-endum Reg-endum Aud-iendum
Each is declined like a neuter noun of the Second
Declension — amandum , -i, -o, -o, etc.

The Gerund is always formed from the Present stem : —

In the First Conjugation by adding -andum.

„ Second „ „ -endum.

„ Third „ „ -endum.

„ Fourth „ „ -iendum.

It is a verbal nou/n, that is — it is declined like a noun,
but acts in certain ways like a verb. For instance, it is
modified by adverbs and can govern a case. It is trans¬
lated by the corresponding English noun in “ing
loving, advising, ruling, hearing.

Haec sunt utilia ad scribendum.

These things are useful for writing.

Nullum locum nocendi eis dedit.

He gave them no opportunity (place) of injuring.

In the following sentence it has an adverb with it : —

Haec sunt utilia ad bene vivendum.

These things are useful for living well (for a good life).

In this one it governs a case : —

Parcendo hostibus vincemus.

By sparing the enemy we shall conquer.

Here parcendo (from the verb parc&re , to spare) governs
a dative , because parcere governs a dative.

Exercise 18 (a).

1. Illo tempore tam magnopere timebamus ut auxilia
ab Romanis petiverimus atque impetraverimus. 2. Cum
Poeni in Sicilia omnia amisissent pacem conciliaverunt.
3. Erycem tanta fortitudine defendebant ut Romani de

Digitized by v^ooQle

PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE 67

victoria desperarent. 4. Cum, 0 Romani, belli finem
facere statuissetis, rem Regulo permisistis. 5. Adeo
cupiditate bellandi flagrabat ut recusaverit Sicilia dece¬
dere. 6. Alii studio pugnandi flagrabant, alii decedendi.
7. Cum haec inutilia ad bene vivendum cognovissent
abjecerunt. 8. Tot mercenarii milites desciverunt ut
Poeni desperent. 9. Aliis studium bellandi permittitis.
10. Parcendo vitae aliorum amorem et amicitiam con¬
ciliabitis.

Exeroise 18 (6).

1. The Carthaginians were so terrified that they asked
aid even from the Romans and obtained it. 2. Since,
O Carthaginians, ye had lost everything in Sicily ye made
peace. 3. You defended Eryx so bravely that we
retreated. 4. When they resolved to make an end of
the war they entrusted the business to Hamilcar. 5. He
was so fired with the lust for war that he refused to leave
Sicily. 6. Some were ablaze with the desire of ruling,
others with the desire for (of) money. 7. When he dis¬
covered these things were useless for fighting he de¬
stroyed them. 8. So many mercenaries had revolted that
the Carthaginians were in despair. 9. Let-us-leave 1 to
others the desire for warfare (of warring). 10. By sparing
the property of others we shall win their love.

Vocabulary 18.

Abicio, abieciy abiectum , abicere 2 3 Cognosco , cognovi , cognitum, cog-
...to cast away noscere... to discover, to know

Bene...vreW (adv.) Descisco , descivi , descitum, de -

Bona , - orum , n. . . .property (plural sciscere . . .to revolt

of bonus)

1 “Let us leave” is first person plural Present Subjunctive, a

common meaning.

3 See footnote to Vocabulary 15.

Digitized by v^ooQle

68 PERFECT TENSES OF THE PASSIVE AND SUM

Despero , desperavi , desperatum ,
desperare... to despair

Etiam... even (adv.)

Inutilis , -e... useless

Magnopere... greatly (adv.)

Mercenarius , -a, -um... mercen¬
ary

Perdo, perdidi , perditum , perdere
...to -destroy

Permitto , -misi, - missum , - mittere
...to entrust

petivi (or petii), petitum,
petere... to seek

Regulus, -i, m.... Regulus (a

famous Roman)

Statuo , statui, statutum, statuere
...to resolve

Studium, -ii, n.... desire

Timeo, timui, tinier e... to be afraid

ToJ. . .so many (indeclinable pron.)

Vita, -ae, f....life

Vivo, vixi, victum, vivere... to live

LESSON XIX.

Perfect Tenses of the Passive and Sum, etc. — A and Ablative.

We cannot take the verb in the passive until we know
the conjugation of the verb esse, “to be”. This is an
irregular verb, so called because it does not form its
tenses and persons according to the rules laid down for
the four conjugations previously given. Turn to the
Table now (page 211), and learn the tenses that come from
the Present stem, both Indicative and Subjunctive . Note
the following points : —

1. The Present Indicative is very irregular.

2. The Imperfect Indicative is just the terminations
and nothing more of the Pluperfect Active of the regular
verb, eram, eras, erat , etc.

3. The Future Indicative is just the Future Perfect
terminations of the regular verb, but instead of erint we
have erunt.

4. The Imperfect Subjunctive is the Pluperfect Sub¬
junctive endings of the regular verb, with e for i.

These hints should aid your memory considerably. If
now we take the Supine stem in each Conjugation —

Digitized by v^ooQle

PERFECT TENSES OF TOE PASSIVE AND SUM 69

Amatum Monitum Rectum Auditum

and change the final m into s, we get the Past Participle
Passive —

Amatus, -a, - um . . Having been loved

Monitus , - a , -urn . . Having been warned (or advised)

Rectus , -a, -um . . Having been ruled

Auditus, -a, -um . . Having been heard

declined in each case like an adjective of the first class.
If you combine this with the Present Indicative of sum
you get the Perfect Indicative Passive —

Amdtus (-a, -um) sum I have been loved or I was loved
Amdtus (-a, -um) es Thou hast been loved or thou wast loved

Amdtus (-a, -um) est He has been loved or he was loved

Amati (- ae , -a) sumus We have been loved or we were loved

Amdti (-ae, -a) estis You have been loved or you were loved

Amdti (-ae, -a) sunt They have been loved or they were loved

If you combine it with the Imperfect Indicative of sum
you get the Pluperfect Indicative Passive —

Amdtus (-a, -um) eram . . I had been loved

Amdtus (-a, -um) eras . . Thou hadst been loved

Amdtus (-a, -um) erat . . He had been loved

Amdti (-ae, -a) eramus . .We had been loved

Amdti (-ae, -a) eratis . . You had been loved

Amdti (-ae, -a) erant . . They had been loved

If you combine it with the Future of sum you get the
Future Perfect Indicative Passive —

Amatus (-a, -um) ero . . I shall have been loved

Amatus (-a, -um) eris . . Thou wilt have been loved

Amatus (-a, -um) erit . . He will have been loved

Amati (-ae, -a) erimus . .We shall have been loved

Amati (-ae, -a) eritis . . You will have been loved

Amati (-ae, -a) erunt •. . They will have been loved

In a similar way you may form the corresponding Passive
tenses in the other four Conjugations (see the Table, page

Digitized by Google

70 PERFECT TENSES OF THE PASSIVE AND SUM

218, etc). You observe that the subject of the verb is in
all these cases being acted on. The forms of the verb
which show that the subject is being acted on are called the
Passive voice of the verb (Latin patior, to suffer). Remem¬
ber you must make amatus, or whatever Perfect Participle
you are using, agree with the subject of the verb in
gender, number and case (always nominative, of course).

Ablative op the Living Agent.

Caesar a Bruto pugione interfectus est.

Caesar was slain by Brutus with a dagger.

The living agent after a Passive verb is put in the
ablative case with the prepositions a or ab ; the instru¬
ment is put in the simple ablative.

Exercise 19 (a).

1. Cum in Sicilia essemus ab urbe discessit. 2. Causa
spectandi statuas diu Athenis illi erant. 3. Csesar ubi
Romae erit (see Note at end of Vocabulary 19) leges con¬
servabit. 4. Tunc festinabant ut Romae illo die essent.
5. Ille pugnans a Gallo ingenti corpore occisus est. 6.
Illi captivi post pugnam Cannensem ab Hannibale occisi
erant. 7. Tunc quidem Graecia decedemus ubi ab
Romanis victi erimus. 8. Si hoc proelio victi erunt
Carthaginienses, in magno periculo erunt. 9. Post sub¬
actas bellicosissimas gentes a servo in itinere interfectus
est. 10. Femina a servo cui multa dona dederat prodita
est.

Exercise 19 ( b ).

1. Just now there are many Carthaginians in Sicily.
2. We were a long time at Rome. 3. If I am (see Note at
end of Vocabulary 19) at Rome I shall come to see you.

Digitized by v^ooQle

PERFECT TENSES OF THE PASSIVE AND SUM 71

4. When you are (see Note at end of Vocabulary 19) at
Rome you will see the Capitol. 5. He is hastening that
he may be at Rome on that day. 6. Cassius was slain
after the battle by his slave with a dagger. 7. Antonius
had been loved by Cleopatra. 8. When they are defeated
by the Romans they will certainly retire from Sicily.
9. If we are defeated in this battle by Scipio we shall
certainly be in great danger. 10. When the mercenaries
had revolted Carthage was in great peril.

Vocabulary 19.

Bellicosissimus , -a, -um. . .very war¬
like, most warlike
Cannensis , -g...at Cannae (liter¬
ally: belonging to Cannae, a
town in Italy) (adj.)
CapitdUum, -ii, n....the Capitol
Discedo , - cessi , - cessum , - cedere ...
to depart

Diu... long, for a long time (adv.)
Femina , -ae, f.... woman
Festino , -avi, - atum , -are... to

hasten

Qraecia , -ae, f . . . . Greece

Ingens, ingentis... huge
Iter , itmeris, n.... journey
Lex, legis , f....law
Prodo, -didi, -ditum, -der e... to
betray

Profecto... certainly (adv.)

Pugio , pugionis, m. ...dagger
Pugna, -ae, f.... battle
Servus , -i, m.... slave
Subigo, subegi, subactum, subi¬
gere... to subdue

Tunc quidem... just then, then
indeed (adv.)

Note. — In the third sentence of Exercise 19 (a), and in
the third and fourth of Exercise 19 (6), note that the mean¬
ing is : “ When Csssar shall be,” not “ shall have been ” ;
“If I shall be” and “When you shall be,” not “If I
shall have been ” and “ When you shall have been ”.

Digitized by CjOOQle

PERFECT TENSES OF SUM

LESSON XX.

Perfect Tenses of Sum. — Third Person Singular Passive of
Verbs. — Compounds of Sum.

The tenses of the verb esse (to be) which come from
the Perfect stem (which is fu-) are formed quite regularly.
You merely add the terminations you have learned already
for these tenses to this stem fu-. Turn now to the table
of the verb esse and learn these before going further.

Note that there is no Supine in the verb to be : but
there is a Future Participle, futurus , -a, -urn, “ about to
be ”. Add esse (to be) to this and you form the Future
% Infinitive, futurus esse , “ to be about to be ”.

General Hint on the Passive Voice.

One general hint about the Passive Voice of the regular
verbs may be given here. If to the third person singular
and plural of the tenses formed from the Present stem
you add -ur you get the corresponding Passive form in
each case. Thus, amat means “he loves,” amatwr “he
is loved** ; so amant , amantur. And again amabat means
“he was loving,” amabatur “he was being loved”;
so amabant , amabantur. And so you may form this per¬
son in all the tenses (Indicative and Subjunctive) formed
from the Present stem in each Conjugation. (Consult the
tables for illustrations.) So, for example, if you wish
to form the third person singular Imperfect Subjunctive
Passive of audio , find the Active and add -ur ; thus,
audiret , audiretur. Observe this holds good only in the
third person singular and in the third person plural.

Once you have mastered sum you can conjugate a good
many verbs without any difficulty, as sum forms many

Digitized by CjOOQle

PERFECT TENSES OF SUM

compounds. These compounds, it is worth remembering,
usually take a dative after them. Two common ones are
prosum , “I benefit, I do good to," and •praesum, “I am
at the head of These are simply sum with the prefixes
pro and prae. However, in prosum (and in prosum only),
if the o of pro is followed by an e you insert a d between
the two. Thus, prodes , prodest ; but profuit prosuntt and
so on.

Exercitm praefuit or praeerat. He was at the head of the army.

Bei publica e proderat . He used to do good to the State.

Exeroise 20 (a).

1. Erycem sic defendimus ut bellum eo loco gestum
esse non videretur. 2. Tanta bella tum exarserunt ut hae
urbes paene delerentur. 3. Cum centum milia facta
essent militum mercenariorum, a muris Karthaginis eos
removit. 4. Illa urbs maximo barbarorum numero obsid¬
ebatur. 5. Tam ferociter pugnaverunt ut hostes expel¬
lerentur. 6. Locorum angustiis clausae feminae fame ac
morbo interficiebantur. 7. Romae Hannibal fuit, non
Romani Carthagine. 8. Ante urbem ab Hispanis obsessam
magnus Poenorum numerus interfectus est. 9. Fuerant
sapientes, fortes, bellicosi, omnibus in rebus satis periti.
10. Eis malis adeo sunt mulieres perterritae ut auxilium
petierint.

Exercise 20 ( b ).

1. He defended Eryx in such a manner that he made
an end of the war in that place. 2. So great a war had
arisen that Carthage was never in like danger. 3. Since
a hundred thousand of armed men had been brought
together (say had been made : facio ) he resolved to attack
the enemy. 4. Italy was being harassed by a large

Digitized by CjOOQle

74 INTRODUCTION TO LATIN TRANSLATION

number of the enemy. 5. So fiercely did they fight that
the town was preserved. 6. Shut in by the narrowness
of the position ( say places), more were slain by famine
than by the steel. 7. Ye 1 have been at Rome, but we 1
have not been in Greece. 8. Before the capture of the
city (say, Before the city taken : capio) by the enemy, a
large number of them was slain. 9. I had been for many
years in Corinth for the purpose of seeing the statues.
10. They were so terrified by these woes that they sur¬
rendered.

Vocabulary 20.

Angustiae, -arum, f . . . .narrowness
(narrow places, straits)
Barbarus, - i , m.... barbarian
Centum ... a hundred (numeral
adj., not declined)

Claudo, clausi, clausum, claudere
...to shut in

Expello, -puli, -pulsum, -pellere...
to drive out

Fames , famis, f. . . .famine, hunger
Loca, - orum , n. pi.... places, posi¬
tion

Mala , -orum, n. pi.... ills
Malus, -a, -um... bad

Milia, - ium , n. pi.... thousands
(noun)

Morbus , -i, m.... disease
Mulier, -eris, f.... woman
Obsideo, -sedi, -sessum, -sidere...
to besiege

PcLene... almost (adv.)

Peritus, -a, -um... skilled
Perterreo, - terrui , - territum , -ter¬
rere... to terrify
Plures, plura... more (adj.)
Satis... enough, sufficiently (adv.)
Similis, -«...like (adj.)

Vexo , -avi, - atum , -are... to harass

INTRODUCTION TO LATIN TRANSLATION.

We are now ready to begin to read a piece of real
Latin, written by a Roman. We shall take two short
passages from the writings of a well-known Roman his¬
torian, called Cornelius Nepos. He lived at the same

1 The pronouns are here emphatic by contrast and are therefore
inserted in Latin. Ye = vos ; we = nos.

Digitized by CjOOQle

INTRODUCTION TO LATIN TRANSLATION 75

time as Cicero and Julius Cassar, those two famous
Romans, and was in his prime about fifty years before
the birth of Christ. He wrote a book on the Lives of
Famous Men, treating of both Romans and foreigners.
From this book we have chosen the Lives of Hamilcar
and Hannibal, father and son. These two men belonged
to Carthage, a large town on the north coast of Africa,
which for long disputed with Rome the empire of the
Mediterranean. In the first war between the two States
Hamilcar was the Carthaginian leader; in the second,
Hannibal. The latter is one of the most famous
generals of all time, and almost succeeded in destroying
Rome and her Empire.

HINTS FOR TRANSLATION.

Look first for a verb in the Indicative Mood ; this is
usually found at or near the end of the sentence. See
whether this is singular or plural, and then look for the
subject, which of course will be a noun or pronoun in the
Nominative Case, and singular or plural according as the
verb is singular or plural. The subject is usually near
the beginning of the sentence. From the meaning of the
verb (which you will find, if you do not know it already,
in the general Vocabulary at the end of the book) you will
be able to tell if it requires an object. If it does, look for
this next. The object will be a noun or pronoun in the
Accusative Case. You will notice, as a general rule in
Latin, at the beginning of each clause a word, usually
a conjunction or relative pronoun, joining the sentence
to the preceding one. With the nouns in the nominative
or accusative there may be adjectives in agreement.
Removing these four things, connective, nominative or
subject (with adjectives), accusative or object (with
adjectives), and verb, some words or phrases may be

Digitized by LjOOQle

76 INTRODUCTION TO LATIN TRANSLATION

left. These are usually nouns and adjectives in the abla¬
tive, dative or genitive. The first two are nearly always
connected with the verb ; the genitive is more commonly
connected with some noun. Thus the ablative, from
what you know already, may tell the time at which the
action of the verb took place, the place where it occurred,
or the means by which it was performed. The genitive
often describes some quality of the thing or person named
by the noun — vir summi ingenii , a man of the greatest
ability. The dative is usually closely connected with
some verb.

Now let us tackle, with these hints, the first sentence
in the passage No. 1 given below : —

You have to look to the second last word for the verb —
coepit . Praeesse is of course a verb, but you will at once
see it is not Indicative Mood. Coepit is third person
singular (ending in -it). Looking up the Vocabulary you
find it is Perfect tense and means “ began ”. Coepit then
is third person singular Perfect Indicative. A glance at
the beginniijg presents Hamilcar as the first nominative ;
but in quick succession you get filius , Barca , Kartha-
gimensis all evidently Nominative Case. Here *then are
four nominatives, four subjects to the verb! Not so:
the three later nominatives must be in apposition, else
the verb would be plural, for two or more singular nomi¬
natives, as in English, require a verb in the plural. You
now translate Hamilcar coepit , “ Hamilcar began,” and
you feel you require an object, to tell you what he began ;
but on looking you find no noun in the Accusative Case.
The word praeesse gets us out of the difficulty. Very often
a verb which you feel requires an object in the Accusative
Case takes an Infinitive to fill out its meaning. Transla¬
ting praeesse now you get, “ Hamilcar began to be in
command”. The remainder of the sentence consists of

Digitized by LjOOQle

INTRODUCTION TO LATIN TRANSLATION 77

three phrases, primo Poenico bello , temporibus extremis ,
in Sicilia ; with an adverb admodum , a nominative adul¬
escentulus, an ablative cognomine , and a dative exercitm.
Adulescentulus must go with the subject, and must be a
nominative in apposition. The first two phrases may be
ablative or dative : you will find they cannot be trans¬
lated as datives. Try them with “ to ” or “ for ” after the
verb coepit: “They began to the last times,” “to the
first Punic war”. This jnakes no sense. They must
then be ablatives. Try them as Ablatives of Time :
“ Hamilcar, in the first Punic war, but in the last times,
began to be in command ”. This gives some sense, so
we go on. In Sicilia offers no difficulty : it means “ in
Sicily,” in, the preposition, taking the Ablative Case.
Cognomine is the ablative singular of cognomen , “ a sur¬
name ”. If you try it as denoting point of time, or place
where, you will fail to make sense. As descriptive abla¬
tive it will be equally obscure, and it cannot be that with¬
out an adjective. But you may remember a few examples
in the preceding exercises of the Ablative of Respect:
this would translate “ Barca, as regards surname,” that
is, “ Barca by name The Vocabulary tells you admodum
is an adverb, meaning “very,” “quite”. It goes then
with a verb , adjective or adverb. It cannot go with ex¬
tremis, because a comma separates them. It must then
go with adulescentulus, which is practically an adjective :
“ quite a young man ” gives good sense. If it went with
the verbs praeesse or coepit , it would be placed nearer
them. Exercitm alone remains, and you remember
praeesse governs a dative (being a compound of sum).
This then will naturally be dative after praeesse. Your
sentence now runs : —

“Hamilcar, son of Hannibal, by surname Barca, a
Karthaginian, in the first Punic War, but in the last times

Digitized by LjOOQle

78 INTRODUCTION TO LATIN TRANSLATION

(or days), quite a young man, began in Sicily to be in
command of the army.”

Now all the passages, and all Latin sentences in fact,
must be treated carefully after this manner. The process
is slow at first; but, if faithfully followed out, it soon
makes the work very easy, and is the only way to ensure
accuracy. Pay particular attention to the endings of the
words : they are the most important parts of words in
Latin. Without them you could do nothing : a sentence
would at once, deprived of them, become nonsense.
Never pass a noun without being able to tell what case it
is in and why it is in that case. Never pass a verb with¬
out telling its mood, number and tense. Above all, never
be in a hurry : always take plenty of time to the sentence
you are at. Look on it as a puzzle which has a neat and
interesting solution. Do not worry about it. If you find
a sentence beats you, pass on to the next one, and return
to the difficulty, when the light of the remainder of the
passage has been thrown on it. Never write nonsense as
a translation, or anything which you do not understand
yourself. The passages all have a meaning. After you
have done your best and think your version is fairly
correct, turn to the Key at the end of the book and com¬
pare your translation with it. If you use this Key to
solve the difficulties you will never be anything in Latin.
You will remain in the state of the man who never tries
to swim without the swimming belt. Two translations
will be given at first — one very close to the Latin, not
proper English at all; the other rather freer and more
like what an Englishman would write. If you have not
exactly the same translation as the Key, you are not
necessarily wrong. See if the meaning is the same in
your copy and in the Key. There is always a variety of
translations for any passage in any language.

Digitized by v^ooQle

INTRODUCTION TO LATIN TRANSLATION 79

No special vocabularies will be given now. You must
make your own vocabulary. This is the plan you ought
to adopt in all your future reading. When a word occurs
which you do not know, or a phrase which you think
worth remembering, jot it down in a special note-book.
This consultation of the general Vocabulary at the end
will prepare you for the use of a dictionary after you have
finished this book and started to read for yourself.

Passage No. 1.

Life of Hamilcar.

Hamilcar, Hannibalis filius, cognomine Barca, Kartha-
giniensis, primo Poenico bello, sed temporibus extremis ,
admodum adulescentulus in Sicilia praeesse coepit exer¬
citui. cum ante eius adventum et mari et terra male res
gererentur Karthaginiensium, ipse, ubi adfuit, numquam
hosti cessit neque locum nocendi dedit, saepeque e con¬
trario occasione data lacessivit semperque superior discessit.
quo facto , cum paene omnia in Sicilia Poeni amisissent,
ille Erycem sic defendit, ut bellum eo loco gestum non
videretur, interim Karthaginienses classe apud insulas
Aegates a C. Lutatio, consule Romanorum, superati,1
statuerunt2 belli facere finem eamque rem arbitrio per¬
miserunt Hamilcaris.

There is a Note in the Key on the words in Italics.

1 Superati classe , 44 defeated by a fleet ”.

3 Statuo takes the Infinitive after it.

Digitized by v^ooQle

INDICATIVE PASSIVE

LESSON XXL

Present, Imperfect and Future Indicative Passive.— Gerund
Denoting Necessity.

These are tenses formed from the Present Stem. They
are each formed from the Active in the same way.

To the first person singular ending in a vowel add r.
Thus amo, Active ; amor , Passive. When ending in m
change m into r — amah am, amdbar.

For the second person singular change s into ris or re
— amas , amaris or amdre.

For the third person singular (as explained in Lesson
XX.) add ur — amat, amdtur.

For the first person plural change s into r — amdmus ,
amdrrvwr.

For the second person plural change tis into mini —
amdtis , amdminl.

For the third person plural (as explained in Lesson
XX.) add ur — amant , amantwr.

Thus also —

Moneo gives moneor ; mones gives moneris or monere, etc.

Rego gives regor ; regis gives regaris or reg&re, etc.

Audio gives audior ; audis gives audiris or audire, etc.

In the second person singular Present Indicative of
the Third Conjugation you find reg&ris where you expect
r eg iris, and in the second person singular Future Indi¬
cative of the First and Second Conjugation amaberis
where you expect amabiris , and monebaris where you
expect monebiris (e for i).

In the first and second persons plural by these rules

Monemus gives monemur ; monetis gives monemini, etc.
Regimus gives regimur ; regitis gives regimini, etc.

Audimus gives audimur ; auditis gives audimini, etc.

and similarly you form the other two tenses.

Digitized by LiOOQle

INDICATIVE PASSIVE

Thb Gerund and Gerundive.

The Gerundive is an adjective got by changing the m
of the Gerund into s. Thus amandum , amandus. It is
declined like fen adjective of the first class (-us, -a, -urn),
and means “ necessary-to-be-loved, advised,” etc.

If we wish to translate a sentence like the following
into Latin we must use the nominative of the Gerund : —
We must pay regard to peace.

Paci a nobis serviundum est.1

(There is a paying regard to peace by us.)

But if servio had been a transitive verb (taking the
Accusative case) we must have used the Gerundive . Thus
servare (to preserve) is a transitive verb, and therefore
takes an Accusative case. The sentence 41 We must pre¬
serve peace ” is in Latin therefore Pax nobis servanda est
(not Pacem nobis servandum est), “ Peace is necessary-to-
be-preserved by us With the Gerund and Gerundive
in this sense, the agent is put in the dative, not in the
ablative with a or ab — unless, as in the first sentence
above, there is a dative with the verb already, when the
ablative is used to prevent ambiguity.

Buie. — With an intransitive verb use the nominative
of the Gerund to express necessity and the dative of the
agent (the person on whom the necessity rests), or the
ablative with a or ab if there would be confusion with
another dative. With a transitive verb use the verbal
adjective, i.e., the Gerundive, in the Nominative case, in
agreement with the noun.

Examples.

They must spare the enemy.

Hostibus ab eis parcendum est.

(There is a sparing of the enemy by them.)

Parcere , “to spare,” is intransitive, taking a dative after it.

1 Note u for e here. This is occasionally found.

Digitized by v^ooQle

INDICATIVE PASSIVE

The Romans must attack the city.

Urbs Romanis oppugnanda est.

(The city is necessary-to-be-attacked by the Romans.)
Oppugnare is a transitive verb taking the accusative.

Compare these remarks now with those in Lesson
XVIII. on the Gerund.

Exercise 21.

1. Affairs in Sicily are being carried on badly both by
land and by sea. 2. No opportunity of doing harm will
be given to the enemy. 3. On the contrary, when an
opportunity is given (Ablative Absolute), the enemy will
be attacked (lacesso). 4. Affairs were being carried on
well in Sicily. 5. Almost everything had been lost in
Sicily, but Eryx was being bravely defended. 6. War
must be waged in that spot by us. 7. Men must not
injure their friends. 8. This business must be entrusted
to the discretion of Hannibal. 9. We must leave Sicily
within a few days. 10. The Romans must never yield to
the enemy. 11. Eryx must be defended by the Cartha¬
ginians. 12. If affairs are going on badly in Sicily we
shall depart from that island. 13. When we have been
defeated we shall leave this place. 14. We shall resolve
to make an end of this war. 15. If our fleet is conquered
by the Roman consul we shall make peace (remember the
tense of “is conquered ”).

Note . — No vocabulary is given in this exercise, nor in
any succeeding one. The words are mainly taken from
the preceding Latin passage, and many of the phrases
are closely modelled on it.

Passage No. 2.

In this piece there are one or two rather difficult things : —

Sed ita , ut : translate “ but (peace must be preserved, he thought)
in such a way that ”.

Digitized by v^.ooQle

INDICATIVE PASSIVE

Essent refectae : translate as if it were a Pluperfect Indicative.
The Subjunctive will be explained in the Key.

Vicissent and dedissent : also translate as if Pluperfect Indicative.

Compositurum : supply esse after this word.

Nisi ille decederent : “ unless he and his friends should depart ”
(ille cum suis takes a plural verb).

Periturum : supply esse after this word.

Quam rediret : “than (he would) return home.”

Ut succumbente patria : this is the consecutive clause after tanta
fuit ferocia.

Ille, etsi flagrabat bellandi cupiditate, tamen paci ser-
viundum putavit, quod patriam exhaustam sumptibus,
diutius calamitates belli ferre 1 non posse 2 intellegebat,
sed ita , ut statim mente agitaret, si paulum modo res
essent refectae , bellum renovare Romanosque armis per¬
sequi ,3 donicum aut virtute vicissent aut victi manus
dedissent, hoc consilio pacem conciliavit, in quo tanta
fuit ferocia, cum Catulus negaret bellum compositurum,
nisi ille cum suis, qui Erycem tenuerant, armis relictis
Sicilia decederent , ut succumbente patria ipse periturum
se potius dixerit, quam cum tanto flagitio domum rediret :
non enim suae esse virtutis arma a patria accepta adver¬
sus hostes adversariis tradere, huius pertinaciae cessit
Catulus.

1 Feire : Present Infinitive = to bear, to endure. An irregular
verb : see Lesson XXVIII.

2 Posse : Present Infinitive = to be able. An irregular verb : see
Lesson XXVI.

3 Persequi is the first instance of what we call a deponent verb.
Such verbs are found in all four conjugations, and have the Passive
forms but the Active meanings. Thus persequor means not “ I am
being pursued,” but “ I am pursuing ” ; similarly the Infinitive
means “to pursue,” not “to be pursued”. The Passive Participle
of amo (amatus) means “ having been loved,” but persecutus means
“having pursued”. This gives us a number of very useful Past
Participles of Active meaning, the want of which in other verbs
Latin often feels very seriously.

Digitized by CjOOQle

EGO, TU

LESSON XXII.

Ego, Tu. — Comparison op Adjective®. — Ablative op Com¬
parison. — Genitive after Superlatives.

Latin has pronouns to translate our English I and you ,
but remember as nominatives they are only employed
when very emphatic. Ego , I, is declined thus : —

Singular.

Plural.

Nom.

Ego

Nos

Acc.

Nos

Gen.

Mel

of me

Nostrl (or nostrum)

of U8

Dat.

Mitit

to me

Nobis

to 118

Abl.

from me

Nobis

from

The Pronoun Tu , thou or you, is declined thus : —

Singular.

Plural.

N. & V.

Tii

thou (you)

Vos

you

Acc.

thee (you)

Vos

you

Gen.

Tul

of thee (you)

Vestrl (or vestrum)

of you

Dat.

Tibi

to thee (you)

Vobis

to you

Abl.

from thee (you)

Vobis

from you

Note there is the same form for the masculine and
feminine. Be careful to notice when the English “ you ”
is singular and when plural, and to use the singular or
plural form accordingly in Latin.

The Comparison of Adjectives.

In English we can talk of one thing being hard , of
another being harder , and of a third being hardest of all
These three forms express different degrees, as they are
called, of the quality named by the adjective. The first
is called the Positive Degree, the second the Comparative
Degree, the third the Superlative Degree. In English
the two latter are usually formed by adding -er and -est

Digitized by v^ooQle

EGO, TU

to the Positive form. In Latin we add - ior and - issimus
to the stem of the adjective (got by dropping the genitive
termination). Thus Positive dwrus , Genitive duri, hard,
gives Comparative dwrior, harder, Superlative durissimus,
hardest. Similarly Positive ingens , Genitive ingentis,
Comparative ingentiory Superlative ingentissimus .

Adjectives like asper and niger , however, in the super¬
lative double the r and add -imus. Thus —

Positive. Genitive. Comparative. Superlative.

Asper asperi asperior asperrimus

Niger nigri nigrior nigerrimus

Adjectives of the Third Declension like acery acrisy
acrey also come under this rule. Thus —

Acer acris acrior acerrimus

You notice in these, from the presence of e, that the
superlative is not formed from the genitive, but from
the nominative.

Facilisy -e, easy Humilis , -e, low Difficilis, -e, difficult

Gracilis, -e, slender Similis , -e, like Dissimilis , -e, unlike

These adjectives form the superlative in a similar
manner by doubling the l and adding -imus:

Facilis, facilior, facillimus.

The Superlative forms are declined like adjectives of
the First Class, asperrimus, -ay -umy etc.

The Comparatives are declined thus : —

Singular. Plural.

Maso. & Fem.

Neut.

Masc. & Fem. Neut.

Nom.

Durior

durius

Duriores duriora

Acc.

Duriorem

durius

Duriores duriora

Gen.

Durioris

Duriorum

Dat.

Duriori

Durioribus

Abl.

Duriore

Durioribus

Sometimes the comparative, instead of expressing a

Digitized by v^.ooQle

EGO, TU

higher degree, expresses too high a degree of the quality
named by the adjective. Thus : —

Hoc est durius. This is too hard.

Similarly the superlative may express a very high
degree : —

Hoc est durissimum. This is very hard.

When two things are compared, after the comparative
you may use quam (than) and put the two things in the
same case, or omit the quam , when the second thing is put
in the ablative case : —

Illud est durius quam hoc (nom. sing. neut.). That is harder
than this.

Illud est hoc (abl. sing, neut.) durius. That is harder than this.

The superlative usually has a genitive after it : —

Hoc est omnium durissimum. This is the hardest of all things.

Exercise 22.

1. I was ablaze with greed for war : you thought we
must pay regard to peace. 2. He gave these gifts to us,
to you those. 3. You are the wisest of us all, I am
bravest. 4. Having been subdued they surrendered to
us. 5. My fatherland is very dear to me, although worn
out by the disasters of war. 6. He (that man) is wiser
than you. 7. He is sending these gifts to the wisest man
of the Romans. 8. I was ablaze with keener passion for
war than you. 9. This task is the easiest of all, that the
most difficult. 10. He is very like his father ('genitive) ;
his brother is more like his mother (genitive). 11. I will
rather perish 1 amid the ruins of my country. 12. He said
he would go home in (with) the deepest disgrace. 13. If
affairs have been a little restored, I shall renew the war
against the Romans. 14. Thereafter we had made peace

1 Pereo , -I», - itum , -ire, has future peribo. See £o, Lesson XXVII.

Digitized by v^ooQle

EGO, TU

with this design. 15. He and his men laid down their
arms and left Sicily {Latin says , arms having been laid
down left).

Passage No. 3.

At ille, ut Karthaginem venit, multo aliter, ac1 sperarat,2
rem publicam se habentem 3 cognovit, namque diuturni¬
tate externi mali tantum exarsit intestinum bellum, ut
numquam in pari periculo fuerit Karthago, nisi cum
deleta est. primo mercenarii milites, quibus adversus
Eomanos usi erant,4 desciverunt : quorum numerus erat
viginti milium .5 hi totam abalienarunt0 Africam, ipsam
Karthaginem oppugnarunt.6 quibus malis adeo sunt Poeni
perterriti, ut etiam auxilia ab Eomanis petierint eaque
impetrarint.7 sed extremo, cum prope iam ad desperatio¬
nem pervenissent, Hamilcarem imperatorem fecerunt, is
non solum hostes a muris Karthaginis removit, cum
amplius centum milia facta essent armatorum, sed etiam
eo compulit, ut locorum angustiis clausi plures fame quam
ferro interirent.

1 Aliter , ac : “ otherwise than ”. Latin says, “ otherwise and ”.

2 Sperarat for speraverat.

3 Res publica aliter se habet : “ the republic is in a different con¬
dition ” ; literally, “ the republic is holding itself otherwise ”.

4 Quibus usi erant : utor, usus , uti, a deponent, takes the Ablative
Case after it. It means “ to use ”.

5 Viginti milium : mille is an adjective or noun, indeclinable,
meaning “ thousand ” ; but in the plural milia is a noun meaning
“ thousands,” and is declined : Nom. milia , Acc. milia , Gen. milium ,
Dat. and Abi. milibus. Thus : mille equites , adj., a thousand horse¬
men ; mille equitum, noun, a thousand (of) horsemen ; tria milia
equitum, three thousands of horsemen.

6 Abalienarunt, oppugnarunt: -arunt for - averunt .

7 Impetrarint for impetraverint .

Digitized by v^.ooQle

PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE

LESSON XXIII.

Present and Imperfect Subjunctive Passive. — Ut Substantival.

These two tenses are formed from the Active by the
same changes as were explained in Lesson XXI. Thus : —

Amem

gives

amer

Ames

gives ameris

Moneam

monear

Moneas

monearis

Regam

»»

regar

Regas

regaris

Audiam

»»

audiar

Audias

audiaris

Amemus

gives amemur

Ametis

gives amemini

Moneamus

»»

moneamur

Moneatis

moneamini

Regamus

»»

regamur

Regatis

regamini

Audiamus

audiamur

Audiatis

audiamini

and similarly with the Imperfect Subjunctive.

Ut Substantival.

He advised him to do this.

He ordered his soldiers to do this.

If you were asked to translate these sentences into
Latin, you would probably proceed to write down the
Perfect of the verb “to advise,” the accusative of is,
the Present Infinitive of the verb “ to do,” and so on :
but the Present Infinitive is never found in Latin in the
above connection. The sentences would stand thus : —

Monuit eum ut hoc faceret He advised him that he should do
this.

Militibus imperavit ut hoc facerent. He ordered the soldiers that
they should do this.

Ut in these sentences does not mean “ in order that,”
nor yet does it mean “in such a way that”. It intro¬
duces neither a clause of consequence nor a clause of
purpose. This is a new use altogether. In fact in each
case ut introduces a clause exactly equivalent to a

Digitized by v^.ooQle

PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE

noun or pronoun after the verb. Thus in the second
clause “to do this” is equivalent to “this” in “He com¬
manded this to the soldiers”. This Noun clause , as we
may call it, introduced by ut and having its verb in the
Subjunctive, is always used in Latin after verbs of com¬
manding or entreating and the like. Such a clause is
called a Substantival clause (substantive equals noun),
and this use of ut is called the Substantival use.

The Buie is: Verbs of entreating, commanding, de¬
creeing, advising, striving, effecting, take a clause intro¬
duced by ut and followed by the Subjunctive in Latin.
If there is a not or any other negative in the clause,
instead of ut use ne.

Examples.

I ask you to do this. A te peto ut hoc facias .

I ask you not to do this. A te peto ne hoc facias.

The senate decreed that he should Senatus decrevit ut is hoc faceret.
do this.

He made it his aim to defeat the Id egit ut hostes superaret.
enemy.

He effected that he should be Effecit ut imperator m Hispaniam
sent into Spain as general (he mitteretur .

brought it to pass that he was
sent).

Here one example of each verb has been given. The
principal parts of these verbs are given below : —

Peto, petivi ox petii, petitum, petere, to ask, to entreat.

Decemo , decrevi , decretum, decernere, to decree.

Ago, egi, actum, agere , to do (id ago, I make it my aim).

Efficio , effeci, effectum, efficere, to effect.

Exercise 23.

1. He was entreating them to do those things. 2. I
have entreated them to do these things. 3. They made
it their aim to send an army into Spain. 4. We shall

Digitized by v^.ooQle

f)0

PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE

bring it to pass that we are sent into Spain as generals.
5. We have found our country in a much different con¬
dition from what we expected. 6. He gathered together
mercenary soldiers that he might use them against the
Romans. 7. We have attacked Carthage itself that all
Africa may be alienated. 8. He will drive them to such
a point that more will be perishing by famine than by the
steel. 9. The senate decreed that Carthage should be
attacked and destroyed. 10. The senate decrees that
Carthage is to be attacked and destroyed. 11. The senate
will decree the destruction of Carthage ( say that Carthage
may be, etc.). 12. He attacked Carthage in order that
he might destroy it. 13. He entreated him not to send
him to Rome. 14. He ordered the soldiers to remove the
enemy from the walls. 15. He has ordered the soldiers
to leave Italy at once.

(Tell in each sentence whether you are using a Final,
Consecutive or Substantival Subjunctive.)

Note. — ‘‘That not” in a Consecutive clause is ut non ;
in the other two, ne. Similarly “that never” is ut nun¬
quam , “ that none ” ut nullus , but in the Final and Sub¬
stantival clauses ne unquam, ne quis.

Passage No. 4.

Omnia oppida abalienata, in his Uticam atque Hip¬
ponem, valentissima totius Africae, restituit patriae, neque
eo fuit contentus, sed etiam fines imperii propagavit, tota
Africa tantum otium reddidit, ut nullum in ea bellum
videretur multis annis fuisse.

Rebus his ex sententia peractis fidenti animo atque
infesto Romanis, quo facilius 1 causam bellandi reperiret,

1 Quo fac ili us. When there is a comparative adjective or adverb

in tho Final clause, instead of ut Latin uses quo. Thus _

“ By which he might find more easily.”

“ That he might find more easily.”

Digitized by CjOOQle

PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE

effecit, ut imperator cum exercitu in Hispaniam mitteretur,
eoque secum duxit filium Hannibalem annorum novem.1
Erat praeterea cum eo adulescens illustris, formosus, Has¬
drubal ; de hoc ideo mentionem fecimus, quod Hamilcare
occiso ille exercitui praefuit resque magnas gessit, et prin¬
ceps largitione vetustos pervertit mores Karthaginiensium,
eiusdemque post mortem Hannibal ab exercitu accepit
imperium.

LESSON XXIV.

Perfect and Pluperfect Subjunctive Passive. — Dative
Verbs.

These two tenses are combinations of the Perfect Par¬
ticiple Passive and the Present and Imperfect Subjunctive
respectively of the verb “ to be.” Thus —

Perfect Subjunctive.
Amatus sim
Monitus sim
etc.

Pluperfect Subjunctive.
Amatus essem
Monitus essem
etc.

Dative Verbs.

A verb is transitive only when it takes an Accusative
case after it. Every verb which in English takes an
Objective case is not necessarily transitive in Latin.
Thus—

I spare the enemy.

I benefit the city.

I command the army.

I order the soldiers.

All these verbs are in English transitive. In each case
in Latin they take a dative and are intransitive : —

1 Annorum novem. This is a descriptive genitive, “ his son nine
years old ”.

Digitized by UjOOQle

PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE

I-am-sparing-to the enemy.

I-am-of- advantage- to the city.

I-am-at-the-head-for the army.
I-give-orders-to the soldiers.

Latin taking a dative are comprised

Parco hostibus.

Prosum urbi.

Praesum exercitui.

Impero militibus.

The main verbs in
in the following lists : —

Confido , -ere... to trust. See Fide.
Faveo , -ere... to favour. See Pro¬
sum.

Fido , -ere... to trust. Tibi fido :

I trust you.

Impero , -are... to command. Eis
imperat ut hoc faciant : he orders
them to do this.

Invideo , -ere... to envy. Eis in¬
video : I envy them.

Minor , -ari... to threaten. Pueris
minatur : he threatens the boys.
Obedio , -ire... to obey. See Pareo.
Obsto , -are... to resist. See Resisto.
Pareo , -ere... to obey. Parentibus
pareo : I obey my parents.

Persuadeo , -ere... to persuade.
Eis persuadeo ut hoc faciant :
I persuade them to do this.
Prosum , prodesse ... to profit.

Prosum tibi : I do you good.
Resisto , -&re... to resist. Hosti¬
bus resistamus : let us resist
the enemy.

Servio , -ire... to serve. Regi
servimus : we serve a king.
Suadeo , -ere... to advise. See
Persuadeo.

Subvenio , -ire... to help. Eis
subvenio : I help them.

Some of these verbs occasionally take an accusative
and dative : —

Haec militibus imperat.

He gives these commands to the soldiers.

Mortem «is minatur.

He threatens death to them (“ them with death ** in English).
Haec tibi invideo.

I envy these things to you (I envy you these things).

There are of course many other verbs taking a dative.
These are the more important. We have had already
cedo , I yield to; and do not forget that the compounds
of sum, save possum , take a dative.

Exercise 24.

1. Catulus commanded the Carthaginians to leave

Digitized by v^ooQle

PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE

Sicily. 2. He came-to-the-aid of the estranged towns
{subvenio). 3. I was envying Hannibal his supreme
command over the army. 4. The chief by his bounty
did much good to the Carthaginians ( say benefited many
things : multa and dative). 5. Let us restore to our
country the strongest towns of all Africa* 6. We shall
never be slaves to Hannibal and the Carthaginians. 7.
He said he would never be a slave to the Romans {say
he denied he would ever). 8. He has restored such peace
to Africa that there seems to have been no war within
many years. 9. He was sent with an army to Spain
that he might find more easily a pretext for war. 10.
You are taking with you your son nine years of age. 11.
He mentioned this man because he accomplished many
great deeds. 12. Let us oppose our foes by land and
by sea. 13. Hannibal threatens the Romans with per¬
petual war (say threatens perpetual war to the Romans).
14. He came to Spain with an army that he might the
better accomplish these things. 15. When he had accom¬
plished these things in accordance with his wish he set out
for home.

Passage No. 5.

(With this passage we finish the Life of Hamilcar.
There is only one thing to note in it before attempting
the translation ; the verb mallet , the last word, is the
Imperfect Subjunctive of an irregular verb, malle , to
prefer. It will be explained more fully in Lesson XXIX.)

At Hamilcar, posteaquam mare transiit in Hispaniamque
venit, magnas res secunda gessit fortuna : maximas bel-
licosissimasque gentes subegit, equis, armis, viris, pecunia
totam locupletavit Africam, hic cum in Itabam bellum
inferre meditaretur, nono anno postquam in Hispaniam
venerat, in proebo pugnans adversus Vettones occisus est.

Digitized by L^ooQle

94 IMPERATIVE AND INFINITIVES PASSIVE

huius perpetuum odium erga Romanos maxime concitasse 1
videtur secundum bellum Poenicum. namque Hannibal,
filius eius, assiditis patris obtestationibus eo est perductus,
ut interire quam Romanos non experiri mallet.

LESSON XXV.

Imperative, Infinitives, Participles Passive. — Conditional
Sentences.

Turn to the Table now and learn the Imperative in each
conjugation. The second person singular Present Im¬
perative Active is always got by dropping - re of the
Present Infinitive : amare , ama ; monere , mone, etc. The
third person plural is always got by adding o to the same
person of the Present Indicative : amant , amanto ; monent ,
monento , etc.

The second person singular Present Imperative Passive
is always the same as the Present Infinitive Active. Then
change -te of the Imperative Active into - mini and add r
to the remaining tenses, neglecting the forms ending in
- tote : amate, amamini ; amato , amator, etc.

For the Present Infinitive Passive change -e of the
Present Infinitive Active into -l ; but in the Third Con¬
jugation change - ere into -i, thus : regere , regi.

The Future Infinitive Passive is formed from the
Supine and the Present Infinitive Passive of eo , iri, to
go : amatum Irl, “to be being gone for the purpose of
loving,” that is, “to be about to be loved.”

Note that in such a sentence as Dixit eum amatum iri
(he said that man was going to be loved) amatum governs
eum, and does not agree with it.

1 Contracted for concitavisse.

Digitized by v^ooQle

IMPERATIVE AND INFINITIVES PASSIVE 95

Conditional Clauses.

“ If he had done this he would have paid the penalty.”

This is what is called a conditional sentence, a sentence
with a condition expressed in it, contained in the 44 if ”
clause. On looking at it you will see that it refers to the
past, and that it is implied that the condition was not
fulfilled ; that is, he did not do it, and was not punished.
Such a sentence in Latin contains two Pluperfect Sub¬
junctives : —

Si hoc fecisset poenas dedisset.

Now consider this sentence : —

“ If he were to do (or did) this he would be punished.”

This sentence obviously refers to the Future. If he were
to act in a certain way in the future, he would pay the
penalty in the future. Such a conditional sentence has
two Present Subjunctives in Latin : —

Si hoc faciat poenas det.

Never mind the fact that “would be” suggests an Im¬
perfect Subjunctive. It refers to the future and must be
Present tense in Latin.

Distinguish this carefully from a conditional sentence
like that given in Lesson VI.

Si hoc fecerit poenas dabit.

If he does (shall have done) this he will pay the penalty.

Exercise 25.

1. If his affairs had been restored he would have
renewed the war (see Passage No. 2). 2. If he had con¬

quered them by his valour they would have surrendered
(see Passage No. 2). 3. If Catulus had said he would not
end the war, the Romans would have left Sicily. 4. If

Digitized by v^.ooQle

96 IMPERATIVE AND INFINITIVES PASSIVE

his affairs were to be restored, he would renew the war.

5. If he conquers them by his valour they will surrender.

6. If he should conquer them by his valour they would
surrender. 7. If Catulus were to refuse to end the war
they would leave Sicily. 8. If Catulus refuses to end the
war they will leave Sicily. 9. The second Punic war
seems chiefly to have been stirred up by the undying
enmity of this man for the Romans. 10. Carry out great
exploits, subdue the most warlike races, and enrich Africa
with men and money. 11. He said Africa would be
enriched with steeds and men. 12. He said he was
meditating on carrying the war into Italy. 13. He says
Africa is being enriched with men and money. 14. They
were slain in the ninth year after they came into Spain.
15. Ye shall love your enemies.

Passage No. 6.1

Life of Hannibal.

Hannibal, Hamilcaris filius, Karthaginiensis. si verum
est, quod nemo dubitat,2 ut populus Romanus omnes
gentes virtute superarit,8 non est infitiandum 4 Hanni¬
balem tanto 5 praestitisse ceteros imperatores prudentia,
quanto 5 populus Romanus antecedat fortitudine cunctas

1The preceding passages embrace the Life of Hamilcar. The
remaining passages contain the Life of his more famous son,
Hannibal. Don’t be confused because the first sentence contains
no verb : it is a sort of heading to the Life — “ Hannibal, the son of
Hamilcar, a Carthaginian ”.

2 Quod nemo dubitat: quod is the relative — “If it is true, which
no one doubts ”.

3 Ut... superarit: this is a substantival clause subject to verum
est — “ If it is true that the Roman people has surpassed *\ Super¬
arit is contracted for superavet'it.

4 Infitiandum is Gerund of infitiari , a deponent verb, “ to deny ”.

8 Tanto , “ by so much ” ; quantot “ by how much ”.

Digitized by v^.ooQle

POSSUM AND CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 97

nationes, nam quotienscumque cum eo congressus est
in Italia, semper discessit superior, quod nisi1 domi
civium suorum invidia debilitatus esset, Bomanos videtur
superare potuisse.2 * Sed multorum obtrectatio devicit
unius virtutem.

Hic autem velut hereditate 8 relictum odium paternum
erga Bomanos sic conservavit, ut prius animam quam id
deposuerit , qui quidem, cum patria pulsus esset et alien¬
arum opvm indigeret, nunquam destiterit4 animo bellare
cum Bomanis. nam ut omittam Philippum,5 * 7 quem
absens hostem reddidit Bomanis, omnium iis temporibus
potentissimus rex Antiochus fuit.

LESSON XXVI.

Possum and Conditional Sentences.

There are seven common irregular verbs in Latin : —

Possum , I am able Vo1%, I am willing
Ed, I go Nolo, I am unwilling

Fero, I carry Malo, I prefer

Fio, I become, I am made : Passive of facto

1 Quod nisi : literally, “ as to which unless ”. We should just say,
“ but unless

2 Videtur superare potuisse : literally, “ he seems to have been able
to conquer ”. We would say, “ it seems he would have been able to
conquer”. Latin uses videtur personally, English impersonally,
that is, without a person as subject. Potuisse is the Perfect In¬
finitive of an irregular verb = to have been able. See Lesson
XXVI.

8 Velut hereditate : “ left as if by a legacy.”

4 Qui nunquam destiterit : the relative here takes the Subjunctive
instead of the Indicative because it means “ since he ” (who since).

8 Ut omittam Philippum: “that I may pass over Philip”. We

should say, “ to pass over Philip,” “omitting Philip”.

Digitized by v^ooQle

98 POSSUM AND CONDITIONAL SENTENCES

They are irregular only in the tenses derived from the
Present trunk, that is in the Present, Imperfect and
Future.

Turn now to the table and learn the conjugation of
possum, I am able. It will help you to remember that
possum is pot - + sum, the t being changed to s before
the parts of sum that begin with s, and the / in the Perfect
tenses being dropped. Thus Pos-sum, Po£-es, and Po£-ui
(not pot/ui).

Note this verb has only a Present and Perfect Infinitive,
and has no Participles, Gerund or Supines.

Conditional Clauses. — Continued.

44 If he were now doing this he would now be paying the penalty.”

This sentence refers to the Present, and it is implied
that he is not now doing this, and is not now paying the
penalty. This is expressed in Latin by two Imperfect
Subjunctives : —

Si hoc faceret , poenas daret.

You remember if the Condition referred to the past and
its non-fulfilment was implied we said two Pluperfect
Subjunctives were used. These, however, may be either
or both Imperfect Subjunctives if you do not wish to
talk of a completed, but of a continuous action or state.
Thus “If he had been doing this he would have paid
the penalty ’* would be Si hoc faceret poenas dedisset.
Similarly “If he had done this he would have been
paying the penalty ” would be Si hoc fecisset poenas daret .
And again Si hoc faceret poenas daret may mean, as above,
“If he were doing this he would be paying the penalty ”
(present time) or “If he had been doing this he would
have been paying the penalty ”. Only the context or the
insertion of an adverb such as nunc or turn can tell you
which is really meant.

Digitized by CjOOQle

POSSUM AND CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 99

Exercise 26.

1. We shall be able to conquer the Eomans. 2. They
were able to conquer all nations. 3. Ye were able to
surpass all nations in valour. 4. Thou canst not kill
thine enemy. 5. We had been able to-utterly- subdue
the valour of one man. 6. You will have been able to
lay down your hatred for the Eomans. 7. He says he
can kill his enemies. 8. He says he can surpass all
races in valour. 9. He says Hannibal could have sur¬
passed all generals in forethought. 10. If Hannibal were
here now he would be conquering Italy. 11. If Hannibal
had been in that battle he would have defeated the enemy.
12. If Hannibal had not surpassed all generals in skill,
he would not have been the greatest general of all (if
not = nisi), 13. If we had been doing this we would
have suffered the severest punishment (paid the heaviest
( gravissimus ) penalty). 14. If you had done this, you
would have been suffering the most severe ( gravissimus )
penalties. 15. If he had been wise he would not have
been doing that.

The next is rather a difficult passage, but try to puzzle
out the involved sentence in the first half. This you should
manage with the notes below; and it will be excellent
practice. If, however, you find it impossible to translate
it, consult the Key, but do not leave the passage till you
thoroughly understand its structure.

Passage No. 7.

Hunc tanta cupiditate incendit bellandi, . ut usque a
rubro mari arma conatus sit inferre Italiae,1 ad quem
cum legati venissent Eomani, qui de eius voluntate ex-

1 Arma inferre Italiae , “ to carry arms against Italy” (dative).

Digitized by CjOOQle

100 POSSUM AND CONDITIONAL SENTENCES

plorarent darentque1 operam consiliis clandestinis, ut
Hannibalem in suspicionem regi adducerent,2 tamquam
ab ipsis corruptum alia atque antea sentire, neque id
frustra fecissent,8 idque Hannibal comperisset seque ab
interioribus consiliis segregari vidisset, tempore dato adiit
ad regem, eique cum multa4 de fide sua et odio in
Romanos commemorasset, hoc adiunxit : “ pater meus,”
inquit, “ Hamilcar, puerulo me , utpote non amplius
novem annos nato,5 in Hispaniam imperator proficiscens
Karthagine, Iovi optimo maximo hostias immolavit, quae
divina res dum conficiebatur, quaesivit a me vellemne6
secum in castra proficisci, id cum libenter accepissem
atque ab eo petere coepissem ne dubitaret ducere, tum ille,
‘faciam/ inquit,7 ‘si mihi fidem, quam postulo8 dederis’.0

1 Qui . . . explorarent darentque : qui , here, is the relative and means
ut ii, “ in order that they ”. This is qui Final, introducing a clause
of purpose. See Lesson XXXIII.

2 Adducere Hannibalem in suspicionem regi , “ to bring Hannibal
into suspicion to (with) the king,” a Final clause. Translate this
sentence before translating line 6 : Dicimus corruptum ab eis
Hannibalem alia sentire. “ We say that having been bribed by
them, Hannibal is changing his views (thinking other things)” — alia
atque antea , “other than before”. Cf. Passage No. 8, beginning.
The meaning is, “that they might make the king suspect that
Hannibal, having been bribed, was changing his views”.

3 Neque . . . fecissent : Here the cum clauses are resumed — “ When
they had not done that in vain, and Haunibal discovered and saw

4 Multa is acc. neut. plur. after commemorasset = commemora -
visset.

5 Utpote . . . natoy “ as being born,” etc.

6 Vellemnet “ whether I was willing ”. Vellem is the first person
singular Imperfect Subjunctive of volo , to be willing (see Table of
Irregular Verbs).

7 Inquit is a defective verb — only used in certain parts — meaning
“says he,” “said he,” and used to introduce the speaker’s exact
words.

8 Fidem quam postulo , “ the pledge which I ask ”. ^ ;»

Digitized by v^ooQle

EO AND CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 101

LESSON XXVII.

Eo.-^Conditional Sentences. — Quin and Quominus.

Ed ivi l turn ire . . to go

Turn to the Table and learn this verb off by heart.
Note again that only the Present stem tenses are irre¬
gular. It is a very useful verb, since it forms many
compounds. These always form the Perfect in -ii, not
-ivi ; —

Reded

redii

reditum

redire

. to return

Ineo

inii

initum

inire

. to enter

Abeo

abii

abitum

abire

. to go away

Adeo

adii

aditum

adire

. to approach

Ineo and adeo , which are transitive, have a complete
Passive. All other compounds of eo which are transitive
have a complete Passive. This is formed, according to
the usual rules, from the Active.

Conditional Sentences. — Continued.

There is a large class of conditional sentences in which
nothing is implied as to the fulfilment of the condition,
(a) “If he is doing this he is a fool.” In this sentence
we neither imply that he is doing it, nor yet that he is
not doing it We simply say, “if he is, he is a fool”.
Siinilarly in sentences like (b) “If he said this he was a
fool,” (c) “ If he was saying this he was a fool”. These in
Latin, as in English, have the Indicative Mood.

(а) Si hoc facit, stultus est.

(б) Si hoc dixit, stultus erat.

Quin and Quominus.

Eum inhibuit quominus rediret. He prevented him from re¬
turning.

Digitized by LjOOQle

102 EO AND CONDITIONAL SENTENCES

Vix inhiberi potuit quin rediret Scarce was he able to be pre¬
vented from returning (but that he should return).

Non dubium est quin hac mente semper futurus sim. There is no
doubt but that I shall always be of this mind.

Nemo est quin hoc putet There is no one but thinks this.

Non dubitavit quin hoc ita esset. He did not doubt but that
this was so.

Non fieri potest quin hoc ita sit It is impossible but that tips
is so (that this is not so).

The Rule may be put thus : Quominus with the Sub¬
junctive after a verb of hindering is translated by “ from ”
and the Participle in English. Quin again is found only
after negative verbs and phrases, verbs and phrases with
a “ not” expressed or implied, and is usually translated by
“ but” or “who. ..not ”.

Exercise 27.

1. There is no doubt but that he is returning. 2. There
was no doubt but he was returning. 3. It is impossible
that he is not departing. 4. It was impossible that you
were not departing. 5. There was no one but thought
the enemy were departing. 6. There is no one but is
now entering the city. 7. If he was approaching Rome
he was making a mistake. 8. If he is entering the house
he is a fool. 9. I shall go to Rome if he will go to Car¬
thage. 10. If he is doing this there is no good in it (say
nothing of good, nil boni). 11. They inflamed that man
with such a desire for war that he tried to invade Italy.
12. They said that Hannibal was changing his opinions
(thinking other things than before). 13. When I was a
little boy (Ablative Absolute), Hannibal set out for Spain
from Carthage. 14. I persuaded him not to hesitate to take
me with him. 15. I will do so if you give me the pledge
which I demand.

Digitized by CjOOQle

EO AND CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 103

Passage No. 8.

“ Simul me ad aram adduxit, apud quam sacrificare
instituerat, eamque ceteris remotis1 tenentem iurare2
iussit, numquam me in amicitia cum Romanis fore.3 Id
ego iusiurandum patri datum usque ad 4 hanc aetatem ita
conservavi, ut5 nemini dubium esse debeat, quin reliquo
tempore eadem mente sim futurus.6 quare si quid amice
de Romanis cogitabis, non imprudenter feceris, si me
celaris : 7 cum quidem bellum parabis, te ipsum frustra¬
beris, si non me in eo principem posueris.”

Hac igitur qua diximus aetate8 cum patre in Hispaniam
profectus est : cuius post obitum, Hasdrubale imperatore
suffecto, equitatui omni praefuit, hoc quoque interfecto
exercitus summam imperii9 ad eum detulit, id Kartha-
ginem delatum publice 10 comprobatum est. sic Hannibal
minor quinque et viginti annis natus11 imperator factus

1 Oeteris remotis is an Ablative Absolute.

2 Tenentem jurare : the subject of tenentem is me, remember, and
the construction is accusative and Infinitive. Verbs like jurare , to
swear, sperare , to hope, minari , to threaten, take accusative and
Future Infinitive in Latin : Juro me in amicitia fore , I swear I will
be in the friendship or I swear to be in the friendship.

3 Fore is another form for futurum esse, Future Infinitive of sum .

4 Usque ad, “ straight on up to ”.

5 Ita . . . ut : note the Consecutive clause.

H Eadem mente esse , “ to be of the same mind ”,

7 Celaris is a contraction for celaveris. Note the Future Perfects
feceris, celaris, posueris .

8 Hac qua diximus aetate : Hac goes with aetate, “ at this age at
which we have said (he went, etc.) ”. Hac quam diximus aetate
would mean “ at this age which we have mentioned

9 Summam imperii , “ the total of the power,” “ the chief control

10 Publice : not “ publicly,” but “ in the name of the State ”.

11 Minor quinque et viginti annis natus : this is a very peculiar
Latin idiom meaning “ less than five and twenty years of age,”
literally, 41 born less than five and twenty years ”.

Digitized by LjOOQle

104

FERO AND QUESTIONS

proximo triennio 1 omnes gentes Hispaniae bello subegit :
Saguntum, foederatam2 civitatem, vi expugnavit,3 tres
exercitus maximos comparavit.

LESSON xxvni.

Fero. — Questions, Direct and Indirect.

Now tum again to the Table and learn the Irregular
verb Fero , I carry, I bring. I hope you are bearing in
mind that these verbs are irregular only in the Present
stem tenses. In fact, fero is not irregular in the Imper¬
fect and Future Indicative, nor in the Present Subjunctive.
Its Passive, too, is formed from the Active according to
the usual rules. This again is a very useful verb, forming
many compounds : —

in + fero gives in-ferot in-tuli , il-ldtum , in-ferre, to carry into.

Note before lf n becomes L

mad + fero gives af -fP.ro, at-tuli , al-latum , af-ferre> to carry to.

Note the d changing to /, to t, to l.
ex + fero gives ef-fero, ex-tilli , e-latum , ef- ferre, to carry out.

Note the changes the preposition undergoes.

These are some of the common compounds, but you must
notice the others as they occur. Try always to under¬
stand the force of the preposition with which the verb is
compounded.

Questions.

In English we mark a question by the tone of the voice,
by altering the order of the words, or by introducing the

1 Proximo triennio , “ within the next three years ”.

2 Foederatam is an adjective, and implies that the State had a
special treaty of alliance with Rome.

3 Vi expugnare means “ to storm ” (“ to capture by force ”).

Digitized by v^ooQle

FERO AND QUESTIONS

105

sentence by some interrogative word. The first two
methods are not used in Latin. To show that a sentence
is a question in Latin we put a little word - ne, or num , at
the beginning of the sentence — num at the beginning, -ne
after the first emphatic word. If the question is negatived
we employ nonne (or num, according to meaning).

Librumne tulisti ? Have you brought the book ?

Num librum tulisti ? You haven’t brought the book, have you ?
(expecting the answer “ no ”).

Nonne librum tulisti ? Have you not brought the book? (ex¬
pecting the answer “yes”).

All these are direct questions. But “ He asked me
whether I had brought the book ” is an indirect question
— that is, a reported question. The following are some
further examples of this : —

He asked me if I had brought the book.

He asked me when I would bring the book.

He asked me what book I was bringing.

We call words like if, when, what, interrogative particles,
and these sentences always have one of these at the be¬
ginning. “ If ” may be num or -ne, but -ne must be put
directly after the first word of the sentence and joined to
it. “ When ” in such a sentence is not cum , but quando.
“ What,” of course, is quern. The interrogative pronoun,
“ who,” “ which,” “ what,” is just the same as the relative
given in Lesson XVI., but has qms and quid as well as
qm and quod in the nominative singular masculine and
neuter. Qm and quod, however, are used as adjectives
with nouns ; quis and quid alone, as pronouns. Well,
these sentences must be introduced by an interrogative
word, and must have their verb in the Subjunctive. The
tense follows the usual rules of sequence : —

Present Subjunctive after Primary tenses ) denoting con-

Imperfect Subjunctive after Secondary tenses ) tinuous action.

Digitized by UjOOQle

106

FERO AND QUESTIONS

Perfect Subjunctive after both (denoting com-

Pluperfect Subjunctive after Secondary tenses j pleted action.

Future Subjunctive. Future Participle + sim (or essem , in
secondary sequence to denote an action occurring after the
action of the main verb).

The above three sentences become : —

A me petivit num librum tulissem (or librumne tulissem).

A me petivit quando librum laturus essem.

A me petivit quem librum ferrem.

Compare these with the following : —

* A me petit librumne feram. He asks me if I am bringing the
book.

A me petit librumne tulenm. He asks me if I have brought the
book.

A me petit num librum laturus sim. He asks me if I will bring
the book.

Note. — Never use si for “ if ” in a clause like this.

Exercise 28.

1. They are asking him whether he will bring them
their books. 2. They are asking him if he is bringing
much money with him. 3. They are asking him if he
has brought much money with him. 4. We asked them
if they had brought any money with them (say anything
of money, quid pecuniae). 5. We asked them if they were
bringing any money with them. 6. We asked them if
they would bring much money with them. 7. If you
bring (ditco) with you all the cavalry, you will win the
day (you will conquer, simply). 8. He asked me if I
would go with him to the camp. 9. Hamilcar asks
Hannibal if he will go with him to the camp. 10. They
bade the prisoners swear to remain friendly to the Romans
( say that they would remain : Future Infinitive). 11. He
has gone away to bring the cavalry. 12. We asked him
when he would return to Rome. 13. I do not know what

Digitized by v^.ooQle

FERO AND QUESTIONS

107

books he is bringing with him from Italy. 14. The soldiers
did not know whether that was being approved of in-the-
name-of-the-State. 15. Within the next three years, the
Carthaginians subdued all the nations of Spain.

Passage No. 9.

(This, again, is another easy passage ; once you know
the words it will translate quite readily.)

Ex his unum in Africam misit, alterum cum Hasdrubale
fratre in Hispania reliquit, tertium 1 in Italiam secum
duxit. saltum Pyrenaeum transiit. quacumque iter
fecit, cum omnibus incolis conflixit : neminem nisi victum
dimisit, ad Alpes posteaquam venit, quae Italiam ab
Gallia seiungunt, quas nemo umquam cum exercitu ante
eum praeter Herculem Graium transierat (quo facto2 is
hodie saltus Graius appellatur), Alpicos conantes pro¬
hibere transitu3 concidit, loca patefecit, itinera muniit,4 5
effecit ut ea6 elephantus ornatus6 ire posset, qua antea
unus homo inermis vix poterat repere. hac copias tra¬
duxit in Italiamque pervenit.

Conflixerat apud Rhodanum cum P. Cornelio Scipione
consule eumque pepulerat, cum hoc eodem Clastidii apud
Padum decernit sauciumque inde ac fugatum dimittit,
tertio idem Scipio cum collega Tiberio Longo apud
Trebiam adversus eum venit, cum iis manum conseruit :

1 Unum . . . alterum . . . tertium , “ one . . . the other . . . the third ”.

2 Quo facto : This is not an Ablative Absolute. It means “ from
that deed,” “ by reason of that (which) deed ”.

3 Prohibere transitu , “ to keep from the passage ”. Transitu is
an Ablative of Separation.

4 Itinera muniit is simply “ made roads,” not “ fortified roads,”
although munire means strictly “ to fortify ”,

5 Ea . . . qua, “ by that road by which ” — both adverbs, formed
from ablative of pronouns.

6 Elephantus ornatus, “ an elephant with its equipment ”.

Digitized by UjOOQle

108

VOLO, NOLO AND MALO

utrosque profligavit, inde per Ligures 1 Apenninum 2
transiit, petens Etruriam3 hoc itinere4 * 6 adeo gravi morbo
adficitur oculorum, ut postea numquam dextro0 aeque
bene usus sit.

LESSON XXIX.

V6l5, Nolo, Malo and Verbs with Infinitive.

The three verbs volo , I am willing, nolo, I am not will¬
ing, malo, I prefer (I am more willing), are so much alike
that they had better be learned together.

Nolo is simply non + volo , as you will see by a look at
the present tense. Sometimes the non is kept entire,
sometimes the v of volo is simply changed into n. Thus
nonvis, nonvult ; but nolumus , nohmt.

Similarly malo is simply ma- (for magis , more) and
volo , “ I am more willing, ” that is, “I prefer ”.

Note the three form the Imperfect Indicative alike by
adding - ebam , etc. ; the Future Indicative by adding -am,
-es, - et , etc. ; the Present Subjunctive by adding - im , -is,
-it, etc., to the Present stem ; and the Imperfect Sub¬
junctive by adding -m, -s, - 1 , etc., to the Infinitive. They
all lack the Passive voice.

1 Ligures : These were a tribe in the north of Italy, dwelling
round the Gulf of Genoa.

2 Apenninum : The great central mountain range of Italy. We
talk of the “ Apennines,” the Romans spoke of the “ Apennine ”.

3 Etruriam : the district of Italy north of Rome and the Tiber. -

4 Note the way in which the meaning of iter varies, now “ a

road,” now “ a march,” now “ a journey

6 Numquam dextro , “ He never had the proper use of his right
eye”. This disease, in fact, is said to have made the right eye
blind.

Digitized by v^ooQle

VOLO, NOLO AND MALO 10 9

VEBBS WITH THE INFINITIVE IN LATIN.

Every verb which is followed by an Infinitive in English
does not take an Infinitive in Latin. If you think of the
usual form of a Latin Final or Consecutive or Substantival
clause in English, or of the Supine construction after
verbs of motion, you will at once see that this is so. In
fact you must always be careful about putting an Infini¬
tive after a Latin verb. The verbs which take this in
Latin belong to three great classes : —

1. Verbs which denote Possibility or the Reverse.

2. Verbs which denote Beginning or Ceasing.

3. Verbs which denote Desire or Endeavour.

There are a good many more which do not come under
these heads, but these are the commoner ones. The fol¬
lowing list gives some of the Latin verbs : —

1. Possum , I am able, I can : Non possumus haec facere , we
cannot do this.

2. Coepi , incipio , I begin : Praeesse exercitui coeperat , he began
to be at the head of the army.

3. Cupio , I desire : Cupio haec cognoscere , I desire to know these
things.

Volot nolo , malq.

Conor , I attempt.

Statuo y I resolve : Romanis bellum inferre statuit , he resolved to
attack the Romans.

Of the others the more common are —

Debeo, I ought : Inimicis ignoscere debemus y we ought to pardon
our enemies.

Videory I seem.

SciOy I know ) Scio (disco) hoc facere , I know (I am learning) how

DiscOy I learn ) to do this.

Odiy I hate (only used in the Perfect Tenses, the Perfect having
a present meaning ; similarly Coepi),

In translation, then, when you come across one of these
verbs, you must always look for an Infinitive to complete
the meaning.

Digitized by v^.ooQle

110 VOLO, NOLO AND MALO

Exercise 29.

1. They have begun at last to cross the defile of the
Pyrenees. 2. He preferred to send one of these armies
into Africa. 3. Hannibal has brought it to pass that an
elephant with its equipment is able to go by that way.
4. He attempted to join battle with Publius Cornelius
Scipio at the river Po. 5. They ought to leave one army
in Spain and lead the other into Italy (the one . . . the other,
alter . . . alter). 6. They ought to have left one army in
Spain and led the other into Italy ( say “ were owing to
leave ” : Latin makes debeo Past, and the Infinitive
Present tense). 7. We know how to lay open the
country and make roads. 8. It seems that Hannibal
crossed the Alps by the Graian defile ( say Hannibal seems
to have, etc.). 9. It is said that Hannibal routed (pro¬
fligo) the inhabitants of the Alps (Alpici) in trying to
prevent his passage ( say Hannibal is said). 10. On this
journey they were afflicted with so serious a disease that
half the army (say “ half of the army,'1 using dimidium ,
half) perished (intereo).

(The following are five sentences on Indirect questions.
Bemember “ whether ... or not ” is utrum . . . necne.)

II* They do not know whether Hannibal has made for
Etruria or not. 12. I cannot tell whether Hannibal wishes
this or not. 13. He asked if he was unwilling to go into
Spain and would prefer to remain at Carthage. 14. We
shall ask them when they prefer to do this. 15. You have
told us what the enemy were wishing.

Passage No. 10.

(This passage is short and easy. There is nothing in it
requiring explanation beforehand.)

Qua valetudine cum etiamtum premeretur lecticaque

Digitized by LjOOQle

GERUNDIVE

111

ferretur, 0. Flaminium consulem apud Trasumenum cum
exercitu insidiis circumventum occidit, neque multo post
C. Centenium praetorem cum delecta manu saltus occu¬
pantem. hinc in Apuliam pervenit, ibi obviam ei vene¬
runt duo consules, C. Terentius et L. Aemibus. utriusque
exercitus uno proebo fugavit, Paulum consulem occidit et
aliquot praeterea consulares, in iis Cn. Servibum Geminum,
qui superiore anno fuerat consul.

Hac pugna pugnata Romam profectus est nubo resis¬
tente. in propinquis urbi montibus moratus est. cum
abquot ibi dies castra habuisset et Capuam reverteretur,
Q. Fabius Maximus, dictator Romanus, in agro Falerno ei
se obiecit.

LESSON XXX.

Volo, Nolo, Malo. —Gerundive.

This lesson wib not introduce any new irregular verbs ;
you may revise and make quite sure of volo , nolo , malo.

The Gerundive Construction.

In Lesson XVIII. you were taught how to translate a
sentence bke —

Vincemus hostibus parcendo.

We shall conquer by sparing the enemy.

But this is not always a possible construction if the Gerund
has the Accusative after it. Thus wo may say,

Hi causa pacem conciliandi venerunt.

These men have come for4he-sake-of-making peace (to make
peace).

where we have used the Genitive of the Gerund fobowed
by an Accusative. But we may also say,

Digitized by v^ooQle

112

GERUNDIVE

Hi cama pacis conciliandae venerunt.

These men have come for-the-sake-of peace necessary-to-be-made.

In the second construction we have used the Gerundive
in agreement with the noun, the whole phrase being in
the case the Gerund would have been in. This Gerundive
construction must always be used when the Gerund would
be in the accusative or dative. In the ablative and
genitive either Gerund or Gerundive may be used. Hi
ad pacem conciliandum venerunt must never be used, but
Hi ad pacem conciliandam venerunt. So Decemviros legi -
bus scribendis creaverunt : They appointed Decemvirs for
laws necessary-to-be-drawn-up, that is, for the drawing up
of laws or to draw up laws ; not leges scribendo (dative of
Gerund). But you may have either, Colendo agros divites
erimus or Colendis agris divites erimus : We shall be rich
by cultivating the fields ; and Causa pacis concilianda# or
Causa pacem conciliandi : For the sake of making peace.

When the noun in the genitive is plural and is of the
first or second declension, and would cause two consecutive
syllables to end in -orum if used, the Gerundive is never
employed. Thus Causa Romanorum videndorum would
never be used for Causa Romanos videndi : ' For the sake
of seeing the Romans.

Exercise 30.

1. He stayed in the mountains near the city for the
purpose of holding his camp there. 2. He set out for
Rome to fight this battle. 3. He wished to send forward
Cams Centenius the praetor, for the purpose of seizing the
defile. 4. He won great glory by routing the enemy in
one battle. 5. We would have preferred to appoint
decemvirs for the purpose of drawing up laws. 6. He
has done this that Hannibal may be willing to end the
war. 7. He wished to march quickly for the purpose of

Digitized by v^ooQle

GERUNDIVE

113

surrounding the enemy. 8. Although he was weighed
down by a serious disease he preferred to be carried in a
litter. 9. He marched into Apulia to meet the consuls
(use Supine, or ad and Gerund). 10. With none to
oppose he advanced on Rome to storm the city. 11.
Quintus Fabius Maximus wished to throw himself in his
path. 12. They were unwilling to advance on Rome to
attack the city. 13. He did this in order that the consul
might be unwilling to leave the city. 14. He returned to
Capua to attack the Romans. 15. He surrounded the
consul and his army and slew them.

Passage No. 11.

(In this passage there are frequent examples of Parti -
ciple + Finite verb in Latin, equal to two Finite verbs
in English.)

Hic clausus locorum angustiis noctu sine ullo detrimento
exercitus se expedivit Fabioque, callidissimo imperatori,
dedit verba, namque obducta nocte sarmenta in comi¬
bus iuvencorum deligata incendit eiusque generis multi¬
tudinem magnam dispalatam immisit.1 quo repentino
obiecto visu tantum terrorem iniecit exercitui Roman¬
orum, ut egredi extra vallum nemo sit ausus, hanc
post rem gestam non ita multis diebus2 M. Minucium
Rufum, magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio,3
dolo productum in proelium fugavit. Tiberium Sempro¬
nium Gracchum, iterum consulem, in Lucanis absens in
insidias inductum sustulit. M. Claudium Marcellum,

1 Magnam dispalatam immisit : let loose a great multitude,
“ having straggled,” or, perhaps, “ having been scattered,” that is,
“ let loose far and wide ”.

8 Non ita multis diebus : Ablative of time within which.

8 Pari ac dictatorem imperio , “ with power the same as the
dictator.”

Digitized by v^ooQle

FIO AND VERBS OF FEARING

quinquies consulem, apud Venusiam pari modo interfecit,
longum est 1 omnia enumerare proelia, quare hoc unum
satis erit dictum, ex quo intelligi possit,2 quantus ille
fuerit:3 quamdiu in Italia fuit, nemo ei in acie restitit,
nemo adversus eum post Cannensem pugnam in campo
castra posuit.

LESSON XXXI.

Fio. — Verbs of Fearing.

The Passive of facio , I make, which, remember, is a
verb of the Third Conjugation, would naturally be faciort
but this is not found in Latin. The Passive is flo , factus
sum , fiirl. This verb again is only difficult in the Present
stem tenses. It means, I am made or I become. Turn
now to the Table and learn it before proceeding.

Verbs of Fearing.

There is a rather strange construction in Latin after
verbs of fearing. We say : —

I fear that he may not come.

I fear that he may come.

Latin puts the statement in exactly the opposite way :
where we have “ that not ” it has ut ; where we have
“that” it has ne. Thus: —

Vereor ut veniat.

Vereor ne veniat.

1 Longum est: Latin says “it is long” where we say “it would
be long

8 Ex quo possit = ut ex eo f ssit , “that it may be perceived” : a
qui Final olause. See Lesson XXXIII.

3 Quantus ille fuerit : Indirect question.

Digitized by v^.ooQle

FIO AND VERBS OF FEARING

115

These are Substantival ut clauses. If the verb of
fearing is secondary in tense, you have the Imperfect
Subjunctive : —

Verebar ne veniret . I was afraid that he would come.

Verebar ut veniret. I was afraid that he would not come.

But remember that “I fear to do wrong” is vereor
peccare; “ I am afraid to cross the river "vereor flumen
transire .

Exercise 31.

Note that verbs like' “ to be,” “to become,” “to be
named,” “ to be chosen,” take the same case after as before
them.

1. I fear that Caesar may not become king. 2. I was
afraid that Caesar might not become king. 3. They were
afraid that Caesar would cross the river. 4. They are
afraid that Caesar may cross the river. 5. Caesar was
afraid to become king. 6. Caesar is afraid to become
king. 7. Caesar is afraid to cross the river. 8. Caesar
was afraid of crossing the river. 9. By cultivating virtue
we shall become happy. 10. Within not so many days
these men will become consuls. 11. After this achieve¬
ment I shall become a very clever general. 12. Caesar
said that that man had been made consul by treachery.
13. Caesar says he has no fear of Cicero’s becoming con¬
sul ( say lest Cicero may become). 14. Men become good
generals by practising military matters. 15. From this it
is possible to see how great a general he became.

Passage No. 12.

Hinc invictus patriam defensum revocatus bellum gessit
adversus P. Scipionem, filium eius Scipionis, quem ipse
primo apud Rhodanum, iterum apud Padum, tertio apud
Trebiam fugarat. cum hoc exhaustis iam patriae faoul-

Digitized by v^.ooQle

116

FIO AND VERBS OF FEARING

tatibus cupivit in praesentiarum 1 bellum componere, quo
valentior 2 * postea congrederetur. In colloquium convenit :
condiciones non convenerunt.8 post id factum paucis
diebus apud Zamam cum eodem conflixit: pulsus (in¬
credibile dictu)4 biduo et duabus noctibus Hadrumetum
pervenit, quod abest ab Zama circiter milia passuum tre¬
centa. in hac fuga Numidae, qui simul cum eo ex acie
excesserant, insidiati sunt ei : quos non solum effugit, sed
etiam ipsos oppressit. Hadrumeti reliquos e fuga collegit :
novis dilectibus paucis diebus multos contraxit.

Gum in apparando acerrime esset occupatus, Kartha-
ginienses bellum cum Romanis composuerunt, ille nihilo
secius exercitui postea praefuit resque in Africa gessit
usque ad P. Sulpicium5 6 * C. Aurelium consules.

Note. — As regards the place-names, the Rhdne is the
river in the south of France, the Po is in the north of
Italy, the Trebia is its tributary. Zama is a town near
Carthage in the north of Africa, and Hadrumetum is in
the same quarter.

1 In praesentiarum, “for the present ”.

2 Quo valentior ; when a Final clause has an adjective or adverb
in the comparative degree in it, instead of using ut you use quo.

8 Condiciones non convenerunt , “ the terms did not come together,
fit, suit

4 Incredibile dictu : Dictu is the second Supine. The phrase
means “ unbelievable in the telling ”. Dictu is really the ablative
of an old noun of the Fourth Declension, as are all such second

Supines.

6 Usque ad P. Sulpicium , “ right on up to ”. We should say,

“ up till the time of ”.

Digitized by v^ooQle

IMPERSONAL VERBS

117

LESSON XXXII.

Impersonal Verbs. — Passive op Dative Verbs.

There are certain verbs in Latin which can only be used
in the third person singular and in the Infinitive. They
never have a personal subject: hence they are called
Impersonal Verbs. We say, I pity you, I may do this ;
Latin says Miseret me tui, licet mihi hoc facere , It pities
me of you, it is allowed to me to do this.

Note these examples : —

(а) Impersonal Verbs taking the dative and Infinitive : —

Eis licet hoc facere. They may do this. (It is permitted to them
to do this.)

Eis libet hoc facere. They are pleased to do this. (It is pleasing
. to them to do this.)

(б) Impersonal Verbs taking the genitive : —

Interest civium regem bene regere. It is the interest of the citizens
that the king should rule well.

Refert militum imperatorem esse peritum. It concerns the soldiers
that the general should be skilful.

Interest is the third person singular of intersum.

Miseret me, it pities me ; that is, I pity.

Poemtet me, it repents me ; that is, I repent.

Pudet me, it shames me ; that is, 1 am ashamed.

Example : —

Pudet me hujus facti. I am ashamed of this deed.

You might also have,

Pudet me hoc fecisse. It shames me to have done this, or

Pudet me quod hoc feci. It shames me because I have done this.

(d) Impersonal Verbs taking the accusative and In¬
finitive : —

Digitized by LjOOQle

118

IMPERSONAL VERBS

Oportet me, it behoves me ; that is, I ought.

Decet me, it becomes me.

Juvat me, it delights me ; that is, I delight.

Examples : —

Oportet me hoc facere . I ought to do this. (It behoves me to
do this.)

Oportuit me hoc facere. I ought to have done this. (It behoved
me to do this.)

Note . — If you say “it concerns me (you, etc.) to do
this ” and translate by refert , you use not mei , tui , but
mea, tua — the ablative singular feminine of the adjective
instead of the pronoun.

These are not all the Impersonal verbs, but they will
enable you to recognise the construction when you see it.
This Impersonal construction is the only one that can be
employed in the Passive of verbs which have a dative in
the Active : —

Invidetur mihi. I am envied. (It is envied to me.)

Parcitur mihi. I am spared, and so on.

Remember you can use these Impersonal verbs in the
third person singular of all the tenses and in the In¬
finitive, and these are the only parts you can use. If you
cannot form any of the tenses turn to the Vocabulary.

Exercise 32.

1. He pitied the son of the general whom he had routed
at the Rhdne. 2. I ought to defend my fatherland when
called back home. 3. He ought to have defended his
fatherland when called home. 4. I am delighted to have
ended so great a war. 5. They are glad because they
have collected those who remain from the rout (they are
glad to have collected): 6. The Romans were ashamed
at having been defeated at the Trebia by Hannibal. 7. I

Digitized by LjOOQle

IMPERSONAL VERBS

119

know the Romans were ashamed of their defeat on the
Trebia {say to have been defeated, or because they, etc.).

8. He knew the Romans had repented of the destruction
of Carthage (because they had destroyed : Pluperfect Sub¬
junctive explained in Lessons XXXVII. and XXXVIII.).

9. You may be consul at Rome and not be-at-the-head-of
an army. 10. He might have been king at Carthage if he
had wished. 11. It was his pleasure to remain at Hadru-
metum collecting the remnants of his army (say reliquos ).
12. It was the interest of the soldiers to obey the com¬
mands of Hannibal faithfully ; it is ours to defeat Hannibal
himself. 13. It concerns all of us to do what is right.
14. He said he had been permitted to prepare an army by
fresh levies. 15. The Numidians repented of having set
an ambush for Hannibal. 16. They have been persuaded
to do this. 17. The fields will be injured by the Cartha¬
ginians. 18. If the fields are injured by the Carthaginians
we shall send ambassadors to Rome. 19. The king will
be obeyed by all good citizens (say, optimus quisque , “ by
each best man”). 20. The soldiers were commanded to
depart from the city within three days.

Passage No. 13.

His enim magistratibus legati Karthaginienses Romam
venerunt, qui senatui populoque Romano gratias agerent 1
quod cum iis pacem fecissent, ob eamque rem corona aurea
eos donarent simulque peterent, ut obsides eorum Fregellis
essent captivique redderentur, his ex senatus consulto re¬
sponsum est : munus eorum gratum acceptumque esse ;
obsides, quo loco rogarent, futuros, captivos non remis¬
suros, quod Hannibalem, cuius opera susceptum bellum
foret, inimicissimum nomini Romano, etiam nunc cum

1 Qui . . . agerent: this is a Uqui Final” clause. Qui = ut ei;
gratias ageret to return thanks.

Digitized by v^ooQle

120

QUI AND SUBJUNCTIVE

imperio apud exercitum haberent itemque fratrem eius
Magonem, hoc responso Karthaginienses cognito Han¬
nibalem domum et Magonem revocarunt, huc ut rediit,
rex factus est, postquam praetor fuerat, anno secundo et
vicesimo: ut enim Bomae consules, sic Karthagine quo¬
tannis annui bini reges creabantur, in eo magistratu pari
diligentia se Hannibal praebuit, ac fuerat in bello.

Note. — From munus to Magonem is Oratio Obliqua , that
is Reported Speech. In the Subordinate clauses here you
will find Subjunctives where you expect Indicatives, and
in the Principal clauses Infinitives. Thus you would have
expected rogarent to be rogabant : translate as if it were.
Susceptum foret you would have expected to be susceptum
erat : translate it as if it were. Note that forem, fores,
foret , foremus, foretis , forent is another form of essem , esses,
esset, etc. For secwndus, vicesimus and bini see Table of
Numerals pages 209, 210.

LESSON XXXIII.

Qui and Subjunctive.

1. Legati Romam venerunt qui senatui gratias agerent .

Ambassadors came to Rome to (who might) return thanks to the
senate.

This might have been put thus : —

Legati Romam venerunt ut senatui gratias agerent .

Ambassadors came to Rome in order that they might return
thanks, etc.

Qui then in the above sentence equals ut ii, and the
Subjunctive is the ordinary one found in Final clauses.
The tense employed will be the same as if ut had been
used instead of qui.

Digitized by v^.ooQle

QUI AND SUBJUNCTIVE

121

In an ordinary clause introduced by qm you would have
the Indicative : —

Legati Romam venerunt qui Carthagine missi erant .

The . ambassadors came to Rome who had been sent from
Carthage.

2. Again, in the sentence Non is sum qm hoc faciam , I
am not the sort of man to do this (literally, I am not of
that stamp who do this), qui is really equal to ut egof and
is to talis. The qui clause, then, is equivalent to an ut
Consecutive clause ; it expresses a consequence and there¬
fore its verb is in the Subjunctive Mood — qm Consecutive .
The tense will be the same as after ut Consecutive.

3. A sentence like “ You are wrong because you have
done this ” you may translate, Erras quod hoc fecisti , and
quod , because, takes the Indicative after it; but if for
quod you put qm, to bring out the idea of cause you must
put the verb in the Subjunctive {qm Causal) : Erras qm
hoc feceris , You are wrong who (since you) have done
this.

Similarly when qm means “ although I ” (you, etc.)
it is followed by a Subjunctive : —

Ego qui hoc dixissem condemnatus sum.

I although I had said this was condemned.

This of course could also have been translated : —

Ego cum hoc dixissem condemnatus sum.

Always be on the look out, then, for the verb after qm
in translating, and if it is Subjunctive Mood see ‘which of
these shades of meaning is appropriate. Observe, how¬
ever, the effect of Oratio Obliqua on qui clauses : see
Lesson XXXVII.

Exercise 33.

1. Ambassadors are coming to Rome to return thanks
to the senate and people of Rome. 2. Ambassadors have

Digitized by CjOOQle

122

QUI AND SUBJUNCTIVE

come to Rome to return thanks to the senate and people
of Rome. 3. Ambassadors went to Rome to seek peace
from the Romans. 4. Ambassadors will go to Rome to
seek peace from the Romans. 5. Envoys have come
from Rome to examine into his loyalty and pay attention
to his secret designs (see Passage No. 7). 6. The Cartha¬

ginians are not the sort of men to make peace. 7. The
Romans were not the sort of men to ask-for (peto) peace.
8. He laid down his life sooner than his enmity, since
indeed he never ceased in heart to war with the Romans
(see Passage No. 7). 9. I, since I had come too late (serius),
did not see my father. 10. He, since the war had been
undertaken by his instrumentality, was driven from the
State (use expello and ablative). 11. Although you have
been the cause of this war we shall keep you in authority
over the army. 12. They, since they had been recalled,
returned home. 13. They, since they have been recalled,
will return home. 14. They besought them to keep then-
captives at Fregellae. 15. They gave them a golden
crown because they had made peace with them.

Passage No. 14.

Namque effecit ex novis vectigalibus non solum ut
esset pecunia, quae Romanis ex foedere penderetur, sed
etiam superesset, quae in aerario reponeretur, deinde
anno post, M. Claudio L. Furio consulibus, Roma legati
Karthaginem venerunt, hos Hannibal ratus1 sui expos¬
cendi gratia2 missos, priusquam iis senatus daretur,3

1 Ratus : This governs the accusative and Infinitive, hos . . . missos
esse.

2 Sui exposcendi gratia , “ for the sake of demanding him ”.

3 Priusquam . . . daretur , “ before the senate was given to them
Semitum dare is Latin idiom for giving an audience of the senate to
any one. Daretur is Subjunctive because Hannibal fled intention¬
ally before the audience could be given (see Lesson XXXV.).

Digitized by CjOOQle

IRREGULAR COMPARISONS

123

navem ascendit clam atque in Syriam ad Antiochum1
profugit, hac re palam facta Poeni naves duas, quae
eum comprehenderent,2 si possent8 consequi, miserunt:
bona eius publicarunt, domum a fundamentis disiecerunt,
ipsum exulem iudicarunt.

At Hannibal anno tertio, postquam domo profugerat,
L. Cornelio Q. Minucio consulibus, cum quinque navibus
Africam accessit in finibus Cyrenaeorum, si forte Kartha-
ginienses ad bellum Antiochi spe fiduciaque inducerentur,4
cui iam persuaserat, ut cum exercitibus in Italiam pro¬
ficisceretur. huc Magonem fratrem excivit, id ubi
Poeni resciverunt, Magonem eadem, qua fratrem,5 absen¬
tem adfecerunt poena.

Note. — The two quae clauses at the beginning of this
passage are examples of the Final qui construction :
“ money such as to be paid,” etc. Remember pectmia is
also subject of superesset.

LESSON XXXIY.

Irregular Comparisons.

In Lesson XXII. the usual methods of forming the
Comparative and Superlative of Latin adjectives were
explained. But some adjectives are very common and
yet do not form these regularly. One or two of them
you may have noticed already. Thus: —

1 In Syriam ad Antiochum: We say “to Antiochus in Syria’*;
Latin says, “ into Syria, to Antiochus ”.

2 Quae comprehenderent : qui Final construction.

3 Si possent , “ if they should be able ”.

4 Si forte . . . inducerentur : Si forte in primary time takes the
Present Subjunctive, in secondary the Imperfect, meaning “ in the
hope that,” literally, “ if by chance **.

5 Eadem , qua fratrem, “ with the same penalty with which ”.

Digitized by CjOOQle

124

IRREGULAR COMPARISONS

Bonus , good, gives melior , better, optimus , best.

Malus , bad, „ pe/ or, worse, pessimus, worst.

Magnus , great, „ major, greater, maximus , greatest.

Parvus , small, „ minor , smaller, less, minimus , smallest, least.

Multus , many, „ pZws (n.), more, plurimus , most.

The following four are irregular in the superlative ; you
have seen most of them already : —

(Exttrus, outer), exterior, outer, extremus , extimus , outmost.

Inferus , lower, inferior, lower, infimus, imus, lowest.

(PostZrus, later, next), posterior, later, postremus (postumus), last.
Superus, upper, superior , upper, supremus, summus, highest.

Propior, nearer, and proximus , nearest, are also worth
noting, with prior, former, and primus, first. These have
no positive adjective.

Sometimes we form our comparatives and superlatives
by prefixing “ more ” and “ most,” and this method is
occasionally used in Latin, the adverb being magis, more,
and maxime, most.

The following are some examples of the four adjectives
given in the second list : —

Apud exteras civitates. Among foreign nations (literally, outer
nations).

Milites in exterius vallum tela iaciebant. The soldiers were
throwing darts on the outer rampart.

Ad extremum finem provinciae Galliae venerunt. They came to
the outmost boundary of the province of Gaul.

Ex inferiore (superiore) loco tela iaciebant. From the lower
(higher) place they were throwing darts.

Id postero die Flaminius senatui detulit. Flaminius laid that
before the senate on the next day.

In imo monte constiterunt. They halted at the bottom of the hill
(at the hill lowest).

In summo monte constiterunt. They halted on the top of the hill
(on the hill topmost).

Note primum, firstly, primo, at first (adverbs) ; similarly
postremum , lastly, postremo, at last.

Digitized by AjOOQle

IRREGULAR COMPARISONS

125

The positives of the adjectives in these sentences may
be neglected at present : they are rarely used.

Exercise 34.

1. They attacked the soldiers who were throwing darts
upon the outer rampart. 2. They were sacrificing victims
to Jupiter most high and holy. 3. The father is a head
taller ( say taller by a head) than his son. 4. He says the
son is a head less [say less by a head) than the father.
5. To you, since you ( qui Causal) have been my friend, I
send this small gift. 6. More men perished by famine
than by disease. 7. He said that very many had perished
by famine. 8. All good patriots ought to defend their
country as far as they can (all good patriots = optimus
qmsque). 9. They have advanced to the farthest boun¬
daries of the province of Gaul. 10. For several hours
the soldiers of Caesar had been hurling darts on the
enemy. 11. Hannibal, after he had left (more idiomatic
in Latin to use Perfect Indicative) his home, lived for
several years among foreign nations. 12. At last he drew
near the coast of Africa in the hope that he would win
over the Carthaginians to the war. 13. At first they had
halted on the top of the hill ; at last they returned to the
bottom. 14. Thinking they had been sent to seize him,
Hannibal at last secretly embarked on a ship. 15. When
this was disclosed, on the next day, the Carthaginians sent
two ships to seize him (use qui Final).

Passage No. 15.

Illi 1 desperatis rebus cum solvissent naves ac vela ventis
dedissent, Hannibal ad Antiochum pervenit, de Magonis
interitu duplex memoria prodita est : namque alii naufragio,

1 Note that UU is subject of solvissent and dedissent .

Digitized by CjOOQle

126

IRREGULAR COMPARISONS

alii a servulis ipsius interfectum eum scriptum reliquerunt.1
Antiochus autem, si tam in gerendo bello consiliis eius
parere voluisset, quam in suscipiendo instituerat, propius
Tiberi quam Thermopylis de summa imperii2 dimicasset.
quem etsi multa stulte conari videbat, tamen nulla deser¬
uit in re. praefuit paucis navibus, quas ex Syria iussus
erat in Asiam ducere, iisque adversus Rhodiorum 8 classem
in Pamphylio 4 mari conflixit, quo 5 cum multitudine ad¬
versariorum sui superarentur, ipse, quo cornu rem gessit,
fuit superior.

Antiocho fugato, verens ne dederetur, quod sine dubio
accidisset,6 si sui fecisset potestatem, Cretam ad Gortynios
venit, ut ibi, quo se conferret,7 consideraret, vidit autem
vir omnium callidissimus in magno se fore8 periculo,

1 Scriptum reliquerunty “ have left it written ” : followed by ac¬
cusative and Infinitive.

2 De summa imperii , “ concerning the sum total of empire,”
“concerning the empire of the world”. Antiochus had formed a
great power in Asia and had crossed into Greece bent on conquest ;
but he delayed too long, and gave the Romans time to send an
army across into Greece which routed him at Thermopylae in 191
b.c. He then fled back to Asia.

3 Rhodiorum : the Rhodians inhabited the island of Rhodes, off
the south-west coast of Asia Minor.

4 Pamphylio : the Mediterranean near Pamphylia, on the south
coast of Asia Minor.

8 Quo : understand marly “ in which sea ”.

6 Quod . . . accidisset : Conditional sentence in Past time ; non-ful¬
filment of condition implied.

7 Quo se conferret , “Where am I to betake myself?” is a De¬
liberative question. This, even in the direct form, has its verb in
the Subjunctive, Quo me conferam , whither am I to betake myself.
Put indirectly, it becomes Present or Imperfect Subjunctive accord¬
ing to the sequence. Here we have secondary sequence, hence the
Imperfect Subjunctive.

8 Fore : remember this is another form for futurum esse .

Digitized by LjOOQle

TEMPORAL CLAUSES

127

nisi quid 1 providisset, propter avaritiam Cretensium :
magnam enim secum pecuniam portabat, de qua sciebat
exisse2 famam, itaque capit3 tale consilium.

LESSON XXXV.

Temporal Clauses.

If the English sentence begins with “ when ” and refers
to past time, use cum with the Subjunctive. If you use
ubi you will have the Indicative after it. You will also
use the Subjunctive always both in Present and Past time
if cum means “ since Remember also the peculiar con¬
struction illustrated in Lesson VI.

When I reach Rome I shall do this.

Ubi Romam advenero, hoc faciam.

In sentences like “ He did this before the enemy came,”
the word “ before ” is translated by priusquam or ante¬
quam, and these take the Indicative to denote nothing
but time : Hoc fecit prius quam {ante quam) hostes vene¬
runt ; but if you want to bring out the meaning thus,
“ He did this before the enemy should come,” meaning
that he was looking forward to their coming and wishing
this to be done before that, you would employ the Sub¬
junctive : Hoc fecit prius quam hostes venirent , “ He did
this before the enemy might come ”.

Sometimes the prius and quam are separate, thus : Hoc
prius fecit quam hostes venirent . There is no change in
meaning, however.

1 Quid : with si or nisi , “ any one,” “ anything,” is masculine,
siquis; Feminine, siqua; Neuter, siquid .

8 Exisse : contracted for exiisse , which again is for exivisse (exire).

8 Capit: this ought strictly to be cepit , “took,” but the Present
is put for effect. It is called the Historic Present.

Digitized by UjOOQle

128

TEMPORAL CLAUSES

Note these two sentences : —

He wished to see Caesar before Cicero came. Caesarem videre
voluit priusquani Cicero veniret.

He happened to see Caesar before Cicero came. Caesarem forte
vidit priusquam Cicero venit.

In the second sentence there is no intention expressed,
in the first there is. In a sentence like “ While he was
writing I was reading” you say in Latin, Dum scribebat ille
ego legebam; but where you say “ While he was writing,
I killed him,” Latin says, very strangely, Dum scribit evm
interfeci. We may put the Rule thus: If “ while” with
its verb denotes a longer period at some point in which
a certain thing happens, Latin puts in the 14 while ” clause
a Present Indicative even in secondary time, and some¬
times even in Oratio ObliqUa.

With the Subjunctive again dvm and donee mean
“until,” and denote purpose in addition to time. Thus: —

Manebam dum (or donec) ille veniret. I was waiting until he
should come (intentionally).

Maneo dum (or donec) ille veniat. I am waiting till he may come
(intentionally).

Manebam forte donec ille venit. I happened to wait until he
oame (I waited by chance).

Exercise 35.

1. When he had weighed anchor and set sail, two ships
were sent to seize him. 2. When he has weighed anchor
and set sail, we shall send two ships to seize him. 3. He
was slain by a slave before he had written the letter. 4.
The slave has been ordered to slay him before he writes
the letter. 5. On the rout of Antiochus, he fled before
the Romans could seize him. 6. While he was writing
a letter to his mother in Rome, the slave slew him. 7.
While his men were being overcome by the multitude of

Digitized by AjOOQle

TEMPORAL CLAUSES

129

their opponents, Hannibal was routing those with whom
he had engaged. 8. While he was journeying from Car¬
thage to Crete, pirates ( 'latrones ) attacked him (either dum
or Present Participle). 9. Hannibal waited until the fleet
of the Rhodians joined battle. 10. He was unwilling to
halt (< consistere ) until he should get to the Gortynii in
Crete. 11. While Hannibal was with Antiochus he was
successful in all his battles. 12. This would undoubtedly
have happened, had he put himself in the power of the
Romans. 13. He resolved to depart before he should
come into great danger on account of the avarice of the
Cretans. 14. So long as Antiochus was willing to follow
out ( say obey) Hannibal’s advice, he was successful in war.
15. In despair, Hannibal came to Antiochus in Syria.

Passage No. 16.

Amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit
auro et argento, has praesentibus principibus deponit in
templo Dianae,1 simulans se suas fortunas illorum fidei
credere, his in errorem inductis, statuas aeneas, quas
secum portabat, omni sua pecunia complet easque in
propatulo2 domi abjicit. Gortynii templum magna cura
custodiunt, non tam a ceteris quam ab Hannibale, ne ille
inscientibus iis tolleret secumque duceret.

Sic conservatis suis rebus Poenus, illusis Cretensibus
omnibus, ad Prusiam in Pontum 8 pervenit, apud quem
eodem animo fuit erga Italiam, neque aliud quidquam
egit quam regem armavit et exercuit adversus Romanos.

1 Diana : the Boman goddess of the moon, goddess also of open-
air pursuits — the chase and so forth.

2 Propatulum : this denotes the open space in front of the house
— the courtyard.

3 Pontus : a district and kingdom of Asia Minor on the Black Sea.
(Pontus Euxinus is the Latin name for the Black Sea, or simply
Pontus.)

Digitized by AjOOQle

130

NUMERALS

quem cum videret domesticis opibus minus esse robustum,
conciliabat ceteros reges, adiungebat bellicosas nationes,
dissidebat ab eo Pergamenus1 rex Eumenes, Romanis
amicissimus, bellumque inter eos gerebatur et mari et
terra : quo magis cupiebat eum Hannibal opprimi.

LESSON XXXVI.

NUMERALS.

Occasionally through this book a Roman number has
been introduced. It will be convenient here to give a few
hints as to their use. The tables of Numerals, given
on pages 209, 210, must be learned off by heart sooner
or later. Don’t try to do them all at once: take so
many a day for a week or two, and continually revise
them.

The Cardinal numeral adjectives , as they are called —
one, two, three, etc. — are all, except the first three, in¬
declinable up to two hundred, that is, the same form is
used whether the noun is masculine, feminine or neuter, ‘
and in all cases.

Ducenti , - ae , -a, two hundred, trecenti , -ae, -a, three
hundred, and so on up to nine hundred, are declined like
boniy - aef - a .

Unus is declined like solusy -a, -im (see Lesson XVI.).

Duo and Tres are declined thus : —

Masc.

Fem.

Neut.

Masc. & Fem. Neut.

Nom. Du-o

du-ae

du-o )

Acc. Du-o or du-6s du-as

du-o i

Tres tria

Gen. Du-drum

du-arum

du-orum

Trium

Dat. i

Abl. ( Du-6bus

du-abus

du-obus

Tribus

1 Pergafnenus :

this means

“ belonging

to Pergamum,” a city in

Mysia, a district in the north-west corner of Asia Minor.

Digitized by v^.ooQle

NUMERALS

131

Mille , a thousand, is an indeclinable adjective in the
singular, but a noun governing the genitive in the plural :
mille naves , a thousand ships ; duo millia (or milia) homi¬
num, two thousands of men.

Where we say twenty-three, thirty-five, the Romans
said three and twenty, tres et viginti ; five and thirty,
qmnque et triginta; but above a hundred they used the
same form of expression without “and”: one hundred
(and) one, centum unus ; two hundred (and) nine, ducenti
novem; three hundred (and) thirty-five, trecenti triginta
quinque.

The Ordinal numerals answer the question “ which in
order?” that is, they mean first, second, third. They are
all declined like bdnus. In the twenty-first year, uno et
vicesimo anno . (Note the use of unus instead of primus
in this case.)

The Distributive numerals are used to denote so many
apiece. Thus, We gave them two books each. Eis
binos libros dedimus (literally, two-each books, that is,
two at a time).

Nouns in Latin which have a singular meaning in the
plural require these numerals to make this meaning plural.
Thus, “two camps” is bina castra , “two letters,” binae
litterae , but duae epistolae.

The Numeral adverbs answer to our once, twice, thrice,
three times, twenty times, etc. : Ter hoc fecit , thrice he
did this.

Exercise 36.

1. They had filled three hundred and sixty-five jars
with lead. 2. Two hundred and twenty-nine jars had
been filled with gold and silver. 3. He gave three apples
to the boy. 4. He said he would have given (himself to
have been about to give) two hundred ships to Hannibal.

Digitized by LjOOQle

132

NUMERALS

5. Rome was founded in the year b.c. 753 {say in the
753rd year before Christ having been born). 6. The battle
of Cannae was fought in b.c. 216. 7. Hannibal lived for

seventy years. 8. Caesar had given two ships to each
leader. 9. We shall present them with two hundred ses¬
terces each. 10. Darius set sail for Europe with more than
a thousand ships. 11. Three times the Romans charged
the enemy, but at last they were routed. 12. I have
seen the city of Rome twenty times ere this. 13. Hannibal
came down from the Alps into Italy with twenty-five
thousand men. 14. For sixteen years under the leader¬
ship of Hannibal, Carthage waged war with Rome. 15.
In b.c. 202, at Zama, the Romans utterly-conquered the
Carthaginians (use devinco).

Passage No. 17.

Sed utrobique 1 Eumenes plus valebat propter Roman¬
orum societatem ; quem si removisset, faciliora sibi cetera
fore2 3 arbitrabatur, ad hunc interficiundum talem iniit
rationem, classe paucis diebus erant decreturi, supe¬
rabatur 8 navium multitudine : dolo erat pugnandum, cum
par non esset armis, imperavit quam plurimas venenatas
serpentes vivas colligi easque in vasa4 * * fictilia conjici,
harum cum effecisset magnam multitudinem, die ipso,

1 Utrobique, “ on both sides,” that is, “ by land and by sea ”.

2 When you put Si hunc removero, faciliora mihi cetera erunt after
a Past verb of saying, it becomes (Dixit) si hunc removisset , faci¬
liora sibi cetera fore. The Future Perfect Indicative becomes Plu¬
perfect Subjunctive, and the Future Indicative becomes Future
Infinitive.

3 Superabatur, “ he was being overcome,” “he was inferior”.

4 Vasa, gen. vasorum, neut. plur. Second Declension. In the

singular the Nominative is vas, gen. vasis, and the noun belongs to

the Third Declension.

Digitized by v^ooQle

NUMERALS

1 33

quo facturus erat navale proelium, classiarios1 convocat
iisque praecipit, omnes ut in unam Eumenis regis con¬
currant navem, a ceteris tantum satis habeant2 se defen¬
dere. id illos facile serpentium multitudine consecuturos.3
rex autem in qua nave veheretur, ut scirent, se facturum : 4
quem si aut cepissent aut interfecissent,5 magno iis polli¬
cetur praemio fore/* tali cohortatione militum facta
classis ab utrisque in proelium deducitur, quarum acie
constituta, priusquam signum pugnae daretur, Hannibal,
ut palam faceret7 suis, quo loco Eumenes esset, tabel¬
larium 8 in scapha cum caduceo 9 mittit.

1 Classiarios , “ the men belonging to the fleet,” “ the marines ”.

2 Satis habere , “ to consider it sufficient *\

3 Consecuturos is Future Infinitive after a verb of saying under¬
stood before id ; so facturum.

4 Facturum ut scirent, “ he would cause them to know ”. An
TJt Substantival clause.

6 For cepissent and interfecissent compare removisset at the be¬
ginning, and note.

6 Magno praemio fote : This is what is called the Predicative
Dative. Latin says, “ He promises that will be for a great reward
to them ” : we say, “ He promises that will be a great advantage to
them,” or “ will bring a great reward to them ”, Similarly we say,
“ This was a great loss to him ” : Latin says, Hoc ei magno damno
fuit , “ This was for a great loss to him

7 Palam facere , “to make plain, to disclose”. Palam is an adv.
meaning “ openly

8 Tabellarius is a letter-carrier or courier, and the scapha was a
light skiff.

9 Caduceo: This caduceus is the herald’s staff, equivalent to
our flag-of-truce.

Digitized by LjOOQle

134

ORATIO OBLIQUA

LESSON XXXVII.

Oratio Obliqua.

Re-read in conjunction with this lesson, Lessons XV.
and XVI.

If you report a man’s words exactly as he said them,
you are said to use the Oratio Recta ; but when the words
are quoted indirectly with the “I's” and “You’s”
changed to “He’s” and so forth, you are said to use the
Oratio Obliqua or Indirect Statement. Thus in Passage
No. 17 — “ Do ye all attack the ship of King Eumenes alone,
and count it enough merely to defend yourselves from the
rest. You will easily manage that through the number
of the serpents. I will see that you know in what ship
the king is sailing ” — these represent Hannibal’s exact
words. This is Oratio Recta. But, “He told them all
to attack the ship of Eumenes only, and count it enough
merely to defend themselves from the rest. They would
easily manage that through the number of the serpents.
He would see that they knew in what ship the king was
sailing ” — this is Oratio Obliqua.

Often, in Latin, long passages are found introduced by
a verb of saying, and containing thereafter no verbs in the
Indicative Mood, but only Infinitives and Subjunctives.
Remember in such passages that the Infinitives represent
the principal verbs of the Oratio Rectat and the Sub
junctives, as a rule, the verbs of subordinate clauses,
whether in the actual words these had Indicative or Sub¬
junctive Mood. Commands , however, in the Imperative
Mood become Subjunctive in such passages. Thus, In
regem Eumenem concurrite , would be if reported, (Dixit)
in regem Eumenem concurrerentt (He said) Let them attack
King Eumenes.

Digitized by

Google

ORATIO OBLIQUA

135

The pronouns ego , tu, nos , vos, of course, just like I,
you, we, ye, in English, disappear in such a passage,
and only se , ille, is, are found — the pronouns of the third
person.

Examples .

These examples should be carefully read over and
examined : —

I see the men who have attacked
the town.

Video homines qui oppidum oppug¬
naverunt.

I see the men who are attacking
the town.

Video homines qui oppidum op¬
pugnant.

I see the men who are about to
attack the town.

Video homines qui oppidum op¬
pugnaturi sunt.

When I come to Rome I shall
see Csesar.

Ubi Romam venero Caesarem
videbo.

(He said) he saw the men who
had attacked the town.

(Dixit) se homines videre qui op¬
pidum oppugnavissent.

(He said) he saw the men who
were attacking the town.

(Dixit) se homines videre qui
oppidum oppugnarent.

(He said) he saw the men who
were about to attack the town.

(Dixit) se homines videre qui op¬
pidum oppugnaturi essent.

(He said) when he came to Rome
he would see Csesar.

(Dixit) se ubi Romam venisset
Caesarem visurum esse.

If the verb of saying had been in the Present tense
{dicit), where in the above sentences you have the Plu¬
perfect Subjunctive you would have the Perfect, where
you have the Imperfect you would have the Present, and
where you have the Future Participle with essent you
would have the Future Participle with some part of sim.

Exercise 37.

1. He said that Eumenes had more power in both
directions through the alliance with the Romans. 2. He
said they would come together on the day on which he
was intending to fight by sea. 3. He said he saw those

Digitized by AjOOQle

18.6

ORATIO OBLIQUA

who were fighting in this naval battle. 4. He said he
had seen those who were fighting in this naval battle.
5. He said he would take care that they knew in what
ship the gold was being carried. 6. He thought if he
removed this man all would be easy for him. 7. He
said he had seen the general who had fought so long
( tamdiu ) with the Romans. 8. He says he has seen
the messenger who was sent with the herald's wand to
Eumenes. 9. He says those who are attacking the ship
of Eumenes are being routed. 10. He says that those
who attack the ship of Eumenes will be routed (“who
attack" in Latin becomes “who may have attacked”).
11. Hannibal sends the messenger before the signal
for battle can be given. 12. He said Hannibal sent the
messenger before the signal for battle could be given.
13. He said Hannibal had sent the messenger before the
signal for battle had been given. 14. He said Hannibal
sent the letter- bearer to show his men where the king
was. 15. He said he had commanded them all to attack
the ship of King Eumenes alone.

Passage No. 18.

Qui ubi ad naves adversariorum pervenit epistolamque
ostendens se regem professus est quaerere, statim ad
Eumenem deductus est, quod nemo dubitabat, quin ali¬
quid de pace esset scriptum, tabellarius ducis nave
declarata suis eodem, unde erat egressus, se recepit, at
Eumenes soluta epistola nihil in ea repperit, nisi quae ad
irridendum eum pertinerent.1 Cuius etsi causam mira¬
batur neque reperiebat, tamen proelium statim committere
non dubitavit. horum in concursu Bithynii Hannibalis

1 Nisi quae ad irridendum eum pertinerent : “ unless such as per¬
tained to laughing at him,” “jeering remarks”. The Subjunctive
is a consecutive one.

Digitized by v^.ooQle

ORATIO OBLIQUA

137

praecepto universi navem Eumenis adoriuntur, quorum
vim rex cum sustinere non posset, fuga salutem petit:
quam consecutus non esset, nisi intra sua praesidia se
recepisset, quae in proximo litore erant collocata, reli¬
quae Pergamenae naves cum adversarios premerent acrius,
repente in eas vasa fictilia, de quibus supra mentionem
fecimus, conjici coepta sunt.1

LESSON XXXVIII.

Oratio Obliqua.

In this Lesson we shall give a few examples showing
how Conditional Sentences appear in Oratio Obliqua : —

1. Future Conditions.

Direct Form. Indirect Form.

If he does this he will be punished. (He said) if he did this he would

be punished.

Si hoc 2 fecerit poenas dahit. (Dixit) si id fecisset poenas eum

daturum esse.

If he were to do this he would be (He said) if he were to do this he
punished. would (should) be punished.

Si hoc faciat poenas det. (Dixit) si id faceret poenas eum .

daturum esse.

2. Present Conditions.

If he were doing this he would be (He said) if he were doing this
paying the penalty. (now) he would be paying the

penalty (now).

Si hoc faceret poenas daret. (Dixit) si id faceret poenas eum

daturum esse.

3. Past Conditions.

If he had done this he would (He said) if he had done this he
have been punished. would have been punished.

Si hoc fecisset poenas dedisset. (Dixit) si id fecisset poenas eum

daturum fuisse.

1 Coepta sunt : note that coepi is used in the Passive when com¬
bined with a Passive Infinitive.

2 Hoc of the Oratio Recta becomes id in the Oratio Obliqua.

Digitized by UjOOQle

138

ORATIO OBLIQUA

Note that a Future Participle with the Perfect Infinitive
instantly points to a condition referring to the past, and
of which you imply the non-fulfilment.

Now turn back and examine Passage No. 13, in which
there is a very good specimen of the Oratio Obliqua :
“The Senate said, ‘Your gift is pleasing and accepted;
the hostages will be where you ask; we shall not send
back the captives, because you are keeping Hannibal,
by whose means the war has been undertaken, even now
in supreme authority over the army Gratum acceptum¬
que esse , in Hannibal’s actual words were gratum accept¬
umque est ; rogarent was rogant ; futuros was erunt ; re¬
missuros was remittemus ; susceptum foret was susceptum
est ; haberent was habent.

In Passage No. 17 an example of a Conditional sentence
in Oratio Obliqua is found. Turn now and examine it.

Quem si aut cepissent aut interfecissent magno iis pollicetur praemio
fore.

He promises that if they had taken or slain him it would be for
a great reward to them. (Pollicetur is historic Present, practically
equal to pollicitus est.)

His actual words were : “If you take him or slay him it will be
a great reward to you ”.

Si hunc ceperitis aut interfeceritis magno vobis praemio erit.

Exercise 38.

1. He said he would not secure that unless he betook
himself to the protection of his own troops ( say within
his own forces). 2. He said he would not secure that
unless he were to betake himself to the protection of his
own troops. 3. He said he would not have secured that
unless he had betaken himself to the protection of his
own troops. 4. He said he would not be a fool if he
were doing that. 5. He promised that if they took or
slew him there would be a great reward for them. 6. He

Digitized by UjOOQle

ORATIO OBLIQUA

139

asserted that if they had taken or slain him there would
have been a great reward for them. 7. He said that if
they were to slay him there would be a great reward for
them. 8. He said if he had not sought safety in flight
he would have been slain ( say it to have been about to be
. . . that (ut) he should be slain : Imperfect Subjunctive).
9. He said if they should not seek safety in flight they
would be slain. 10. He says if they do not seek safety
in flight they will be slain (Future Perfect after Primary
tense becomes Perfect Subjunctive). 11. He says if they
had not sought safety in flight they would have been
slain. 12. He says if they had not been fools they would
not have been doing that. (Keep same tense of Sub¬
junctive as in direct form.) 13. Although he was marvel¬
ling at the reason of this, yet he did not hesitate to join
battle. 14. No one doubted but that he had brought
some message concerning peace. 15. Having thus made
known the ship to his own side he returned to the same
place whence he had come.

Passage No. 19.

Quae iacta initio risum pugnantibus concitarunt,1 neque
quare id fieret poterat intellegi.2 postquam autem naves
suas oppletas conspexerunt serpentibus, nova re perterriti,
cum, quid potissimum vitarent,3 non viderent, puppes
verterunt seque ad sua castra nautica rettulerunt, sic
Hannibal consilio arma Pergamenorum superavit, neque
tum solum, sed saepe alias pedestribus copiis pari pru¬
dentia pepulit adversarios.

1 Concitarunt : contracted for concitaverunt.

2 Poterat intellegi : Impersonal construction : “ nor was it able to
be perceived ”.

3 Vitarent : Deliberative Subjunctive : not “ what they were avoid¬
ing,” but “ what they were to avoid

Digitized by v^ooQle

140 PREPOSITIONS AND CONJUNCTIONS

Quae dum in Asia geruntur,1 accidit casu ut legati
Prusiae Romae apud 2 -T. Quintium Flamininum consul¬
arem cenarent, atque3 ibi de Hannibale mentione facta
ex iis unus diceret eum in Prusiae regno esse, id postero
die Flamininus senatui detulit, patres conscripti, qui
Hannibale vivo 4 numquam se sine insidiis futuros existi¬
marent, legatos in Bithyniam miserunt, in iis Flamininum,
qui ab rege peterent, ne inimicissimum suum secum haberet
sibique dederet, his Prusia negare ausus non est : illud
recusavit, ne id a se fieri postularent,5 quod adversus ius
hospitii esset : ipsi, si possent, comprehenderent : 6 locum,
ubi esset, facile inventuros.

LESSON XXXIX.

Prepositions — Conjunctions.

In this lesson a few hints on the prepositions will be
given. These in Latin help the inflections and, as it were,
give fresh cases to the noun. The inflections in Latin
show the relation between the noun and other words in the
sentence, but often require prepositions to help them in
doing this, and to indicate special relations. Latin, then,
has two ways of showing the relation between nouns and
other words, Prepositions and Inflections. We have prac¬
tically only one — Prepositions.

1 Geruntur : note the tense, Present Indicative.

2 Apud : often used in this sense, meaning “ at the house of

3 Accidit casu ut . . . atque , “ it happened that they were dining
. . . and one said ”. Two Substantival clauses.

4 Hannibale vivo : Ablative Absolute.

& Ne . . . postularent : a command becoming Subjunctive in the
Oratio Obliqua after recusavit : “ Let them not demand ”.

6 Comprehenderent : also represents a command.

Digitized by v^ooQle

PREPOSITIONS AND CONJUNCTIONS 141

In Latin nine prepositions always take the ablative.
All other prepositions take the accusative, except four
which take the ablative or accusative.

These nine prepositions are : —

A (ab before a vowel, abs before te , thee), from, by.

Cum , along with

Coram , in the presence of.

De, concerning, down from.

Ex (e before a consonant, except h), out of.

Pro, before, on behalf of.

Prae , on account of, in comparison with.

Sine , without.

Tenus, as far as.

In and sub take the ablative or accusative according
to the meaning. ( Super and subter are found with both
cases, but may be neglected at present.) When motion
towards is meant they take the accusative.

In Italiam pervenit. He came into Italy.

Sub muros profectus est. He advanced up to the walls.

When rest in or motion within is meant they have the
ablative : —

In urbe manebat. He was staying in the city.

In urbe ambulabat. He was walking in the city.

Sub muris stabant. They were standing beneath the walls.

Conjunctions.

These, as has been already pointed out, join words or
sentences. They may be simple Connectives like et ,
atque , - que = and. More commonly, however, they have
some special meaning. Thus we have conjunctions de¬
noting —

Time : cum , postquam, antequam, ubi , donec ,

Place : ubi, quo, unde.

Reason : quod, quare, cum (since).

Purpose : ut, ne, quo.

Result : ut (so that).

Digitized by v^ooQle

142 PREPOSITIONS AND CONJUNCTIONS

Condition : si, nisi.

Concession: etsi.

Comparison : ut, quo (with eo), quasi, tanquam.

Exercise 39.

1. They thought that during the life of Hannibal they
would never be free from plots. 2. We have sent am¬
bassadors to Bithynia, among them Flamininus, to ask aid
from the king. 3. We were dining in the house of one
of the ex-consuls. 4. They will cause such terror in the
army of the Romans that no one will dare to come up
to the walls (see Passage No. 11). 5. Hannibal drew up

(instruere) his line-of- battle beneath the walls of this
town. 6. Even from the Bed Sea they attempted to
carry war into Italy. 7. I was of course afraid of that
actually (usu) happening which happened. 8. And so
he retreated to the same place whence he had come. 9.
Unless Hannibal had taken (sumo) the poison (venenum)
he would have been put-to-death by the Romans. 10.
He could not see wherefore that was being done. 11.
After the Romans had beset (obsideo) him on all sides he
took the poison. 12. The more money you have the
more wretched you will be (say by what you shall have
more money, by that you will be more wretched : quo . . .
eo). 13. The ships were so covered with serpents that
they could not see what to avoid. 14. He said he would
easily have found the place where they were if he had
so wished. 15. They retreated before the enemy could
seize their ships.

Passage No. 20.

Hannibal enim uno loco se tenebat in castello, quod ei
a rege datum erat muneri,1 idque sic aedificarat, ut in

1 Muneri is called a Predicative Dative. We say “had been
given as a gift,” Latin says “ had been given for a gift

Digitized by v^ooQle

ADVERBS

143

omnibus partibus aedificii exitus haberet, scilicet verens
ne usu veniret,1 quod accidit, huc cum legati Romano¬
rum venissent ac multitudine domum eius circumdedissent,
puer ab ianua prospiciens Hannibali dixit plures praeter
consuetudinem armatos apparere, qui imperavit ei, ut
omnes fores aedificii circumiret ac propere sibi nuntiaret,
num eodem modo undique obsideretur, puer cum cele¬
riter, quid esset, renuntiasset omnesque exitus occupatos
ostendisset, sensit id non fortuito factum, sed se peti neque
sibi diutius vitam esse retinendam. quam ne alieno
arbitrio dimitteret, memor pristinarum virtutum venenum,
quod semper secum habere consuerat, sumpsit.

Sic vir fortissimus, multis variisque perfunctus2 labo¬
ribus, anno acquievit septuagesimo.

LESSON XL.

Advebbs.

If we know the corresponding adjective it is very easy
in Latin to make the adverb. Thus in adjectives of the
first' class you simply add - e to the stem, as — dwrus , hard,
dur-e (hardly), stubbornly ; liber , free, liber -e, freely.

Ben#, well, malt, badly, are very common and should
be noted on account of their exceptional quantity, and
bene for its exceptional form also.

But adjectives of the second class form adverbs by
adding -iter to the stem ; when the adjective is like ingens
simply by adding -er. Thus we get ferox , fierce, ferociter ,.
fiercely ; prudens, prudent, prudenter , prudently.

1 Verens ne mu veniret , “ fearing lest in experience (in actual
life, actually) that might come which came ”.

2Perfunctm: perfungor takes the ablative case after it, where
you would expect the accusative. Fruor , I enjoy, potior , I get
possession of, vescor , I feed upon, utor , I use, take a similar ablative.

Digitized by v^.ooQle

144

ADVERBS

There is a large class of adverbs, however, in -o, which,
by the rule given above, should be in -e. As falso , falsely
( falsus ) ; necessario, necessarily (necessarms) ; subito,
suddenly (subitus).

Comparison of Adverbs.

If you can compare the corresponding adjective the
adverb gives no trouble. The comparative of the adverb
is simply the neuter singular of the comparative adjec¬
tive. The superlative is got from the superlative of the
adjective by changing -us into -e : —

Liber , free, libere , freely, liberius , liberrime.

Durus , hard, dure, hardly, durius , durissime.

Prudens , prudent, prudenter , prudently, prudentius , pruden¬
tissime.

Just as there are a few adjectives compared irregularly,
so there are a few adverbs. Thus we have : —

Bene (bonus), well, melius , better, optime , best.

Male (malus), badly, pejus , worse, pessimum, worst.

Multum (multus), much, plus , more, plurimum, most.
Magnopere (magnus), greatly, magis, more, maxime, most.

Non multum (parvus), little, minus, less, minime, least.

Diu, long, diutius, longer, diutissime, longest.

Saepe , often, saepius, oftener, saepissime, oftenest.

- potius, rather, potissimum, especially.

Exercise 40.

1. The throwing of these things suddenly produced
laughter in the combatants. 2. They were so terrified
by the strange occurrence that they could not see what
especially to avoid. 3. Ill-success is the mark of a bad
general. (Ill-success = to wage war badly.) 4. Although
they saw Antiochus making many very foolish attempts
they on no occasion deserted him (see Passage No. 15).
5. Since he saw he was not strong enough (say too little

Digitized by v^.ooQle

HINTS FOR FURTHER STUDY

145

strong) in the resources of his own kingdom, he won over
all other princes (see Passage No. 16). 6. A fierce war was
being waged (say a war was being waged fiercely) between
them both by land and sea : therefore Hannibal was the
more eager for his overthrowal (see Passage No. 16).
7.* He said he would very easily find the place where he
was. 8. He ordered the soldiers to bring him word
speedily if he was beset on all sides. 9. The boy very
quickly reported that all the outlets were seized. 10.
The Carthaginians perceived this was no chance occur¬
rence, and their empire could no longer be maintained.
11. I will bring you word quickly what it is. 12. If you
had ordered us we would easily have found where he
was (from facilis you expect faciliter , but the adverb is
facile). 13. He saw that they had not come by chance,
but were seeking him. 14. Mindful of his former valour,
he took the poison not to lose his life at the bidding of
another. 15. The messengers reported that an unusual
number of armed men were in sight.

HINTS FOR FURTHER STUDY.

You are now assumed to have worked carefully through
this book, revising thoroughly according to some of the
methods suggested in the Introduction. If this assump¬
tion be correct, you may be said to have mastered the
Rudiments of Latin. You now know enough grammar,
and have a wide enough vocabulary, to begin to read
Latin for yourself, and if your main object in learning
Latin is to be able to read it intelligently and easily, you
need not trouble about studying any more grammar in
grammar books. You will learn grammar in the best
possible way by reading much and carefully.

However, if you wish to study a formal grammar, you
10

Digitized by UjOOQle

HINTS FOR FURTHER STUDY

146

cannot do better than get Allen & Greenough's Latin
Grammar (Ginn & Co., Boston, Mass.). You will find
it thoroughly reliable, and vgry convenient for reference.
If a more condensed statement of the rules and principles
of the language seem sufficient, there is Allen & Greenough's
Shorter Latin Grammar , published at 95 cents. The
larger book costs $1.20.

You have already done enough work in turning English
into Latin to give you a sufficiently sound foundation on
which to build a knowledge of Latin by means of reading
in Latin. It is much more difficult for the private student
to correct his English-Latin work than his Latin-English.
Yet, if he is determined to acquire skill in writing Latin
prose, even the private student can succeed. If you have
any thought of preparing for any sort of examination in
Latin you must keep up your English-Latin ; if not, you
will be well advised to drop it at this point, and give
your full attention to reading in Latin.

Those who determine to go on, as private students,
with English-Latin may get Moulton's Preparatory Latin
Composition , also published by Ginn & Co. This is made
up of two parts, which, if desired, may be had separately.
Part I. is based directly upon the portions of Casar's
Commentaries and Cicero's Orations usually read in schools,
and therefore can be used parallel with the Latin texts
suggested a little farther on for reading. Part II. offers
a systematic drill in Latin Syntax. For advanced work
Bradley's Lessons in Latin Prose (Longmans, Green, &
Co.) is an excellent book, and there is an exceedingly
good key to it published. If at all possible, however,
this part of the subject should be taught, or, at any rate,
your versions should be corrected by one who knows
Latin. Your version may differ from the key, and yet be
good Latin, so, if you can at all manage it, secure some
teaching at least through correspondence. Correspondence

Digitized by UjOOQle

HINTS FOR FURTHER STUDY

147

classes are rapidly increasing in America, and you may-
find opportunity through one of these for the instruction
you need in Latin composition. Bradley has also a moro
elementary book, Latin Prose Exercises , which may be
used instead of Moulton’s, if preferred.

Most of you, however, desire to go on with Latin read¬
ing, in which you are much more independent. Your
main difficulty, at your present stage, is your very limited
vocabulary. Even if you have mastered all the words-
we have used in this book, you will find that any Latin
author you take up uses a great many words that you
do not know. Your first need then is a dictionary. The
one most widely used in America is probably Lewis's
Latin Dictionary for Schools , published by the American
Book Company at $4.50. This is quite sufficient for
any ordinary use. If, however, cost is an important
consideration, you can get Cassell's Latin Dictionary r
sold for $1.50, a good book for the price, with both
Latin-English and English-Latin parts.

Before beginning to read on your own account you
should make sure of the Irregular Verbs. Time spent
on them at the beginning will be amply repaid in time
saved during your reading. Turn to the list on p. 227.
Get a bit of paper about the size of this page, and cover
up the whole of p. 227, leaving only the first part of each
verb exposed; abdo, abigo , and so on. Try if you can
put in abdidi , abditum , abdere {to hide) ; move down
your paper to see if you are right ; then try to put in
abegi , abactum , abigere {to drive away). Work through
the whole of these verbs in this way time after time. By-
and-by cover up all but the English meaning on the right-
hand side of the page, and try to fill in all the rest. You
will never regret the time you spend in mastering this list.

In beginning to read for yourself in Latin, you cannot
improve on the usual custom of starting with a portion

Digitized by UjOOQle

148

HINTS FOR FURTHER STUDY

of the writings of Julius Caesar. His Commentaries De
Bello Gallico supply excellent practice in good Latin. It
does not really matter very much which book of the De
Bello Gallico you begin with, but Book IV. and part of
Book V. deal with Caesar’s proceedings in Britain, and
therefore may be of special interest to us. Almost all
the educational publishers have editions of Caesar. If
you feel that you need all the help you can get, you may
buy Allen & GreenougKs Ccesar , containing all seven
books, with notes, maps, illustrations, etc. This is pub¬
lished by Ginn & Co. at $1.40. Even with the help of
all the notes you can get, you will find yourself baffled
at times to make complete sense out of your author. To
meet such difficulties, you can provide yourself with a
Key. Hinds & Noble, of New York, publish at 50 cents
what is probably the best literal translation in this country.

When you have read through Books IV. and V. of the
Gallio War (or any other two books of C®sar) you can
try a bit of Cicero. But as to the Latin version, you
should not this time get a school edition with notes.
The first time you are in a town of any size, go to the
second-hand book shops and I shall be astonished if you
do not find some odd volumes of Cicero going for a
trifling sum. The De Amicitia is perhaps the best to
begin with.

From Cicero you might pass to Virgil to see what
Latin poetry is like. Book VI. of the JEneid is usually
regarded as the most interesting.

By this time you know pretty well what sort of thing
Latin is, and your own inclination must guide you as to
further reading. Prof. Wilkins has a Roman Literature
Primer , published by Macmillan for 35 cents. Read
this, or some other account of Roman Literature, and
you will find what treasures are there for the digging,
and it will be for you to choose where to put in the spade.

Digitized by CjOOQle

PAKT II.

KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION.

Passage No. 1.

Literal Version.

Hamilcar, son of Hannibal, by surname Barca, a Cartha¬
ginian, in the first Punic war, but in the last times, quite
a young man, in Sicily, began to be in command of the
army. When (although) before the arrival of him both
by land and by sea the affairs of the Carthaginians were
being carried on badly, he himself, when he was present,
never to the enemy yielded, nor gave a place of injuring,
and often on the contrary, a chance having been given,
attacked and ever departed superior (victor). Which
having been done, when almost everything in Sicily the
Carthaginians had lost, he (that man) so defended Eryx
that a war was not seeming to have been waged in that
place. Meanwhile the Carthaginians by means of a fleet
at the Aegatian Islands by Caius Lutatius consul of the
Romans having been defeated, resolved to make an end
of the war and that matter entrusted to the judgment of
Hamilcar.

Notes.

Extremis : this is a superlative with no positive. Its compara¬
tive is exterior , and means “outer”. It is therefore irregular. It
means “ outmost ” or “ last ”.

Cum : We have said this with a Past tense takes the Subjunctive

(149)

Digitized by CjOOQle

150 KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION

and means when or since ; it may also mean although. This is the
meaning here.

Gererentur : find what gererent is, and this is the Passive of it.

Hosti : is dative after cessit (from cedo). If you have any diffi¬
culty in finding the Present of the verb in the Vocabulary owing to
the change (as, for example, cedo , cessi) from Present to Perfect, or
for any other reason, consult the Table of Irregular Verbs given at
the end of the book.

Occasione data : you can be pretty sure when an ablative has a
Participle with it that it is Ablative Absolute, as here.

Superior ; the positive of this adjective is super us, upper, applied
to a thing which is above another ; comparative is superior as here,
higher, superior ; superlative is supremus or summus , highest.

Quo facto : note the relative connecting this sentence to the one
before, where we would say “ on this being done Quo facto is,
of course, Ablative Absolute.

Ut . . . videretur : this is consecutive uty “so that”.

Second Version.

Hamilcar, the son of Hannibal, by surname Barca, a
Carthaginian, near the end of the first Punic war, took oyer
the command of the army in Sicily (while) quite a young
man. Although before his arrival the Carthaginians were
faring badly both by land and sea, he himself when he
was present never yielded to the enemy nor gave them a
chance of doing him harm. On the contrary, often when
a chance had been given, he attacked (them) and always
came off the victor. And on this being done (by doing
this), although the Carthaginians had lost almost every¬
thing in Sicily, he so defended Eryx that the war did not
seem to have been waged in that spot. Meanwhile the
Carthaginians on their defeat at the Aegatian Islands by
Caius Lutatius, consul of the Romans, with a fleet, re¬
solved to end the war and entrusted that business to the
discretion of Hamilcar.

Make absolutely certain that you know every word in

Digitized by v^.ooQle

KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION 151

this before going on — parts of verbs, stems of nouns, etc.
Use freely the Table of Irregular Verbs.

Passage No. 2.

Literal Version.

That man (Hamilcar) although he was blazing with
the greed of warring yet thought he must pay-regard-to
peace, because he was perceiving that his fatherland,
worn out by expenses, longer to endure the calamities of
war was not able, but in such a way that he at once
began to ponder in mind, if only things had been a little
repaired, to renew war and attack the Romans with arms,
until they had either by their valour conquered or van¬
quished had surrendered. With this design he made
peace, in which so great was his boldness, since Catulus
was denying the war he would end unless he (Hamilcar)
with his men, who had held Eryx, their arms having been
left should leave Sicily, that, his fatherland lying prostrate,
he himself said he would rather perish than with so great
disgrace (he would) return home : for (he said) it not to
be of his valour the arms received from his fatherland
against the enemy to surrender to his foes. To the obsti¬
nacy of this man Catulus yielded.

Notes.

Ita ... id : the meaning is, “ he thought in such a way that he
at once began to ponder”. Note, of course, agitaret Consecutive
Subjunctive.

Essent refectae: this Subjunctive will be explained more fully
when we treat of conditional sentences. The Subjunctive is due
to the fact that this is Hamilcar’s thought — Oratio Obliqua, as we
call it. All subordinate clauses after verbs of saying or thinking
have the Subjunctive Mood in Latin. What were principal clauses
before have the Infinitive.

Digitized by LjOOQle

152 KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION

Persequi i this is a verb whioh is conjugated like the Passive of
rego , but is active in meaning. Such verbs, Passive in form but
Active in meaning, are called Deponents. They are found in each
of the four conjugations.

Vicissent . . . dedissent : again Subjunctive^ because they are
subordinate clauses in Oratio Obliqua. Hamilcar’s thought is,
“Until they subdue . . . until they surrender *\ This, when re¬
ported, has to go into the Pluperfect Subjunctive in Latin.

Nisi decederent : Catulus said, “ I will not end, unless they shall
be departing ”. This “ shall be departing ” becomes Imperfect Sub¬
junctive when the words are reported ; just as in English they become
“ he would not end unless they should depart ”.

Note the pronouns ipse subject to dixerit , se referring to ipse but
the subject of periturum. Se, suus always refer to the subject of
the main verb, here to dixerit .

Second Version.

Although he was ablaze with eagerness for war, yet he
thought he must pay regard to peace because he felt that
his fatherland worn out by the expense, could not longer
endure the disasters of the war. Accordingly he at once
began to ponder in heart, if only things had been restored
a little, the renewal of the war and an attack on the
Romans until they had won the day by their valour, or
had been conquered and had surrendered. With this
design he concluded peace. In this, such was his bold¬
ness, when Catulus refused to end the war, unless he
and his men who had held Eryx should lay down their
arms and leave Sicily, that he said he would rather perish
amid his country’s ruins1 than return home with such
dishonour ; for it was not in keeping with his valour to
surrender to his foes the arms he had received from his
fatherland against the enemy. Catulus yielded to his
obstinacy.

1 Succumbente patria ; his fatherland lying low, Ablative Absolute.
This may be translated very freely as above.

Digitized by v^.ooQle

KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION 153

Passage No. 3.

Literal Version.

But that man, when he came to Carthage, otherwise
by much than he had hoped, found the State holding
itself. For by the length (duration) of the foreign evil,
so great an internal war had blazed out that never in like
danger Carthage was unless when it was destroyed. At
first, the mercenary soldiers, whom they had used against
the Romans, revolted ; of whom there was a number of
twenty thousands. These estranged all Africa, attacked
Carthage itself. By which evils, so were the Cartha¬
ginians terrified, that even aids from the Romans they
sought and obtained them. But at last, when almost
now to despair they had come, they made Hamilcar
general. That man, not only the enemy from the walls of
Carthage removed, when more than a hundred thousand
of armed men had been made, but even drove them to
that point that, by the narrowness of the places shut in,
more (men) by famine than by steel were perishing.

Notes.

Ut : note this use of ut , meaning “ when,” taking the Indicative.

Rempublicam se habentem : accusative after cognovit.

Ut . . . fuerit: This is of course a Consecutive clause. Note
tantum.

Viginti milium : a Descriptive Genitive, describing numerus.

Quibus malis : Latin says “ By which evils ” ; we would say “ By
these evils ”.

Adeo ... ut . . . petierint : Consecutive Subjunctive again.

Amplius: an adverb meaning “more”. You might expect the
ablative after it, since “ than ” is omitted ; but in Latin this adverb
often has no effect on the case of the number with it. AmpUus
centum milia (not centum milibus ), more (than) 100,000 (centum, a
hundred, is indeclinable).

Eo ... ut: This is again a Consecutive clause : eo, “ to that
point,” “to such a point,” that (ut).

Digitized by CjOOQle

154 KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION

Second Version.

But when he came to Carthage, he found the state of
his country far different from what he had expected. For
through the duration of their misfortunes abroad, so
serious an internal war had arisen, that Carthage was
never in like danger unless when it was destroyed. At
first the mercenary soldiers, whom they had employed
against the Romans, revolted. The number of these was
twenty thousand. These alienated the whole of Africa
(and) attacked Carthage itself. The Carthaginians were
so panic-stricken at these disasters that they even sought
aid from the Romans and obtained it. But at last when
now they were reduced almost to despair, they made
Hamilcar commander-in-chief. He not only removed the
enemy from the walls of Carthage, although more than
a hundred thousand armed men had come together, but
even drove them to such a pass that, shut in by the
straitened nature of the position, more were perishing by
famine than by steel.

Passage No. 4.

Literal Version.

All the estranged towns, among these Utica and Hippo,
the strongest of all Africa, he restored to his fatherland.
Nor with that was he content, but he even extended the
bounds of (her) empire, in all Africa so great repose made
that in it no war seemed within many years to have been.
These matters, in accordance with his wish, having been
accomplished, with a confident heart and hostile to the
Romans, by which the more easily a cause of warring
he might find, he effected that as general with an army
into Spain he should be sent, and thither with himself
he took his son Hannibal of nine years. There was

Digitized by CjOOQle

KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION 155

besides along with him a young man, distinguished,
handsome, Hasdrubal; concerning this man therefore
we have made mention because Hamilcar having been
slain, he was in command of the army, and great things
carried out, and first by bribery the ancient manners
of the Carthaginians corrupted, and of the same man
after the death, Hannibal from the army received the
command.

Notes.

Patriae : Dative of the Recipient, the one who receives.

Imperium means firstly “ absolute authority,” then “ dominion,”
“ sway,” and almost like our “ empire

Tota Africa: Note the Ablative of Place without the preposition
in.

Ut . . . videretur : a Consecutive ut clause. Latin says “ no war
seemed to have been ” ; we should say “ it seemed as if there had
been no war

Multis annis: ablative of the time within which, as often in
Latin : “ within many years

Ex sententia mea , sua , nostra : Latin phrases for “ in accordance
with my, his, our view, opinion, wish,” etc.

Fidenti animo : Ablative of Description.

Secum : after the personal pronouns, me, te, se , nobis , vobis, you
place cum, meaning “along with,” instead of before them; mecum,
“ along with me,” tecum, etc. Note se here because referring to the
subject of the main verb, duxit.

Princeps (= primus, first) is in apposition with the subject of
pervertit.

Largitione : Ablative of Means, by “ means of bribery”.

Second Version.

He restored to his country all the towns that had been
lost, among these Utica and Hippo, the strongest in all
Africa. And he was not content with that, but also
extended the limits of her sway, and restored such pro¬
found repose in all Africa, that it seemed as if there had

Digitized by v^.ooQle

156 KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION

been no war in it for many years. On the satisfactory
completion of these affairs, with a confident heart full
of enmity towards Rome, he secured his despatch to
Spain with an army as commander-in-chief. Along with
him he took thither his son Hannibal, nine years of age.
There was besides along with him a distinguished and
handsome youth, Hasdrubal. Of this man we have made
mention for this reason, because (that) when Hamilcar
was slain, he took command of the army and performed
great exploits, and was the first to corrupt by bribery the
ancient character of the Carthaginians ; and after the
same man’s death, Hannibal received from the army tho
supreme command.

Passage No. 5.

Literal Version.

But Hamilcar, after the sea he crossed and into Spain
came, great exploits performed with favourable fortune :
the greatest and most warlike races he subdued, with
horses, arms, men, money all Africa he enriched. Here
when into Spain the war to carry he was deliberating, in
the ninth year, after into Spain he had come, in battle
fighting against the Vettones, he was slain. Of this man,
the continual hatred towards the Romans especially, to
have stirred up the second Punic war (sterns). For
Hannibal the son of him, by the continual entreaties of
his father, to that point was brought that to perish than
the Romans not to try he was preferring.

Notes*

Posteaquam = postquam, after (conjunction).

Transiit . . . venit: note Latin using the Perfect where we
rather employ the Pluperfeot.

Digitized by v^ooQle

KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION 157

Secunda fortuna : an Ablative of Description, “ with success ”.

Totam locupletavit Africam : note the order— adjective, verb,
noun. This is for variety, to avoid two accusatives coming to¬
gether. Similarly secundum bellum Poenicum , “ second war Punic,”
to avoid two adjectives coming together.

Hie is probably the adverb “here”. It might be nominative
masculine singular, “ this man ”.

Inferre is the Present Infinitive of an irregular verb, “ to carry
into ”, It will be explained in Lesson XXVIII.

Nono anno , “within the ninth year,” Ablative of Time within
which.

Assiduis patris obtestationibus : note the order — adjective, genitive,
noun.

Eo: as before (Passage No. 3, end), “to that point,” “to such a
pass,” etc.

Ut . . . mallet : Consecutive clause after eo , hence Subjunctive.
Mallet is Imperfect Subjunctive of an irregular verb, malo , I prefer
(see Lesson XXX.).

Interire, as also transire (line 1), are compounds of an irregular
verb, eo , ivi, itum , ire, which will be explained in Lesson XXVII.

Second Version.

But Hamilcar, after crossing the sea and coming into
Spain, performed great exploits with success (carried out
important operations with success) : subdued very strong
(and) very warlike nations, (and) enriched the whole of
Africa with horses, arms, men, (and) money. Here, while
he was planning the carrying of the war into Italy, in the
ninth year after his arrival in Spain, he was slain in battle
against the Vettones. His undying hatred for the Romans
seems to have been the chief cause of the second Punic
war. For Hannibal, his son, was brought to such a state
by his father’s continual entreaties that he preferred to
perish than not make trial of the Romans (that is , make
trial of the might of Rome).

Digitized by LjOOQle

158 KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION

Passage No. 6.

Literal Version .

Hannibal, son of Hamilcar, a Carthaginian. If ^
true, which no one doubts, that the Roman people a
nations in virtue has surpassed, it must not be deni
(there is not a denying) Hannibal by so much to have
surpassed all other generals in forethought, by how muc
the Roman people surpasses in bravery all nations. For
as often as with it he engaged (fought) in Italy, always he
departed superior. As to which, unless at home of his
own citizens by the envy he had been weakened, the
Romans he seems to conquer to have been able. Hut of
many the disparaging utterly conquered of one the valour.
This man, as though by a legacy left, the hatred of his
father towards the Romans so preserved, that sooner his
life than that he laid down ; who indeed, when from his
country he had been driven and of foreign resources was
in need, never ceased in mind to war with the Homans.
For, that I may pass over Philip, whom, absent, an
enemy he made (rendered) to the Romans, of all at
those times the most powerful king was Antiochus.

Notes .

Tanto . . . quanto : these are Ablatives of Measure of Difference.
Antecedat : this is Subjunctive in Oratio Obliqua, that is in an
adjective clause after a verb of saying ( infitiandum ). In Oratio

Recta, plain straightforward statement, it would be Present In¬
dicative. Thus : Oratio Recta , I see the man who is selling fish ;
Oi'atio Obliqua , He says he sees the man who is selling fish. The
verb “is selling’ in the second clause would be Subjunctive : Dicit
se hominem videre qui pisces venditet.

Sic ... ut .. . deposuerit : Consecutive Subjunctive.

Alienarum opum indigeret: indigeo , “ to be in want of,” takes a
genitive case where you might expect the accusative . It also some¬
times has the ablative.

KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION 159

Omnium is the usual genitive after a superlative.

Iis temporibus : Ablative of Point of Time, “ at those times

Second Version.

Hannibal, son of Hamilcar, a Carthaginian. If it is
true, as no one doubts, that the Roman people has sur¬
passed all nations in valour, it must not be denied that
Hannibal as far excelled all other commanders in fore¬
thought as the Roman people surpasses all nations in
bravery. For as often as he engaged in battle with them
in Italy, he always came off victorious. And had he not
been weakened by the jealousy of his own countrymen at
home it seems as if he would have been able to overcome
the Romans. But the detraction of many utterly over¬
came the valour of one. This man, however, so preserved
his father’s hatred for the Romans, left as it were by a
legacy, that he sooner laid down his life than that. Since,
indeed, when he had been driven from his cpuntry and
was in need of the resources of strangers, he never ceased
to wage war in mind with the Romans. For, to pass over
Philip, whom, though he was not with him, he made an
enemy of Rome, of all at that time the most powerful
king was Antiochus.

Passage No. 7.

Literal Version.

This man with so great greed of warring he inflamed
that even from the Red Sea arms he attempted to carry
against Italy. To whom when ambassadors had come
Roman, who concerning his loyalty should make inquiries
and pay attention to his secret designs, in order that
Hannibal into suspicion to the king they might bring, as
though by them having been bribed other things than
before he was thinking, and when that in vain they had

Digitized by CjOOQle

160 KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION

not done, and that Hannibal had found out, and himself
from the more secret plans to be being separated had
seen, an occasion having been given he went to the king,
and to him when many things concerning his own loyalty
and hatred towards the Romans he had recounted, this
he added: “My father,” said he, “Hamilcar, I being a
little boy, as being not more than nine years bom, into
Spain as general setting out from Carthage, to Jupiter
most high and holy victims sacrificed. Which divine
business while it was being accomplished, he asked from
me whether I was willing to go with him to the camp.
That when gladly I had accepted and from him to seek
had begun that he should not hesitate to take me, then
‘I will do so,’ says he, ‘ if to me the pledge which I am
demanding, you shall have given

Notes.

Suspicionem . . . tanquam: the Latin says “into suspicion as
if,” and follows it by accusative and Infinitive. It is just like
“ into the suspicion that having been bribed, etc,” where “ that ”
stands for tanquam.

Puerulo me is Ablative Absolute, so also nato.

Utpote is an adverb, meaning “ as,” or “ since,” or “as being ”.

Amplium : cf. Passage No. 3, at end.

Proficiscens , “ when making arrangements for departing

Quaero means “to ask,” and is followed by ne, “whether,”
placed after the verb and taking the Subjunctive Mood : vellemne ,
“ whether I was willing ”.

Coepissem ; this verb, “ to begin,” is used only in the Perfect
tense and those derived from it. The Present is supplied by
incipio.

Ne dubitaret is of course a Substantival clause.

Second Version.

He inflamed this man with such a desire for war that
even from the Red Sea he attempted to invade Italy,

Digitized by LjOOQle

KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION 161

But when Roman ambassadors came to him, to examine
into his loyalty and pay attention to his secret designs, in
order that they might make Hannibal suspected by the
king of changing his views by reason of their bribes, and
when they had not done that in vain, and Hannibal had
found it out and had seen that he was being separated
from the (king’s) more secret plans, on an occasion
presenting itself, he went to the king, and when he had
recounted many facts to him concerning his loyalty and
hatred for the Romans he added this : “ My father, Hamil¬
car,” said he, “ when I was a little boy, since I was not
more than nine years old, on his departure from Carthage
for Spain as commander- in-chief sacrificed victims to
Jupiter most high and holy. And while the sacrifice was
being accomplished asked me whether I would like to go
with him to the camp. When I received the offer gladly
and began to beseech him not to hesitate to take me, then
said he, ‘I will do so, if you give me the pledge I
demand’.”

Passage No. 8.

[This is an easier passage and we shall not give a literal
version of it. You will probably manage quite well with¬
out this. It just continues of course the last story.]

“ At the same time he led me to the altar, at which he
had begun to sacrifice, and when everybody else had been
removed, bade me swear holding that, that I would never
be friends with the Romans. That oath given to my
father I have so kept right up to this time that it ought
to be doubtful to no one that I will be of the same mind
in the future (in the time that is left). Wherefore if you
have any friendly thoughts about the Romans you will
not act unwisely if you keep me in the dark ; when indeed
you are preparing war you will deceive yourself if you do

Digitized by CjOOQle

1 62 KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION

not make me leader in that.” At this age, then, at which
we have said (he did so), along with his father he set out
for Spain : after whose death, Hasdrubal being chosen
commander-in-chief, he took-the-command of all the
cavalry; when this man also was slain the army pre¬
sented the supreme authority to him. That fact being
reported at (to) Carthage was approved of in the name
of the State. So Hannibal at less than twenty-five years
of age became general and within the next three years
subdued in war all the races of (in) Spain. He stormed
Saguntum, a treaty-state, (and) levied (prepared) three
very large armies.

, Notes.

Numquam. . . cum Romanis fore : this is, of course, literally, 11 that
I would never be in friendship with the Romans ”.

Quare si quid : quid is a pronoun often used with si, and meaning
“any”. Its nominative masculine is quis; otherwise it is the same
as qui, the relative. This, then, is literally, “ If anything you will
be thinking in a friendly manner about the Romans”. Quid is
thus accusative after cogitabis.

Karthaginem : accusative after a verb of motion ; no preposition ;
factus . . . subegit , literally, “ having become subdued ”. In English
we prefer, as in the translation, two finite verbs.

Passage No. 9.

Out of these he sent one into Africa, another with
Hasdrubal, his brother, he left in Spain, the third he
took with himself into Italy. He crossed the pass of the
Pyrenees. Wheresoever he marched he came into con¬
flict with all the inhabitants. He let no one go, unless
vanquished. After he came to the Alps, which separate
Italy from Gaul, which no one had ever crossed with an
army before him, save the Graian Hercules (from which
action that is to-day called the Graian Pass), he routed
the men of the Alps in attempting to prevent his passage

Digitized by v^.ooQle

KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION 163

(keep him from the pass), opened up the country (the
places), made roads, and brought it to pass that an
elephant with its equipment was able to go by that way
by which, before that, one unarmed man was scarcely
able to crawl. By this way he led his forces across and
came into Italy. He had engaged-in- battle at the Rhone
with Publius Cornelius Scipio, the consul, and had routed
him. With this same man at Clastidium, near the Po, he
contends (contended, Historical Present), and sends (sent)
him thence wounded and routed. A third time the same
Scipio, with his colleague Tiberius Longus, came against
him at the Trebia. With them he joined battle : and over¬
threw them both. Thence through Liguria he crossed
the Apennines, making-for Etruria. On this march he
is (was) affected with so severe a disease in the eyes that
he never after that had equally good use of his right eye.

Notes.

[The pass in the Alps is called the Graian Pass. People knew
this,* and tried to account for the name by inventing the story that
Hercules Graius had crossed it and given his name to it.]

Effecit ut : note that this is a Substantival clause after ut.

Decernit, dimittit , adjicitur ; these are all what are called Historic
Presents. They ought strictly to be Perfects, but the Present tense
is used for pictorial effect ; just as if we said, “ Behold, now he is
fighting at the Po with Scipio and routing him ”.

Adeo gravi . . . ut : this, of course, is an ut Consecutive clause.

Passage No. 10.

Although he was even then oppressed with this sickness
and was being carried in a litter, he surrounded and slew
Caius Flaminius, the consul at Trasumenus, along with his
army, and not long after Caius Centenius, a praetor, who
was seizing the defiles with a chosen band (picked force).
Hence he came into Apulia. There two consuls met
him, Caius Terentius and Lucius Aemilius. He routed

Digitized by

Google

m KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION

the armies of both (each) in one battle, slew Paulus the
consul and several ex-consuls besides, among them Cnaeus
Servilius Geminus who had been consul in the preceding
year.

After this battle he set out for Rome, with no one
offering any resistance. He halted in the mountains
near the city. After he had held his camp there for
several days and was on his way back to Capua, Quintus
Eabius Maximus, the Roman dictator, threw himself in
his way in the Falernian territory.

Notes .

•

Circumventum occidit : two finite verbs in English, in Latin equal
to Past Participle Passive and finite verb.

Obviam ei venerunt : literally, “ came in the way to him ”. Obviam
ire or venire , the regular Latin phrase for “ to meet ”.

Consulares: while a Roman held the chief magistracy he was
consul. On the expiry of his year of office he became consularis ,
ex-consul.

Habuisset et reverteretur : note the difference in the tenses, the
first denoting a completed action, the second one in process of com¬
pletion — continuous.

Passage No. 11.

Here though shut in by the narrowness of the places
(position) he extricated himself by night without any loss
to (of) his army, and baffled Fabius, although he was a very
clever general. For when night came on (Ablative Abso¬
lute) he bound faggots to the horns of his oxen and set
them on fire, and let loose far and wide a great multitude
of that description. And when the sudden sight presented
itself (Ablative Absolute) he caused such panic among the
Roman army that no one dared to come outside the ram¬
part. Within not so many days after this achievement,
he craftily lured Marcus Minucius Rufus, master of the
horse, whose power was equal to the dictator’s, into battle

Digitized by LjOOQle

KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION 1 65

and routed him. Tiberius Sempronius Gracchus, consul
for the second time, he drew into an ambush while he
was away among the Lucanians and slew. He slew
Marcus Claudius Marcellus, five times consul, at Yenusia
in a similar manner. It would be tedious to enumerate
all his engagements. Wherefore it will be sufficient to
say this only (literally, this one thing will be enough
having been said), from which it may be seen how great
he was : as long as he was in Italy no one opposed him
in battle ; no one after the battle of Cannae pitched his
camp against him in the open (level) ground (in the plain).

Notes.

Vallum : the Romans made their camps in the form of a square,
with a ditch on every side, and behind the ditch a rampart of earth
topped by a palisade (vallum).

Dictator' : in times of difficulty the Romans, who usually were
governed by two magistrates called consuls, used to appoint a
supreme official called dictator, who had under him, but in this
case equal to him, a master of the horse, that is, commander of
the cavalry.

Passage No. 12.

Hence, though unsubdued, having been recalled to de¬
fend his native land, he w7aged war against Publius Scipio,
son of that Scipio whom he himself, first at the Rhone,
a second timS at the Po, a third time at the Trebia, had
routed. With this man, in the present exhaustion of his
country’s resources, he desired meanwhile to make peace,
that afterwards when stronger he might engage him. He
came to a parley : the terms were not agreed on. Within
a few days after that action he joined battle with him at
Zama. He was routed and, wonderful to relate, within
two days and two nights came to Hadrumetum, which is
about 300 miles from Zama. During this retreat (flight)

Digitized by LjOOQle

\66 KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION

the Numidians, who had left the battle at the same time
with him, set an ambuscade for him. These he not only
escaped, but crushed the men themselves. At Hadrume-
tum he gathered the remaining men from their flight (the
men left from the rout) : within a few days by fresh levies
he gathered together many men.

Although he had been very actively engaged in making
preparations the Carthaginians ended the war with Rome.
He none the less after that was in command of an army
and performed exploits in Africa up to (the time of) the
consuls Publius Sulpicius and Caius Aurelius.

Passage No. 13.

For during the office of these men Carthaginian am¬
bassadors came to Rome, to return thanks to the senate
and Roman people because they had made peace with
them, and to give them on account of that a golden
crown and at the same time to ask that their hostages
might be (kept) at Fregellae and that the prisoners
should be restored. To this in accordance with a decree
of the senate the reply was made : their gift was pleasing
and was accepted ; the hostages would be (kept) in the
place in which (literally in what place) they were asking,
they would not send back the prisoners because (the
Carthaginians) were keeping Hannibal, a most bitter
enemy to the Roman name, by whose instrumentality
the war had been undertaken, even now in supreme autho¬
rity over their army and likewise his brother Mago. On
hearing of this reply the Carthaginians called Hannibal
and Mago home. When he returned hither, he was
appointed king (supreme magistrate) in the twenty-second
year after he had been praetor. For as there were con¬
suls at Rome, so at Carthage, each year two kings keep-
ing-office-for-a-year (annui) used to be appointed. In

Digitized by v^.ooQle

KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION 167

that office Hannibal showed the same diligence he had
shown in war (literally showed himself of equal diligence
as he had been in war : pari diligentia , Ablative of
Description).

Notes.

His magistratibus: This is Ablative Absolute, “These being
magistrates

Donarent , literally, “ to gift them with a crown ”. Donarent and
peterent are also final Subjunctives after qui.

Ut redderentur : Substantival clause after peterent.

Futuros , remissuros : Don’t be misled by the omission of esse after
these words. This is very common in accusative and Infinitive
constructions.

Rex . . . praetor: Nepos is here using the term rex, strictly “king,”
for the name of the two supreme magistrates at Carthage. Praetor
was the name of a magistrate at Borne of less rank than a consul,
who was the chief magistrate. Again Nepos is using it for the cor¬
responding magistrate at Carthage. The Carthaginians had of
course different names for their magistrates, and quite a different
constitution from that at Rome. The name of their chief magistrate
was Suffete.

Passage No. 14.

For he brought it to pass by means of fresh taxes, not
v only that there was money to be paid to the Romans
in accordance with the treaty, but also money over, to
be put back (or laid past) in the treasury. Then one
year after, when Marcus Claudius and Lucius Furius
were consuls, ambassadors came from Rome to Carthage.
Hannibal thinking these had been sent for the purpose
of demanding his surrender before they got audience of
the senate, embarked on a ship secretly and fled to Syria
to Antiochus. On this becoming known, the Cartha¬
ginians sent two ships to seize him if they could catch up
on him. They confiscated his goods, razed his house to the
ground, (and) adjudged him to be an exile. But Hannibal
in the third year after his flight, when Lucius Cornelius

Digitized by CjOOQle

168 KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION

and Quintus Minucius were consuls, with five ships, drew
near to Africa in the territory of the Cyrenaeans, if per¬
chance (in the hope that) the Carthaginians by hope and
confidence in Antiochus might be induced to join the
war. He had already persuaded Antiochus to advance
with his armies into Italy. Hither he summoned his
brother Mago. When the Carthaginians got to know
that, they inflicted the same penalty on Mago in his
absence as oh his brother.

Passage No. 15.

When they, despairing of their fortunes, had weighed
anchor and set sail (literally released the ships and given
the sails to the winds), Hannibal made his way to
Antiochus. Concerning the fate of Mago two tales are
told (a twofold memory has been handed down) : (for)
some have left it written that he perished by shipwreck,
others by-the-hands-of his own slaves. Antiochus, how¬
ever, if he had given the same obedience to Hannibal’s
(his) counsels in waging war as he had begun to do in
undertaking it, would have contended for the Empire
of the world nearer Tiber than Thermopylas. And al¬
though he (Hannibal) saw him making many foolish
attempts, yet on no occasion did he desert him. He was
in command of a few ships, which he had been ordered
to take from Syria into Asia, and with them he engaged-
in-battle against a fleet of Rhodians in the Pamphylian
Sea. And although his own men were being overcome
by the number of then' opponents, he himself, in the
wing on which he acted, was victorious. On the rout of
Antiochus, fearing lest he should be given up (to the
Romans), which doubtless would have happened had he
placed himself in his power (if he had made power of
himself), he came to the Gortynii in Crete, to consider

Digitized by v^ooQle

KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION 16*9

there whither to betake himself. Now being the most
cunning of all men he saw he would be in great danger
unless he should have taken some precaution on account
of the greed of the Cretans. For he was carrying with
him a great amount of money concerning which he knew
a report had gone abroad. Accordingly he takes (took,
adopted : Historical Present) a plan of this sort.

Passage No. 16.

He fills several jars with lead, (and) covers the tops
with silver and gold. These in the presence of the chiefs
he places in the temple of Diana, pretending to trust his
fortunes to their good faith. The chiefs being deceived
he fills the brazen statues which he was carrying with
him, with all his money, and casts them forth in the open
space before (of) his house. The Gortynii guard the
temple with great care, not so much from others as from
Hannibal, to prevent him lifting (his property) and taking
(it) away with him without their knowledge. So the
Carthaginian, having secured his possessions and tricked
all the Cretans, came to Prusias in Pontus. With him
he preserved the same sentiments towards Italy (he was
of the same mind), nor did he do anything else save arm
the king and stir him up against the Romans. And
since he saw that this prince was not strong enough in
the resources of his own kingdom (was too little strong
in home resources) he won over to his side all the other
princes, and formed alliances with the most warlike
races. The Pergamene king, Eumenes, a very great
friend of the Romans, kept aloof from him, and war was
waged between them both by land and sea. Therefore
Hannibal was the more eager for his overthrow. (By
which Hannibal was more desirous for him to be over¬
whelmed).

Digitized by CjOOQle

170 KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION

Passage No. 17.

But both on land and sea Eumenes was stronger by
reason of his alliance with Rome. Hannibal thought
if he had removed him, all that was left (all other things)
would be easier for himself. For slaying this man he
entered on the following plan. In a few days there was
likely to be a naval battle (they were about to contend
with the fleet). He was at a disadvantage in the number
of his ships. He must fight with cunning since he was
not equal in arms. He ordered as many poisonous ser¬
pents as possible to be gathered alive and to be put into
earthenware vessels. When he had got together a great
number of these, on the very day on which he intended
to fight the naval battle, he calls together the sailors and
enjoins on them to make their attack on the ship of
Eumenes the king alone (unam), (and) to consider it suffi¬
cient merely to defend themselves from the rest. They
would easily attain that end by the great number of the
serpents. He would see, he said, that they knew in what
ship the king was sailing. If they either took or slew
him, he promised they would be rewarded largely. The
soldiers having been thus exhorted, the fleet was led into
battle by both parties. On their line of battle being
arranged, before the signal for fight was given, Hannibal,
to disclose to his men the position of Eumenes, sends
a messenger in a small- boat with a herald’s staff.

Passage No. 18.

When he came to the enemy’s ships, and showing the
letter, asserted that he was seeking the king, he was
at once conducted to Eumenes, because no one doubted
but that he had some message about peace (something
had been written concerning peace). The letter- bearer.

Digitized by v^ooQle

KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION 171

haying shown the general’s ship to his own men, betook
himself to the same place whence he had come. But
Eumenes, on opening the letter found nothing in it save
mocking remarks (what pertained to making a fool of
him), and although he marvelled what the cause of this
might be without finding (nor did he find), yet he did
not hesitate to join battle forthwith. In this attack
(attack of these men) the Bithynians, by reason of Han¬
nibali injunction, attack the ship of Eumenes in-a-body
{universi). Since the king could not bear up against
the force of these, he seeks safety in flight, which he
would not have secured had he not retreated within the
lines of his own troops (within his own forces), who had
been drawn up on the neighbouring shore. Since the
remaining Pergamene ships were pressing their opponents
too severely, suddenly the earthenware vessels, of which
we have made mention above, began to be hurled upon
them.

Passage No. 19.

The discharge of these (which having been thrown)
at first roused laughter among the combatants, nor could
it be seen why that was being done (nor could the purpose
of this be understood). However, after they saw their
ships filled with serpents, terrified by the strange circum¬
stance, since they could not see what most especially
to avoid, they turned their sterns round and betook
themselves to the quarters of the fleet (to their own
naval camps). Thus by his wisdom, Hannibal overcame
the arms of the Pergamenes ; not then only, but on many
another occasion on land (with land forces) he routed
his opponents with equal skill. While these things were
going on in Asia, the ambassadors of Prusias happened
to be dining in the house of (apud) Titus Quintius Flami-

Digitized by v^.ooQle

172 KEY TO THE PASSAGES FOR TRANSLATION

nijius, an ex-consul at Rome, and there, mention having
been made of Hannibal, one of them happened to say
that he was in the realm of Prusias. On the next day
Flamininus laid that information before the senate. The
senators, since they thought that they would never be
free from secret plots while Hannibal was alive, sent
ambassadors to Bithynia, among them Flamininus, to
ask the king not to keep with him their greatest enemy
and (but) to surrender him to them. ’ Prusias dared not
say no to these : he made the following refusal (saying),
let them not ask that to be done by him which was
against the rights of hospitality. Let them seize him
themselves, if they could : they would easily find out
where he was. (Note. — The direct words of Prusias
were : “ Ask not that to be done by me which is against
the rights of hospitality. Seize him yourselves if you
can. You will easily find the place where he is.” Note
the changes on turning it into Oratio Obliqua.)

Passage No. 20.

For Hannibal stayed in one place in a fort which had
been given to him by the king as a gift, and had built it
in such a way that he had outlets in all parts of the
building, fearing doubtless lest that might actually occur
which came to pass. When the envoys of the Romans
had come hither and had surrounded his house in great
numbers (with a crowd), a boy looking forth from the
door told Hannibal that an unusual number of armed
men were in sight. He ordered him to go round all the
doors of the dwelling and bring word quickly to him
whether it was beset in the same manner on all sides.
When the boy had quickly brought back word what was
the state of the case (literally, what was), and had shown
that all the outlets were seized, he felt that that had not

Digitized by v^ooQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

173

been done by chance, but that it was himself they were
seeking and that he could no longer live. That he might
not lay his life down at the bidding of another, mindful
of his former glorious deeds (virtues), he took the poison
which he always had been accustomed to have with him.
So one of the most valiant of men (literally, a very brave
man), after the accomplishment of many and manifold
labours, passed away in his seventieth year.

KEY TO THE EXERCISES.

Exercise 1 (a).

1. The friendship of the inhabitants of Spain. 2. The
inhabitants of Italy. 3. To (or with) the inhabitants of
Italy (incolis being dative or ablative). 4. The boldness
(or by the boldness) of the sailor (ferocia may be nomin¬
ative, -a short, or ablative, -a long). 5. The wrath (or by
the wrath) of the sailors (ira may be nominative, -a short,
or ablative, - a long). 6. To (or by, with or from) the
islands of Italy (insulis may be either dative or ablative).
7. The islands of Spain (insulas is accusative case). 8.
The victory (or by the victory) of the sailors of the islands
(victoria may be nominative or ablative).

Exercise 1 (b).

1. Amicitia Italiae nautarum. 2. Incolae Hispaniae.
3. Italiae incolarum. 4. Ira nautae. 5. Victoria poet¬
arum. 6. Insulis. 7. Nautis Hispaniae et Italiae.

Remember in Latin prose the quantity of the -a in the
ablative singular (that is, whether it is long or short)
would not be marked, and only the sense would tell you
which case it was.

If you wish a little more practice before going on, take

Digitized by CjOOQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

the Key now and re-translate the sentences, comparing
them with the Exercises. This will give facility in re¬
cognising the cases.

You should now make sure of the vocabulary: learn
it off by heart. No words in it will be repeated in the
succeeding vocabularies. If you forget any you must
consult the general Vocabulary at the end.

Exercise 2 (a).

1. Barca is stirring up the inhabitants of Spain. 2. At
first he was seeking (used to seek, was-trying-to seek) the
friendship of the inhabitants. 3. Ye often overcame (or
used-to-overcome) the inhabitants of this land. 4. Italy
now ye do not love, nor used you to love it. 5. With the
inhabitants of the island you are warring, and you are
blazing with boldness and anger. 6. We were fighting
in the island (of) Sicily (note the apposition, putting the
two nouns in the same case where we use of and genitive ),
but the inhabitants refused (were refusing) their friend¬
ship. 7. Ye are asking for friendship and are obtaining it.
8. Now we are hoping-for victory ; this he denies to you.

Note the different ways of translating the Present and
Imperfect tense in Latin : —

Present : He loves, is loving, does love, etc.

Imperfect : He loved, was-loving, used-to-love, tried-to-love.

Note that “ you ” in English is sometimes singular,
sometimes plural. Latin always distinguishes them : —

Amabas : you were loving (singular), strictly thou.

Amabatis : you were loving (plural), strictly ye.

Exercise 2 ( b ).

1. Hispaniae incolas armat Barca. 2. Primo incolarum
amicitiam conciliabat. 3. Hujus incolas terrae saepe su-

Digitized by v^.ooQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

175

perabat. 4. Italiam nunc non amat neque amabat. 5.
Cum Italiae incolis bellabat atque ferocia et ira flagrabat.
6. In insula Sicilia pugnabat. 7. Italiae autem incolae
Barcam superabant. 8. Tum amicitiam rogabat atque
impetrabat. 9. Nunc iram in Italiam renovat. 10. Vic¬
toriam, O Barca, speras ; hoc tibi negamus.

Again we should advise you to take this translation and
re-translate it, comparing it with the Exercises.

Exercise 3 (a).

1. The boy used to love a goat. 2. You used to love
the goats of the sons of Philip. 3. You were stirring up
the horses of Philip. 4. Philip was stirring up the minds
of his sons. 5. The horses of Philip (Philip's horses) are
in the fields. 6. His sons give (or are giving) gifts to
Philip. 7. We are giving gifts to the sons of Philip (or
to Philip’s sons). 8. Where are the sons of Philip (or
Philip's sons) with the goats?

Exercise 3 (b).

1. Filios Philippi amamus. 2. Filii Philippi equos am¬
abant. 3. . Philippus filiis equos dat. 4. Ubi nunc sunt
equi Philippi ? 5. Sunt in agris. 6. Capri et equi sunt
filiorum Philippi. 7. Cum equis et capris et filiis Philip¬
pus est in agris.

You will have noticed now that the Latin verb is almost
always at the end of the sentence. An emphatic word is
sometimes put there instead of it : watch carefully when
this occurs. Est and swnt are rather weak words, and
need not be put at the end.

The usual order is nominative, dative, accusative, verb,
but of course this may be varied. You might have an
adverb before the nominativo pr a conjunction, and you

Digitized by CjOOQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

17b

might have an adverb between the accusative and its
verb. Re- translate this exercise now for further practice.

LESSON IV.

Question. The Perfect stems are concitav superav-, bellav
FLAGRA F-, ARMAV- , PUGNAV-. In EACH CASE PRES, STEM + A V.

Exercise l (a).

1. Thrice with the Carthaginians did ye wage war, O
Romans. 2. At the first we fought in Italy with the
Romans. 3. By the aid of the winds you (singular) will
conquer the Romans. 4. At last they have overcome
(overcame) their opponents. 5. O Carthaginians, ye will
no longer hope for victory and ye will refuse to renew the
war. 6. We shall ask and obtain the friendship of our
opponents. 7. Accordingly thereafter (after that) the
Carthaginians won the friendship of the Romans. 8. A
Roman fought (or has fought) with a Gaul.

Exercise 4 (b).

Poeni cum Romanis ter bellaverunt (or bellavere).
Primo in Sicilia pugnaverunt, atque ventorum auxilio
Poeni Romanorum nautas saepe superaverunt. Sed
tandem apud Siciliam adversarios superaverunt Romani
nautae. Poeni postea non jam victoriam speraverunt
atque bellum renovare recusaverunt. Tum adversar¬
iorum amicitiam rogaverunt atque impetra verante Itaque
Poeni et Romani non jam erant adversarii.

Exercise 5 (a).

1. The leaves of the dark cypress in my garden are
dear to me. 2. The cypress is full- of- shade. 3. The
horse of the son of Philip was always very beautiful.
4. Sicily is a large and beautiful islaud- 5. The cypresses

Digitized by v^.ooQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

177

of Sicily are gloomy (dark) and rough. 6. The Cartha¬
ginians were wretched while they were looking at this.
7. Great sorrow seems to be (or there seems to be great
sorrow) in their hearts (minds). 8. During many years
I have fought with the Romans and I shall always fight.

Exercise 5 (b).

Cara mihi est cupressus in horto meo. Folia enim
sunt umbrosa. Magna et vetusta est, sed semper erat
pulchra. Auctumno est pulcherrima. Postea videtur
aspera et atra. Tum miser sum ubi specto ; magna enim
maestitia in animo mihi (or meo) videtur esse. Multos
annos cupressum meam amavi et semper amabo.

Exercise 6 (a).

1. A great number of young men had attacked this
place (or position). 2. If the young men attack (will
have attacked) this place the Romans will renew the
war. 3. When we have estranged (shall have estranged)
Africa from the Carthaginians we shall attack Spain. 4.
After ye have extended your empire ye will preserve it
with great stubbornness ( magna pertinacia , an ablative of
manner). 5. We had preserved the Romans when they
were in great danger. 6. You (ye) had hesitated to
approve of the design of the Carthaginians. 7. After
they conquer the Gauls they will extend their empire
to Spain (to the Spaniards). 8. They had refused to
attack the Romans because they had won their friend¬
ship. 9. If I arm the inhabitants of this island they
will fight. 10. In this place the Carthaginians had
waged-war with the Romans for many years.

Throughout this exercise note carefully the differences
in tense in Latin and English. In Sentence 1 note the
order magnus adulescentulorum numerus , and copy it in

Digitized by CjOOQle

178

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

similar phrases. Latin likes to sandwich, as it were, its
genitive between the noun that governs it and the adjec¬
tive with this noun. It sometimes also, if the genitive
has an adjective with it, puts the governing noun between
them, thus — magnae vir sapientiae , a man of great wisdom.
Note that genitives in Latin are usually governed by
nouns ; and when you come across one, look for the noun
which governs it. Be on the watch for verbs like dubito
and recuso , which are followed by a Present Infinitive in
Latin ; the English Infinitive is often not translated by
an Infinitive in Latin. A list of these verbs will be given
later. In Sentence 7 note that often where we say to
Spain or some similar phrase, Latin talks of the people
rather than of the country, and says to the Spaniards , etc.

Exercise 6 (6).

1. Magnum Poenorum numerum in hoc loco oppug¬
naverant. 2. Si hunc locum oppugnaverimus, bellum re¬
novabunt Hispani. 3. Cum Hispaniam a Poenis abalien¬
averitis, Africam oppugnabitis. 4. Postquam imperium
propagaverimus magna pertinacia conservabimus. 5.
Romanos conservare dubitaveramus ubi magno in periculo
erant. (Note the order magno in periculo.) 6. Consilium
Barcae comprobare dubitaveram. 7. Postquam Africam
superaverimus imperium ad Hispanos propagabimus. 8.
Romanos oppugnare recusabimus, quod amicitiam con¬
ciliaverunt. 9. Ubi Hispanos armavero cum Gallis pug¬
nabo. 10. Hoc in loco, multos (per) annos cum Philippo
pugnaveramus.

Exercise 7 (a).

1. It is the duty of the Romans to extend the bounds
of their empire. 2. Hamilcar, a man of the greatest
(utmost) boldness, was ablaze with the desire (lust) for

Digitized by CjOOQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

179

war. 3. We were pondering in mind to renew the war
( better English , we were pondering on (thinking of) the
renewal of the war). 4. With horses, arms, men and
money we shall enrich all Africa. 5. In winter there are
dark clouds in the sky. 6. The Romans conquered the
fleet of the Carthaginians at the islands. 7. The Roman
people surpasses all-other races in valour (virtute, Ablative
of Respect— of thing in which). 8. It is the duty of a
chief (or it is incumbent upon a chief) to rule his people
(Latin says simply 4 ‘it is of ”). 9. The King of the

Britons, a man of great wisdom, often used to fight (was
fighting) with the Romans. 10. If they make peace they
will preserve their ships.

In sentence 4, note that Latin omits all the con¬
junctions. If you had put in any you would have re¬
quired to put in all, thus : Equis et armis et viris et
pecunia . English only puts in, as a rule, the last co%
junction.

Exercise 7 ( b ).

1. Est imperatoris fines imperii conservare. 2. Mente .
agitabatis pacem renovare. 3. Africam, 0 Hannibal, equis
et pecunia locupletavisti. 4. Auctumno coelum est pul¬
chrum. 5. Romanorum naves Poenos apud insulas op¬
pugnaverunt. 6. Romani, magna populus virtute, ceteras
gentes gubernabant. 7. Est principis hostes superare.

8. Pacem conciliare est imperatoris. 9. Non iam navibus
cum Romanis bellabimus. 10. Ubi classem Poenorum
superaverimus, pacem conciliabimus.

Exercise 8 (a).

1. Hamilcar, the son of Hannibal, by surname Barca,
with a large fleet sailed to Italy. 2. Both by land and
by sea the Romans conquered the Carthaginians. 3.

Digitized by v^ooQle

180

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

For it is not in-keeping-with his valour to ask for peace.
4. They were ratifying the alliance with a treaty. 5.
The Carthaginians have broken (or broke) the treaties.
6. They are bringing (they bring) great gifts to Csesar
in Rome. 7. We sailed from Malta to Rome with great
difficulty. 8. Man is an animal with forethought
( literally , is a prudent animal). 9. Of all animals man
is the most prudent. 10. The iron from the spear was
in his body (better , the iron head of the spear was in his
body).

In sentence 1 note the order, magna cum classe —
adjective, preposition, noun.

In sentence 6 note that English says to Ccesar in Borne ,
Latin to Ccesar to Borne. Watch this carefully in future
sentences. You should be always parsing to yourself
in doing these sentences, asking yourself what cases the
nouns are in, why the verbs are plural or singular, why
they are Perfect or Future tense. Soon this will keep
you from making careless mistakes. Thus in the above
answer the following

Questions .

1. Why is cognomine ablative ? 2. Why is magna classe
ablative? 3. Why are mari and terra ablative ? 4. Why
is virtutis genitive ? 5. Why is pacem accusative ? 6.
Why is magna difficultate ablative ?

Answers.

1. Cognomine means, “ by surname,” Ablative of Re¬
spect. Compare virtute in sentence 9, Exercise 8 (6). 2.

Magna classe is ablative after cum . 3. Mari and terra are
Ablatives of Place. 4. Virtutis is genitive after estf mean¬
ing “ it is of ”. 5. Pacem is accusative because the object

of a transitive verb, rogare. 6. Magna difficultate is an
Ablative of Manner : “ in a very difficult manner we sailed”.

Digitized by CjOOQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

181

Exercise 8 ( b ).

1. Caius, cognomine Cffisar, magnis cum copiis Meli¬
tam navigavit. 2. Et mari et terra classes Romanorum
(or Romanas) superavimus. 3. Non meae est virtutis
pacem conciliare. 4. Pacem foedere confirmavimus. 5.
Foedus, 0 Carthaginienses, violavistis. 6. Ad Casarem
Romam magnis cum donis navigamus. 7. Roma Lon¬
dinium est longa navigatio (is a long sailing). 8. Ani¬
malia maris sunt maxima. 9. Homo animalia cetera
virtute superat. 10. Ferrum hastilis renovabat.

Note all animals means all other animals , therefore
use ceteri . Do not forget the extra practice to be got
from retranslating these exercises in the Key. You are
supposed to be doing this each time.

Exercise 9 (a).

1. At Zama, however, Scipio conquered Hannibal.

2. At Syracuse, indeed, Cicero lived (stayed) for one year.

3. Caesar attacked a large number of the enemy. 4. At
Carthage we were pondering on war. 5. Caesar sur¬
passed (used to surpass) all men in bravery. 6. In
Africa there are many large wild beasts. 7. At Athens,
the city of the Athenians, there are many beautiful
temples. 8. In this way Hannibal won the friendship
of a large State. 9. Many men are ablaze with the
desire for money. 10. It is not in accordance with my
custom to stay long at Cumae.

1. Why is Zamae genitive singular ? 2. Why is Syra¬
cusis ablative plural ? 3. Why is annum unum accusative ?

4. What ablative is fortitudine ? 5. Why is consuetudinis
genitive ?

Digitized by CjOOQle

182

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

Answers .

1. Because it denotes place at which , is the name of a
town, and a singular noun of the First Declension. 2.
Because it denotes place at which , is the name of a town,
and is a plural noun. 3. Because it denotes duration of
time. 4. Ablative of Respect (see last Exercise). 5. Be¬
cause after est} meaning “ it is of ”.

Exercise 9 ( b ).

1. Zamae autem adversarios Romani superaverunt. 2.
Multos quidem annos Pompeius Romae habitavit. 3.
Prima luce magna hostium multitudo Romanos oppug¬
navit. 4. Carthagine Poeni bellum mente agitabant. 5.
Caesar et Pompeius famae cupiditate ceteros Romanos
superaverunt (or superabant, denoting a state , not a single
act). 6. Athenis multae et pulchrae statuae sunt. 7.
Hac ratione Hannibal civitatum amicitiam Italiae con¬
ciliaverat. 8. Annum unum parva cum natione in Africa
bellabamus. 9. Cupiditatem pecuniae virtutis amore ho¬
mines superant. 10. Non est meae consuetudinis nationes
bellicosas oppugnare.

Exercise 10 (a).

1. We indeed put the enemy to flight while they were
arming themselves (literally, The enemy indeed arming
themselves we put to flight or have put to flight). 2. For
already he had conquered all his enemies. 3. Then on
the next day a huge multitude of the enemy began-to-
attack Caesar. 4. For we always value the prudent man
at a very great price. 5. Scipio, too, loved (was loving or
used to love) his wife with a passionate (keen) love. 6.
Ye will soon with your fiery steeds attack and rout the
Carthaginians. 7. The Romans used-to-value Cato at a

Digitized by CjOOQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

183

great price, Caesar at a greater. 8. For Hamilcar not
only routed the enemy from the walls of Carthage, but
also got together (prepared) a huge amount (supply) of
money. 9. Then the soldiers were estimating very highly
(at a .very great price) all the plans of their leader. 10.
Caesar gifted (was gifting) huge rewards to his brave
soldiers.

Questions .

1. Why is maximi genitive? 2. Why is amore acri
ablative? 3. Why is acribus equis ablative? 4. Why is
'magni genitive ? 5. Why is fortibus militibus dative ?

Answers.

1. Maximi is Genitive of Price. 2. Amore acri is an
Ablative of Manner. 3. Acribus equis is an Ablative of
Manner. It might denote the instrument, the thing by
which — “ by means of your fiery steeds ”. 4. Magni again
is Genitive of Price. 5. Fortibus militibus is the dative
after a verb of giving — the Dative of the Recipient.

Exercise 10 (b).

1. Romani Poenos fines explorantes oppugnaverunt.
2. Jam enim omnes civitates abalienaverant. 3. Tum
magna hominum multitudine hostes Caesarem oppugna¬
verunt. 4. Fortem autem semper pluris aestimabimus.
5. Uxores quidem amore acri amamus. 6. Acres Cartha¬
giniensium equi mox hostes oppugnabunt et fugabunt.

7. Virtutem magni, pluris etiam pecuniam aestimavistis.

8. Non solum a muris hostes fugabimus sed etiam urbem
oppugnabimus. 9. Milites fortis consilia ducis parvi aesti¬
maverunt (or aestimabant). 10. Duces praemia magna
fortibus militibus donant.

Digitized by CjOOQ lC

184

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

Exercise 11 (a).

1. Accordingly the Carthaginians with a large army
sailed to Italy to attack the Romans (that they might
attack). 2. At daybreak the cavalry put to flight a large
band of the Carthaginians. 3. The citizens after that will
get ready three armies that the enemy may not attack the
city. 4. Meanwhile he was stirring up the Gauls to seize
(that they might seize) the defile by night. 5. With all
races the Romans waged (secondary time) (have waged,
'primary time) war ; or The Romans waged war with the
world. 6. The horns of the goats are very large and
strong. 7. Hannibal and his officers on the next day
dined at home. 8. In the third month therefore we shall
sail to Rome from home. 9. Accordingly he armed him¬
self to preserve his house. 10. For you ( plural ) had
approved of this plan that ye might avoid a disaster.

Questions.

1. Why is oppugnarent Subjunctive ? 2. What does ne

mean ? 3. Why is oppugnent Present Subjunctive ? 4.

Why is tertio mense ablative ?

Ansiuers.

1. It is the Subjunctive denoting purpose after ut . 2.

Ne means “ that... not ”. 3. It is Present tense because

comparabunt is a primary tense. 4. It denotes point of
time, time at which — “ in the third month ”.

Exercise 11 (b).

1. Itaque Caesar magno cum (or omit cum) exercitu ad
Britanniam navigavit ut hostes oppugnaret. 2. Prima
luce equitatu hostium manum fugavimus. 3. Magistratus
postea exercitum comparaverunt ne hostes urbem oppug¬
narent. 4. Hostes Gallos concitant ut saltum noctu

Digitized by VjOOQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

185

occupent. 5. Exercitibus Romani gentes omnes supera¬
verunt. 6. Comibus capri inimicos oppugnant. 7.
Postero die magistratus domi cenaverunt. 8. Caius enim
Roma tertio mense navigaverat. 9. Itaque sese armant
ut domos conservent. 10. Hoc consilium comprobavimus
ut casum vitaremus.

Exercise 12 (a).

1. Then great were your hopes, sad your thoughts
{literally , you were hoping great things, thinking sad
things). 2. Good men and good women love virtue,
wisdom and good faith. 3. Accordingly when I had over¬
come the first line, I attacked the second. 4. To-day
without a doubt they will rout the fine of battle of the
enemy. 5. Since therefore the Romans were standing
in line of battle we hesitated to fight. 6. When (since)
the Gauls had conquered the Roman legions the city of
Rome (Latin, the city Rome) was in great peril. 7.
For we have sailed (or we sailed) to Rome with the
greatest hope. 8. When he had made many prayers to
the gods, he armed his men (literally, when he had prayed
the gods many things). 9. Caesar on the contrary re¬
fused to take thought on these matters. 10. Hannibal,
on the other hand, with the greatest good faith was pre¬
serving the peace.

Note in sentence 2 the omission of all the conjunctions
in Latin. You could have inserted them all — virtutem
et sapientiam et fidem.

In sentence 6 note the apposition urbs Boma . Latin
never says urbs Romae.

Questions .

1. What sort of ablative is summa spe ? 2. What sort

of ablative is summa fide ? 3. Why is starent (sentence 5)
Subjunctive ?

Digitized by CjOOQle

186

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

Answers .

1. Summa spe is an Ablative of Manner. 2. Summa
fide is an Ablative of Manner. 3. Starent is Subjunctive
after cum meaning since .

Exercise 12 (6).

1. Tum magna sperabat, cogitabat maesta. 2. Itaque
cum aciem primam fugavisset, secundam oppugnavit.
3. Hodie enim haud dubie hostium aciem fugabimus. 4.
Hostes in acie stabant. 5. Respublica autem magno in
periculo erat cum legiones Galli fugavissent. 6. Legiones
enim Bomanas summa spe oppugnaverant. 7. Cum deos
multa oravissent proelium renovaverunt. 8. Multa cogi¬
tabat ubi aciem Romanam spectabat. 9. Summa enim
fide pacem Hannibal conciliaverat. 10. Romani e con¬
trario de his rebus et his periculis considerare recusa¬
verunt (recusabant, were refusing).

Be sure you are careful never to put words like enim
and autem first in the sentence.

Exercise 13 (a).

1. When however Hannibal seizes (shall have seized)
that city, we shall surrender. 2. He had sailed to Rome
to sacrifice a victim to Jupiter most high and holy (Jupiter
best, greatest). 3. After the seizure of the city ye will
explore the territory. 4. That deed at first stirred up
laughter in the spectators (was stirring up laughter for
those looking). 5. Then (Next) they will attack the
army stationed on the shore. 6. Being about-to-attack
those bands of the enemy, he has prepared large forces.
7. The Romans had suddenly routed the enemy when on-
the-point-of-making a secret attack on the camp [Literally ,
about-to-attack the camp secretly). 8. We had sailed to
Africa that we might recover the estranged towns. 9.

Digitized by v^ooQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

187

They are about-to-behold that conquered army. 10.
How many out of those large armies were about to be¬
hold their country (fatherland) again.

Questions .

1. What is immolatum ? 2. What case is spectantibus ?
3. Parse oppugnaturos , that is, tell its case, number, gender
and the noun it goes with. 4. Why is recuperaremus Sub¬
junctive ?

A?iswers.

1. Immolatum is the Supine used to express purpose
after a verb of motion. 2. Spectantibus is dative plural.
Note we say “ those spectating,” Latin says simply spec¬
tantes, Never put is or any part of it with Present Parti¬
ciple. 3. It is accusative plural masculine going with
hostes, 4. It is Imperfect Subjunctive denoting purpose
after ut, that is, Final Subjunctive.

Exercise 13 (b).

1. Sed cum eas gentes Romani superaverint manus
dabunt. 2. Jovi optimo maximo hostias immolatum ad
eam insulam noctu navigavit. 3. Post occupatum saltum
agros exploraverunt. 4. Ea facta initio risum pugnanti¬
bus concitaverunt. 5. Deinde legiones in litore collocatas
fugavit. 6. Itaque Romam oppugnaturus magnum exer¬
citum comparavit. 7. Hostes castra clam oppugnaturos
subito fugavit. 8. Navigavimus enim ad Africam ut urbes
abalienatas recuperemus. 9. Ubi sunt copiae superatae ?
Pacem rogaturi sunt. 10. Quot ex eo exercitu magno
patriam rursus spectaturi sunt.

Exercise 14 (a).

1. We have and always shall have a great supply of
money. 2. Now they are conquering and always shall

Digitized by v^ooQle

188

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

conquer all races. 3. I shall lead a large army into Spain.
4. They will see and conquer the Romans on the third
day. 5. Before his arrival they were carrying on things
(affairs) badly by land and sea. 6. When Hamilcar is
waging war he never conquers the enemy. 7. But at
the last they come almost to despair (or they are almost
reduced to despair). 8. He holds the strongest towns
of Africa beneath his sway (within his power). 9. But
Hamilcar with favourable fortune (that is, with the help
of fortune) carries out great exploits (things). 10. The
undying hatred of Hamilcar for the Romans will stir up
the second Punic war.

Exercise 14 (b).

1. Multos per annos cum Romanis bellum gerebamus.

2. Tertio die hostium aciem videbimus. 3. Omnes gentes
vincent et imperio suo tenebunt. 4. Copias magnas in
Romanos ducitis. 5. Ante Romanorum adventum et mari
et terra bellum male gerebamus. 6. Ubi bellum gereba¬
mus semper hostes vincebamus. 7. Sed tandem prope
ad desperationem pervenimus ( perveniebamus would mean
“ we were coming ”). 8. Romam, ad urbem Italiae valent-
issimam veniebant. 9. Magnas res secunda fortuna gere¬
mus. 10. Hannibal perpetuo odio erga Romanos exercitum
in Italiam ducit.

Exercise 15 (a).

1. Hamilcar thinks himself to be about to make an
end of this war (better English , Hamilcar thinks he will
make an end of this war). 2. This man thinks that
man to be making an end of these wars (better, This
man thinks that man is making an end of these wars).

3. This woman thinks that man to have done this (i better ,
This woman thinks that man has done this). 4. If he

Digitized by CjOOQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

189

refuses (shall have refused) to make an end of this war
we shall retire from Sicily. 5. We shall come to Africa
to slay this man and to destroy Carthage (note the Supine
after verb of motion). 6. The Yettones slew him while
fighting in battle. 7. The bystanders will say this is a
brave man. 8. They say they will retire from Sicily at
dawn. 9. On-the-point-of-departing from Sicily, ye are
makipg peace with this king. 10. To-morrow they will
come to Rome.

Note that in sentence 2 eum denotes a different person
from hie , and that in sentence 4 se denotes the same per¬
son as hie . Always be on the look-out for this distinction.

Exercise 15 ( b ).

1. Dicit hunc hujus belli finem facturum esse. 2.
Dicit hos hujus belli finem facere. 3. Hi eos dicunt
horum bellorum finem fecisse. 4. Si Catulus negaverit
hoc bellum se compositurum esse Sicilia decedemus. 5.
Hic bellum compositum et Carthaginem deletum ad
Africam venit. 6. Vettones eum in proelio pugnantem
interficient. 7. Adstantes dicunt hanc esse fortem. 8.
Dicit se Roma cras decessurum esse. 9. Decessurus
Sicilia pacem cum Catulo conciliavit. 10. Prima luce
Romam adveniemus.

Exercise 16 (a).

1. We ourselves have said they will not make an end
of the war (or, We ourselves said they would not make
an end of the war. The actual words were, “We shall
not make an end of the war ”). 2. Hannibal himself had

said he alone had made an end of this war. (The actual
words of Hannibal were, “ I alone have made an end of
this war ”.) 3. If you say they will make an end of the
war, they will sail to Carthage at daybreak. 4. You

-Digitized by CjOOQle

190

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

yourselves thought these had returned home with great
disgrace. (The thought in the mind was, “ These have
returned home with great disgrace ”.) 5. Those who
come to Corinth look at the statues. 6. They themselves
said that they alone had removed the enemy from the
walls of Carthage. (The actual words were, “ We alone
have removed the enemy from the walls of Carthage”.)
7. Neither had said that he was slaying the captives.
(The actual words of which you deny the saying were,
“ He is slaying the captives ”.) 8. The one thought they

were saying these things ; the other denied it. (Note
alter . . . alter , the one . . . the other (of two). The actual
thought was, “ They are saying these things ”.) 9. You
had seen him whom Catulus defeated at the 2E gates
islands. 10. Which of the two said Caesar had given
provinces to them only ? (The actual words were, “ Caesar
gave or has given provinces to them only ”.)

Remember the parsing of the words in each sentence.
Do not pass on till you have satisfied yourself as to the
case of the nouns, number and tense of the verbs, and
so on.

Exercise 16 (b).

1. Catulus ipse negaverat se bellum compositurum esse
(said . . . not = deny. The actual words were, “ I shall not
end the war ”). 2. Catulus solus dixerat se ipsum bellum

composuisse. (The actual words were, “ I myself ended
or have ended the war ”.) 3. Si Catulus dixerit se bellum
compositurum esse Romam statim navigabimus. 4. Ipsi
putaveramus eos solos magno cum dedecore domum re¬
dituros esse. (The thought was, “ They are about-to-
return ”.) 5. Qui Romam veniunt [ii], aedificia pulchra

inspiciunt. 6. Hannibal ipse dixit se solum hostes a
muris Carthaginis removisse. (The actual words were.

Digitized by v^ooQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

191

“ I alone removed or have removed the enemy from the
walls ”.) 7. Uter dixit Romanos captivos interficere.

8. Alter dixit haec ita esse ; alter negavit. 9. Enm
videramus qui “urbes Africae (or in Africa) valentissimas
patriae restituerat. (Note “ the man who ” always eum
qui : avoid hominem qui in such a phrase.) 10. Neuter
dixit Cassarem hanc provinciam sibi soli dedisse. ( Sibi
is used because it refers to the subject of dixit, the main
verb. The actual words were, “ Caesar gave this pro¬
vince to me alone ”.)

Exercise 17 (a).

1. We are attacking Rome with such (so great) bold¬
ness that ye have no hope of safety. 2. He had defended
Eryx so boldly that Marcellus said (was saying) he (Mar¬
cellus) would never take it. 3. Ye are defending that
city of yours in such a way that we have no hope of
victory. 4. So bold were they that they were saying
they would not hand over the city. 5. So badly are the
Carthaginians waging war that they are losing the towns
of all Africa. 6. The bravery of that race was so great
that they always used-to-conquer their opponents. 7.
So wise was he that he perceived (was perceiving) these
things were false. 8. So serious (so great) an internal
war has blazed out in Africa that ye are now losing, 0
Carthaginians, all your towns. 9. Neither is so bold as
to fight with him (that man) ; literally , Neither is so bold
that he may fight with him. 10. We said that now at
last they had lost the empire of all Africa.

Questions .

1. In sentence 2 what does eum refer to? 2. In sen¬
tence 4 whom does se refer to ? 3. In sentence 7 what
is the case of haec ? 4. What were the actual words in
sentence 10 ?

• jitized by v^ooQle

192

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

Answers.

1. Eum refers to Erycem . 2. Se refers to the subject

of erant. 3. Haec is accusative, subject of the Infinitive
esse. 4. “ Now at last they have lost.”

Exercise 17 ( b ).

1. Ille Erycem ita ferociter (tanta ferocia) defendebat
ut Romani nullam victoriae spem haberent. 2. Ille
Erycem tanta fortitudine defendit ut Romani non putent
se eum capturos esse. 3. Urbem tuam sic defendebat
ut Romani nullam victoriae spem haberent. 4. Tam
ferox erat (not fuit, because “ was ” denotes a state) ut
negaret se urbem illam traditurum esse. 5. Romani ita
male bellum gerebant ut omnia oppida amitterent. 6.
Illius fortitudo viri tanta erat ut omnes adversarios vin¬
ceret. 7. Adeo sapiens est ut intellegat haec esse falsa.
8. Tantum bellum exarsit ut Poeni oppida Africae amit¬
terent. 9. Uter tam ferox est ut cum illo pugnet? 10.
Dixit se ipsos imperium totius Africae amisisse.

In sentence 10 eos or illos might be used for se if you
meant that they did not include He.

Exercise 18 (a).

1. At that time so greatly were we afraid that we sought
help from the Romans and obtained it. 2. When the
Carthaginians had lost everything in Sicily they made
peace. 3. They were defending Eryx with so great
bravery that the Romans despaired of victory. 4. When
(since), O Romans, you had resolved to make an end of
the war you entrusted the business to Regulus. 5. He
was so fired with the desire for war (for making war) that
he refused to leave Sicily (to depart from Sicily). 6. Some
were ablaze with zeal for fighting (with zeal of fighting),
others for retreating (retiring). 7. Since (when) they

Digitized by v^ooQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

193

knew these things useless for living well (for a good
life) they cast them away. (There is an esse understood
after inutilia,) 8. So many mercenaries have revolted
that the Carthaginians are in despair. 9. You (plural)
are entrusting to others the eagerness (desire) for warring
(war). 10. By sparing the lives^of others ye will win love
and friendship.

(Note Latin says 44 by sparing the life ” ; vita is never
used in the plural in this sense.)

Exercise 18 (6).

1. Poeni adeo timebant ut a Romanis auxilium etiam
petiverint atque impetraverint. 2. Cum, O Cartha¬
ginienses, omnia in Sicilia amisissetis pacem concili¬
avistis. 3. Tam ferociter (Tanta fortitudine) Erycem
defendistis ut decesserimus. 4. Dum belli finem facere
constituissent rem Hamilcari permiserunt. 5. Adeo bel¬
landi studio flagrabat ut Sicilia decedere recusaverit. 6.
Alii regendi studio flagrabant, alii cupiditate pecuniae.

7. Cum haec ad pugnandum inutilia cognovisset perdidit.

8. Tot mercenarii milites desciverant ut Poeni desper¬
arent. 9. Aliis bellandi studium permittamus. 10. Par¬
cendo aliorum bonis amorem conciliabimus.

Exercise 19 (a).

1. When (since) we were in Sicily he departed from the
city. 2. They were a long time at Athens for the purpose
of seeing the statues. 3. When Caesar is at Rome he
will preserve the laws (the future erit is used because the
principal verb is future). 4. Then they were making
haste that they might be at Rome on that day. 5. He,
while fighting, was slain by a Gaul of huge frame. 6.
Those captives after the battle of Cannae had been slain
by Hannibal. 7. Then indeed we shall retire from Greece,

Digitized by v^ooQle

194

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

when we have been conquered (shall have been conquered)
by the Romans. 8. If the Carthaginians are conquered
in this battle, they will be in great danger (note the tense,
shall have been conquered). 9. After subduing the most
warlike nations he was slain on a journey by a slave
(< literally , after the most warlike nations having been
subdued). 10. The woman was betrayed by a slave to
whom she had given many gifts.

Exercise 19 (6).

1. Nunc quidem in Sicilia sunt multi Carthaginienses.
2. Diu Romae eramus. 3. Si Romae ero, te visum veniam.
4. Cum Romae eris (-tis) Capitolium videbis (-tis) (spect¬
abis, -tis). 5. Festinat ut Romae illo die sit. 6. Cassius
post pugnam a servo pugione interfectus est (occisus est).
7. Antonius a Cleopatra amatus erat. 8. Cum a Romanis
victi erunt, Sicilia profecto decedent. 9. Si hoc proelio a
Scipione victi erimus magno in periculo profecto erimus.
10. Cum mercenarii milites descivissent Carthago magno
in periculo erat.

Exercise 20 (a).

1. We so defended Eryx that the war seemed not to
have been waged in that place (esse could have been
omitted). 2. So great wars then blazed forth that these
cities were almost being destroyed. 3. When a hundred
thousand of mercenaries had been formed (made) he re¬
moved them from the walls of Carthage. 4. That city
was being besieged by a very large number of barbarians.
5. So bravely did they fight that the enemy were being
driven out. 6. Shut in by the narrowness of the place
(places) the women were being slain (were perishing)
from hunger and disease. 7. Hannibal was at Rome,
not the Romans at Carthage. 8. Before the siege of the

Digitized by v^ooQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

195

city by the Spaniards a great number of the Carthaginians
were slain. 9. They had been wise, brave and warlike,
sufficiently skilled in all things. 10. By those woes the
women were so terrified that they sought help.

Note, eo loco in sentence 1 is an Ablative of Place. You
could insert the preposition in if you pleased.

Note the ablatives in sentence 6, all Ablatives of Means
or Instrument — thing by which.

In sentence 9 note the absence of all the conjunctions.
You might have inserted them all .

Exercise 20 (b).

1. Sic Erycem defendit ut eo loco finem belli fecerit.
2. Tantum bellum exarserat ut Carthago nunquam simili
in periculo fuerit. 3. Cum centum milia armatorum facta
essent, hostes oppugnare constituit. 4. Magno hostium
numero Italia vexabatur. 5. Tam ferociter pugnaverunt
ut urbs conservaretur (or conservata sit). 6. Locorum
angustiis clausi plures fame interfecti sunt quam ferro.
7. Yos Romae fuistis, nos non in Graecia fuimus. 8.
Ante urbem ab hostibus captam magnus eorum numerus
interfectus est. 9. Multos annos Corinthi fueram causa
statuas videndi (spectandi). 10. Adeo his malis perterriti
sunt (timebant, timuerunt) ut manus dederint.

Exercise 21.

1. Res in Sicilia et mari et terra male geruntur. 2.
Nullus nocendi locus hostibus dabitur. 3. E contrario,
occasione data, hostes lacessentur. 4. Res in Sicilia bene
gerebantur. 5. Paene omnia in Sicilia amissa erant sed
Eryx fortiter defendebatur. 6. Bellum eo loco nobis
gerendum est (gerendum is gerundive. Note the absence
of the preposition in with eo loco. Remember nobis is
Dative). 7. Ab hominibus amicis non nocendum est

Digitized by v^.ooQle

196

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

(nocendum is gerund). 8. Haeo res arbitrio Hannibalis
permittenda est. 9. A Sicilia nobis intra paucos dies
discedendum est. (Note preposition, intra , within, takes
Accusative case.) 10. A Romanis nunquam hostibus
cedendum est. 11. Eryx Carthaginiensibus (Poenis)
defendendus est. 12. Si res in Sicilia male gerentur ea
insula decedemus. ( Gerentur is Future, not Future Per¬
fect, because the meaning is, “ If affairs shall be going
on badly,” not “ shall have gone ”.) 13. Ubi superati

erimus hoc loco decedemus (discedemus). 14. Statuemus
hujus belli finem facere. 15. Si classis nostra a Romano¬
rum consule superata erit pacem conciliabimus.

Exercise 22.

1. Ego bellandi (belli) cupiditate flagrabam, tu paci
serviendum esse putabas. 2. Nobis haec dona dedit, illa
vobis (tibi). 3. Omnium nostrum sapientissimus (es) tu,
ego fortissimus. 4. Victi nobis manus dederunt. 5.
Patria mea belli calamitatibus exhausta mihi carissima
est. 6. Ille te sapientior est. 7. Ad sapientissimum
Romanorum haec dona mittit. 8. Bellandi (belli) cupidi¬
tate acriore quam tu ego flagrabam. 9. Hoc opus om¬
nium facillimum est, illud difficillimum. 10. Patris
simillimus est ; frater (ejus) matris est similior. 11.
Potius, patria succumbente, peribo. 12. Dixit se maximo
cum flagitio domum rediturum. 13. Si paullum res
erunt refectae, bellum in Romanos renovabo. 14. Postea
hoc consilio pacem conciliaveramus. 15. Relictis armis
ille cum suis Sicilia decessit (or decesserunt).

Note in 12 the omission of esse. It might be inserted.

Exercise 23.

1. Ab eis petebat ut haec facerent (Substantival). 2.
Ab eis petii (petivi) ut haec faciant (Substantival). 3.

Digitized by v^ooQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

197

Id egerunt (egere) ut exercitum in Hispaniam mitterent
( Substantival ). 4. Id efficiemus ut duces in Hispaniam
mittamur ( Substantival ). 5. Patriam multo aliter se
habentem ac sperabamus cognovimus. 6. Mercenarios
milites coegit ut eis in Romanos uteretur {Final). 7.
Carthaginem ipsam oppugnavimus ut tota Africa abalien¬
etur {Final). 8. Eos eo compellet ut plures fame quam
ferro interituri sint {Consecutive). 9. Senatus decrevit
ut Carthago oppugnaretur et deleretur {Substantival).
10. Senatus decernit ut Carthago oppugnetur et deleatur
{Substantival). 11. Senatus decernet ut Carthago deleatur
{Substantival). 12. Carthaginem oppugnavit ut eam de¬
leret {Final). 13. Ab eo petivit ne se Romam mitteret
{Substantival) {se referring to the subject of petivit. If
not, eum or ilium). 14. Militibus imperavit ut hostes a
muris removerent {Substantival). 15. Militibus imperavit
ut Italia statim decedant {Substantival).

Exercise 24.

1. Catulus Carthaginiensibus (Poenis) imperavit ut
Sicilia decederent. 2. Oppidis abalienatis subvenit. 3.
Hannibali exercitus imperium invidebam. 4. Princeps
largitione Carthaginiensibus multa profuit. 5. Valentis-
sima totius Africae oppida patriae restituamus. 6. Nun¬
quam Hannibali atque Carthaginiensibus serviemus. 7.
Negavit se unquam Romanis serviturum esse. 8. Tan¬
tum otium in Africa (Africae) reddidit ille ut nullum
bellum multis annis fuisse videatur. 9. Missus est in
Hispaniam cum exercitu quo facilius causam bellandi
reperiret. 10. Tecum filium novem annorum ducis. 11.
Hujus viri mentionem fecit quod multa et magna gessit.
12. Terra marique hostibus resistamus. 13. Hannibal
Romanis bellum perpetuum minatur. 14. In Hispaniam

Digitized by CjOOQle

198

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

oum exercitu venit quo melius haec perageret. 15. Cum
h&eo ex sententia peregisset domum profectus est.

Exercise 25.

1. Si res refectae essent bellum renovavisset. 2. Si
eos virtute vicisset, manus dedissent. 3. Si Catulus se
negavisset bellum compositurum, Sicilia Romani deces¬
sissent. 4. Si res reficiantur, bellum renovet. 5. Si eos
virtute vicerit, manus dabunt. 6. Si eos virtute vincat
manus dent. 7. Si Catulus se neget bellum esse com¬
positurum Sicilia decedant. 8. Si Catulus negaverit se
bellum compositurum Sicilia decedent. 9. Secundum
bellum Poenicum perpetuo hujus odio erga Romanos
maxime concitatum esse videtur. 10. Magnas res gerite,
gentes bellicosissimas subigite, Africam viris et pecunia
locupletate. 11. Dixit Africam equis et viris locupleta¬
tum iri. 12. Dixit se meditari bellum in Italiam inferre.
13. Dicit Africam viris pecuniaque locupletari. 14. Nono
anno postquam in Hispaniam venerunt occisi sunt. 15.
Inimicos vestros amatote.

Note vestros not tuos , because the your is plural

Exercise 26.

1. Romanos vincere {superare) poterimus. 2. Omnes
gentes vincere (superare) poterant. 3. Omnes gentes
virtute antecedere poteratis. 4. Inimicum tuum non
potes interficere (occidere). 5. Unius virtutem devincere
potueramus (devincere = utterly subdue ). 6. Odium

tuum erga Romanos deponere potueris. 7. Dicit se
inimicos interficere posse. 8. Dicit se gentes cunctas
(omnes) virtute antecedere posse. 9. Dicit Hannibalem
omnes (or ceteros = all other) imperatores prudentia ante¬
cedere potuisse. 10. Si Hannibal hic nunc esset Italiam
superaret. 11. Si Hannibal in eo proelio esset (or fuisset,

Digitized by v^ooQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

1 99

st&te or act) hostes vicisset. 12. Nisi Hannibal omnes im¬
peratores (or duces) prudentia antecessisset (antecederet,
had been surpassing) non esset (or fuisset) omnium maxi¬
mus dux. 13. Si hoc faceremus poenas gravissimas de¬
dissemus. 14. Si hoc fecisses (fecissetis) poenas gravis¬
simas dares (daretis). 15. Si sapiens esset non illud
faceret (a state and a continuous action in the past, hence
Imperfect).

Exercise 27.

1. Non dubium est quin redeat. 2. Non dubium erat
quin rediret (note the Imperfect in secondary time). 3.
Non fieri potest quin abeat. 4. Non fieri poterat quin
abires (note the Imperfect again). 5. Nemo erat quin
(putaret, crederet, existimaret) hostes abire. 6. Nemo est
quin nunc urbem ineat. 7. Si Romam adibat errabat.
8. Si domum init stultus est. 9. Ego Romam ibo si
Carthaginem ibit ille. (Insert pronouns because they are
emphatic, signifying contrast.) 10. Si hoc facit nil boni
inest (insum, inesse , to be in). 11. Illum tanta cupiditate
bellandi incenderunt ut in Italiam (Italiae) arma inferre
conatus sit. 12. Dixerunt Hannibalem alia atque antea
sentire. 13. Puerulo me Hannibal ad Hispaniam Car¬
thagine profectus est. 14. Ei persuasi ne dubitaret me
secum ducere ( or ne dubitaret quominus me secum
duceret). 15. Hoc (or ita) faciam si mihi fidem quam
postulo dederis.

Exercise 28.

1. Ab eo petunt (quaerunt) num ad se libros laturus
sit. 2. Ab eo quaerunt pecuniamne magnam secum ferat.

3. Ab eo quaerunt num secum pecuniam magnam tulerit.

4. Ab eis quaesivimus num quid pecuniae secum tulissent.

5. Ab eis quaesivimus num quid pecuniae secum ferrent.

Digitized by v^.ooQle

200

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

6. Ab eis quaesivimus pecuniamne magnam seoum laturi
essent (note the cum after se ; so with me, te, vobis, etc.).

7. Si equitatum omnem tecum duxeris vinoes. 8. A me
quaesivit num secum ad castra ire vellem (see Passage
No. 7 : “ would go ” here means “ I was willing to go ”).
9. Hamilcar ab Hannibale quaerit velitne ad castra secum
ire (or num ad castra iturus sit. The first sentence asks
if Hannibal is willing, the second asks if he is about to
go). 10. Captivos jurare jusserunt eos non in amicitia
oum Romanis permansuros esse. 11. Abiit equitatum
ductum (Supine after verb of motion). 12. Ab eo quaesivi¬
mus quando Romam rediturus esset. 13. Nescio quos
libros secum ab Italia ferat. 14. Milites nesciebant num
id publice comprobaretur. 15. Proximo triennio omnes
Hispaniae gentes subegerunt Carthaginienses {proximus
is an irregular superlative, whose comparative is propior ,
nearer. There is no positive adjective. See Lesson
XXXIV.).

Exercise 29.

1. Tandem Pyrenaeum saltum transire inceperunt. 2.
Unum ex his exercitibus in Africam mittere malebat (ex
and ablative is more common than the genitive after an
adjective of number). 3. Hannibal effecit ut elephantus
omatus ea transire possit (ut consecutive). 4. Apud flu-
men Padum cum P. Cornelio Scipione manum conserere
conatus est (manum conserere , to knit the hands together
as in wrestling). 5. Alterum exercitum in Hispania lin¬
quere debent, alterum in Italiam ducere. 6. Alterum ex¬
ercitum in Hispaniam debebant ducere, alterum in Italiam
mittere. 7. Scimus loca patefacere, itinera munire (you
can omit the conjunction et if you please). 8. Hannibal
Alpes saltu Graio transiisse videtur. 9. Alpicos transitu
prohibere conantes Hannibal profligavisse dicitur. 10.

Digitized by v^ooQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

201

Hoc itinere adeo gravi morbo adfecti sunt ut dimidium
exercitus interierit (may have perished). 11. Nesciunt ut¬
rum Hannibal Etruriam petierit necne. 12. Non possum
dicere utrum Hannibal hoc velit necne. 13. Quaesivit
num nollet in Hispaniam ire atque Carthagine manere
mallet. 14. Ab eis quaeremus quando hoc facere malint.
15. Nobis dixisti (or dixistis) quae hostes voluerint.

Exercise 30.

1. In propinquis urbi montibus causa castra ibi habendi
moratus est (avoid castrorum habendorum). 2. Eomam
hoc proelium pugnandi causa profectus est ( better , causa
hujus proelii pugnandi, or ad hoc proelium pugnandum,
Gerundive). 3. Caium Centenium praetorem praemittere
voluit ad saltum occupandum (or causa saltum occupandi,
or causa saltus occupandi). 4. Magnam gloriam sibi com¬
paravit hostes uno proelio fugando (or hostibus uno proelio
fugandis — not so good). 5. Decemviros legibus scribendis
creare maluissemus. 6. Hoc fecit ut Hannibal bellum
componere velit. 7. Causa hostium circumveniendorum
(or causa hostes circumveniendi) celeriter iter facere vole¬
bat. 8. Cum valetudine gravi premeretur lectica ferri
maluit (or malebat). 9. In Apuliam ad consulibus obviam
veniendum iter fecit (or causa consulibus obviam veniendi,
or consulibus obviam ventum). 10. Nullo resistente causa
urbis expugnandae (or causa urbis vi capiendae, or causa
urbem expugnandi, or ad urbem expugnandam) Eomam
profectus est. 11. Quintus Fabius Maximus se ei obiicere
voluit. 12. Causa urbis oppugnandae Romam proficisci
nolebant (variations are possible as in sentence 10). 13.

Hoc fecit ne consul urbem relinquere vellet (or urbe exire,
decedere, discedere). 14. Causa Eomanos oppugnandi
Capuam reversus est. 15. Consulem cum exercitu cir¬
cumventum ocoidit.

Digitized by v^.ooQle

202

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

Exercise 31.

1. Vereor ut Caesar rex fiat. 2. Verebar ut Caesar
rex fieret. 3. Verebantur ne Caesar flumen transiret.
4. Verentur ne Caesar flumen transeat. 5. Caesar vere¬
batur rex fieri. 6. Caesar veretur rex fieri. 7. Caesar
veretur flumen transire. 8. Caesar verebatur flumen tran¬
sire. 9. Virtutem colendo beati fiemus. 10. Non ita
multis diebus hi fient consules. 11. Hanc post rem
gestam callidissimus dux fiam. 12. Caesar dixit eum
(illum) dolo consulem factum esse. 13. Caesar dicit se
nihil (non) timere (vereri) ne Cicero consul fiat. 14.
Homines fiunt callidi (or boni) duces militares res exer¬
cendo. 15. Ex hoc intellegi potest quantus ille dux factus
sit. (Latin says “it is able to be perceived,’* not in¬
tellegere.)

Exercise 32.

1. Eum poenituit (or poenitebat, it was pitying) filii
ducis quem apud Rhodanum fugaverat. 2. Me oportet
patriam defendere domum revocatum. 3. Eum oportuit
(or oportebat) patriam defendere domum revocatum. 4.
Me delectat tantum bellum composuisse (quod tantum
bellum composui). 5. Eos delectat quod reliquos e fuga
collegerunt. 6. Romanos puduit (pudebat) quod apud
Trebiam ab Hannibale superati erant (or superatos esse
xoithout quod). 7. Scio Romanos puduisse quod apud
Trebiam superati sint (Subjunctive because of Oratio
Obliqua). 8. Scivit Romanos poenituisse quod Carthaginem
delevissent. (In the last two sentences the accusative
and infinitive for quod was also possible.) 9. Tibi licet
esse consuli Romae neque exercitui praeesse. 10. Ei
licuisset esse regi Carthagine si vellet. 11. Ei libebat
Hadrumeti permanere (morari) reliquos ex exercitu col¬
ligenti. 12. Intererat militum fideliter jussis Hannibalis

Digitized by v^ooQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

203

parere : nostra (interest) Hannibalem ipsum superare.
13. Omnium interest facere ea quae recta sunt (those
things which are right). 14. Dixit sibi licuisse novis
dilectibus exercitum comparare. 15. Numidas poenituit
Hannibali insidiatos esse (or quod insidiati erant). 16.
Eis persuasum est ut hoc faciant. 17. Agris a Poenis
nocebitur (or Poeni agris nocebunt). 18. Si agris a Poenis
nocitum erit, Romam legatos mittemus. 19. Regi ab
optimo quoque parebitur. 20. Militibus imperatum est
ut ex urbe tribus diebus decederent.

Exercise 33.

1. Legati Romam veniunt qui senatui populoque
Romam gratias agant {you could say also ut . . . agant).
2. Legati Romam venerunt qui (or ut) senatui populoque
Romam gratias agant. 3. Legati Romam ierunt qui (or
ut) pacem a Romanis peterent 4. Legati Romam ibunt
qui (or ut) pacem a Romanis petant. 5. Legati Roma vene¬
runt qui de ejus voluntate explorent atque consiliis clandes¬
tinis operam dent (the above are all qui Final clauses).
6. Carthaginienses non ii sunt qui pacem faciant ( qui
Consecutive). 7. Romani non ii erant qui pacem peterent
{qui Consecutive). 8. Vitam priusquam inimicitiam deposuit
ille, qui quidem nunquam animo destiterit cum Romanis
bellare {qm Causal). 9. Ego, qui serius advenissem, non
patrem meum vidi {qm Causal). 10. Ille, cujus opera
bellum susceptum foret (or esset) civitate expulsus est
{qui Causal). 11. Te, cujus opera hoc bellum susceptum
sit, cum imperio apud exercitum habebimus {qui Conces¬
sive). 12. Ii qui (or cum) revocati essent, domum
redierunt {qui Causal). 13. Ii qui revocati sint domum
redibunt {qm Causal). 14. Ab eis petierunt ut captivi
Fregellis essent {ut Substantival). 15. Eis qui pacem
secum fecissent coronam auream dederunt {qui Causal).

Digitized by v^.ooQle

204

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

Exercise 84.

1. Milites oppugnaverunt qui in exterius vallum tela
jaoiebant. 2. Hostias Jovi optimo maximo immolabant.
3. Pater filio major est capite. 4. Dicit filium patre min¬
orem esse capite. 5. Ad te, qui mihi amicus fueris, hoc
donum parvum mitto. 6. Plures fame quam morbo
interierunt. 7. Dixit plurimos fame interiisse. 8. Opti¬
mum quemque oportet patriam quantum possunt (or
potest) defendere (or Optimus quisque debet patriam,
etc ., or Patria optimo cuique defendenda est). 9. Ad
extremos fines provinciae Galliae progressi sunt. 10.
Aliquot horas milites Cassaris tela in hostes jam con¬
jiciebant. (For several hours . . . were already hurling.)
11. Hannibal postquam domo profugit (exiit) aliquot
annos apud exteras nationes habitabat. 12. Postremo
(extremo or tandem) ad oram Africae accessit si forte
Carthaginienses ad bellum induceret. 13. Primo summo
monte constiterant ; postremo ad meum redierunt. 14.
Eos ratus sui capiendi gratia missos Hannibal tandem
(postremo) navem clam ascendit. 15. Hac re palam
facta, postero die Carthaginienses duas naves miserunt
quae eum comprehenderent (qui Final).

Exercise 35.

1. Cum naves solvisset et vela ventis dedisset duae
naves missae sunt quae eum comprehenderent. 2. Cum
naves solverit et vela ventis dederit duas naves mittemus
quae eum comprehendant. 3. A servulo interfectus est
priusquam epistolam (litteras) scriberet (Subjunctive
because the result is prevented). 4. Servus eum inter¬
ficere jussus est priusquam epistolam scribat (Subjunctive
of the intention). 5. Antiocho fugato, fugit ille prius¬
quam Romani eum comprehendere possent (or potuerunt.
The Subjunctive denotes that he fled to prevent the

Digitized by v^ooQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

205

seizure ; the Indicative simply connects the clauses by
time). 6. Dum epistolam Romam ad matrem scribit
eum servulus interfecit. (Note “ to Rome to his mother,”
or Eum epistolam Romam, etc., scribentem servulus in¬
terfecit). 7. Dum sui multitudine adversariorum supera¬
bantur Hannibal eos quibuscum conflixerat fugabat. 8.
Dum Carthagine Cretam iter facit eum latrones oppug¬
naverunt (or Carthagine eum Cretam iter facientem
latrones oppugnaverunt). 9. Hannibal mansit donec
Rhodiorum classis conflixit (or confligeret. The Sub¬
junctive denotes that he waited intentionally, the Indicative
simply that he waited, without any idea of intentional
waiting or expectation of joining battle being ex¬
pressed). 10. Consistere nolebat donec Cretam ad
Gortynios veniret. 11. Dum Hannibal cum Antiocho
erat, ille omnibus in proeliis superior erat. 12. Hoc sine
dubio accidisset, si Hannibal Romanis sui potestatem
fecisset. 13. Abire constituit priusquam in magnum
periculum propter avaritiam Cretensium veniret. 14.
Dum Antiochus Hannibalis consiliis parere volebat in
bello felix (or superior) erat. 15. Desperatis rebus Han¬
nibal in Syriam ad Antiochum venit.

Exercise 36.

1. Trecentas sexaginta quinque amphoras plumbo im¬
pleverant. 2. Ducentae viginti novem amphorae auro
et argento impletae erant. 3. Puero tria poma dedit.

4. Dixit se ducentas naves Hannibali daturum fuisse.

5. Roma anno septingentesimo quinquagesimo tertio ante
Christum natum condita est. 6. Pugna Cannensis anno
ducentesimo sexto decimo ante Christum natum facta est.
7. Hannibal septuaginta annos vixit. 8. Caesar ducibus
binas naves dederat. 9. Eis ducenos sestertios donabi¬
mus. 10. Darius in Europam amplius mille navibus

Digitized by CjOOQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

206

navigavit (amplius has no effect on the case). 11. Ter
Bomani in hostes impetum fecerunt ; tandem fugati sunt.
12. Vicies antehac urbem Romam vidi. 13. Hannibal
ex Alpibus in Italiam (cum) quinque et viginta milibus
hominum descendit. 14. Sedecim annos, Hannibale duce,
Carthaginienses cum Romanis bellaverunt. 15. Anno
ducentesimo secundo ante Christum natum apud Zamam
Poenos devicerunt Romani.

Exercise 37.

1. Dixit Eumenem utrobique propter Romanorum
societatem plus valere. (He said, “ Eumenes has more
power/* plus valet). 2. Dixit eos conventuros esse eo
die quo navale proelium facturus esset (he might be
about to fight). 3. Dixit eos se vidisse qui in hoc navali
proelio pugnarent (Latin says “ who might be fighting ”).
4. Dixit eos se vidisse qui in hoc navali proelio pugna¬
rent (the same as sentence 3 exactly). 5. Dixit se
facturum ut scirent in qua nave aurum veheretur. 6.
Arbitrabatur si hunc removisset omnia sibi facilia fore.
7. Dixit se ducem vidisse qui tamdiu cum Romanis pug¬
navisset. 8. Dicit se nuntium (tabellarium) vidisse qui
cum caduceo ad Eumenem missus sit. 9. Dicit eos,
qui navem Eumenis oppugnent, fugari. 10. Dicit eos
qui navem Eumenis oppugnaverint fugatum iri (direct
form : Those who attack will be routed, Ei qm oppug¬
naverint fugabuntur ). 11. Hannibal nuntium mittit
priusquam signum proelii dari possit. 12. Dixit Hanni¬
balem nuntium misisse priusquam signum proelii dari
posset. 13. Dixit Hannibalem nuntium misisse prius¬
quam signum proelii datum esset. 14. Dixit Hannibalem
tabellarium misisse ut palam faceret suis quo loco rex
esset. 15. Dixit se omnibus eis praecepisse ut in navem
Eumenis unam concurrerent.

Digitized by v^ooQle

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

207

Exercise 38.

1. Dixit se id non consecuturum esse nisi intra sua
praesidia se recepisset. 2. Dixit se id non consecuturum
esse nisi intra praesidia sua se reciperet. 3. Dixit se id
non consecuturum fuisse nisi intra praesidia sua se re¬
cepisset. 4. Dixit se non stultum futurum esse si id
faceret. 5. Pollicitus est si illum cepissent aut interfecis¬
sent magnum eis praemium fore (or magno eis praemio
fore). 6. Affirmavit (Dixit) si illum cepissent aut inter¬
fecissent magnum eis praemium futurum fuisse. 7. Dixit
si illum interficerent magnum eis praemium fore. 8.
Dixit nisi fuga salutem petiisset futurum fuisse ut inter¬
ficeretur (this construction is used because the Latin
verb has no Future Perfect Infinitive Passive). 9. Dixit
eos nisi fuga salutem peterent interfectum iri. 10. Dicit
nisi fuga salutem petierint eos interfectum iri (or fore ut
ei interficiantur, “it-to-be-about-to-be that they may be
slain”). 11. Dicit nisi fuga salutem petiissent futurum
fuisse ut interficerentur. 12. Dicit eos nisi stulti fuissent
illud non facturos fuisse. 13. Etsi hujus causam mira¬
batur tamen proelium committere non dubitavit (or quo¬
minus proelium committeret). 14. Nemo dubitabat quin
aliquid de pace scriptum esset (or, more literally , quin
aliquid de pace scriptum attulisset). 15. Nave hunc in
modum (or ita) suis declarata eodem unde egressus erat
se recepit.

Exercise 39.

1. Existimabant se Hannibale vivo nunquam sine in¬
sidiis fore. 2. Legatos in Bithyniam misimus, in iis
Flamininum qui auxilium a rege petant. 3. Apud unum
e consularibus cenabamus. 4. Tantum terrorem exercitui
Romanorum injicient ut nemo sub muros venire ausurus
sit. 5. Hannibal sub muris hujus oppidi aciem instruxit.

Digitized by v^.ooQle

208

KEY TO THE EXERCISES

6. Usque a rubro mari arma in Italiam inferre conati
sunt. 7. Scilicet verebar ne id usu veniret quod accidit.
8. Itaque eodem se recepit unde venerat. 9. Nisi Hanni¬
bal venenum sumpsisset a Romanis interfectus esset. 10.
Non poterat intellegere quare id fieret. 11. Postquam
eum Romani undique obsederunt venenum sumpsit. 12.
Quo plus pecuniae habebis, eo miserior eris ( note plus
pecuniae, “ the more of money ”). 13. Naves adeo serpen¬
tibus oppletae erant ut non possent videre quid vitarent
14. Dixit se facile locum ubi essent inventurum fuisse si
ita voluisset 15. Se receperunt priusquam hostes naves
capere possent.

Exercise 40.

1. Quae jacta subito risum pugnantibus concitarunt
(concitarunt contracted for concitaverunt). 2. Adeo nova
re perterriti sunt ut non videre possent quid potissimum
vitarent. 3. Rem male gerere est mali ducis. 4. Etsi
Antiochum multa stultissime conari videbant nulla in re
eum deseruerunt. 5. Cum se (eum) minus robustum
domesticis opibus esse videret ceteros reges conciliavit.
6. Bellum acriter inter eos terra marique gerebatur : quo
magis Hannibal cupiebat eum opprimi. 7. Dixit se facil¬
lime inventurum esse locum ubi ille esset. 8. Militibus
imperavit ut propere ad se nuntiarent num undique ob¬
sessus esset (or obsideretur, “ was being beset ”). 3. Puer
celerrime nuntiavit omnes exitus occupatos esse. 10.
Poeni senserunt id non fortuito factum neque imperium
diutius retinendum. 11. Ad te celeriter nuntiabo quid
sit. 12. Si nobis imperavisses facile invenissemus ubi
ille esset. 13. Vidit eos non fortuito venisse sed se
petere. 14. Memor virtutis pristinae venenum sumpsit
ne vitam alieno arbitrio dimitteret. 15. Nuntii nunti¬
averunt plures praeter consuetudinem armatos apparere.

Digitized by

Google

NUMERAL ADJECTIVES

209

NUMERAL ADJECTIVES.

Cardinal.

1 Un-us, -a, -um, one

2 Du-o, -ae, -o, two

3 Tres, tria, three

4 Quattuor, four , etc.

5 Quinque

6 Sex

7 Septem

8 Octo

9 Novem

10 Decem

11 Undecim

12 Duodecim
18 Tredecim

14 Quattuordecim

15 Quindecim

16 Sedecim

17 Septendecim

18 Duodeviginti

19 Undeviginti

20 Viginti
30 Triginta

40 Quadraginta
50 Quinquaginta
60 Sexaginta
70 Septuaginta
80 Oct6ginta
90 NOnaginta
100 Centum
'200 Ducent-i, -ae, -a
300 Trecent-i, -ae, -a
400 Quadringenta, -ae -a
500 Quingent-i, -ae, -a
600 Sexcent-i, -ae, -a
700 Septingent-iy -ae, -a
800 Ootingent-I, -ae, -a
900 Nongent-i, -ae, -a
1,000 Mille
2,000 Duo milia
100,000 Centum milia
1,000,000 Decius centena milia

Ordinal.

Prim-us, -a, -um, first
Secund-us, -a, -um (alter), second
Tefti-us, -a, -um, third
Quart-us, -a, -um, fourth , etc.
Quint-us, -a, -um
Sext-us, -a, -um
Septim-us, -a, -um
Octav-us, -a, -um
Non-us, -a, -um
Decim-us, -a, -um
Undecim-us, -a, -um
Duodecim-us, -a, -um
Terti-us decim-us, etc.

Quart-us decim-us, etc.

Quint-us decim-us, etc.

Sext-us decim-us, etc.

Septim-us decim-us, etc.
Duodevicesim-us, etc.

U ndevicesim-UB , etc.

Vicesim-us, etc.

Tricesim-us, etc.

Quadragesim-UB, etc.
Quinquagesim-us, etc.
Sexagesim-us, etc.
Septuagesim-us, etc.
Octogesim-us, eto.

N6nagesim-us, etc.

0ent5sim-us, etc.

Ducent§sim-us, etc.
Trecentesim-us, etc.
Quadringentgsim-us, etc.
Quingent6sim-us, etc.
Sexcent6sim-us, etc.
SeptingentSsim-us, etc.
Octmgent6sim-U8, etc.
Nongent6sim-us, etc.

MillSsim-us, etc.

Bis millesim-us, etc.

Centies millesim-us, etc.

Decies centigs mill6sim-us, etc.

Digitized by

Google

210

NUMERAL ADJECTIVES

Distributive.
Singul-I, -ae, -a, one each
Bin-1, -ae, -a, two each
Tern-i (trin-I), -ae, -a, three each
Quatem-i, -ae, -a, four each , etc.
Quin-I, -ae, -a
Sen-I, -ae, -a
Septen-I, -ae, -a
Octon-I, -ae, -a
Noven-I, -ae, -a
Den-I, -ae, -a
Unden-I, -ae, -a
Duoden-I, -ae, -a
Tem-I den-I, -ae, -a
Quatem-i den i, -ae, -a
Quin-i den-i, -ae, -a
Sen-i den-i, -ae, -a
Septen-I den-i, -ae, -a
Duodevlcen-I, -ae, -a
Undevicen-i, -ae, -a
Vicen-i, -ae, -a
Tricen-I, -ae, -a
Quadragen-i, -ae, -a
Quinquagen-i, -ae, -a
Sexagen-I, -ae, -a
Septuagen-I, -ae, -a
Octogen-i, -ae, -a
Nonagen-I, -ae, -a
Centen-I, -ae, -a
Ducen-I, -ae, -a
TrecSn-I, -ae, ,-a
Quadringgn-I, -ae, -a
QuingSn-I, -ae, -a
SexoSn-I, -ae, -a
Septingen-i, -ae, -a
OctingSn-I, -ae, -a
Nong6n-I, -ae, -a
Singula milia
Bina milia
Centena milia
Decies centena milia

Numeral Adverbs.
Semel, once
Bis, twice
Ter, thrice

Quater, four times, etc.

Quinquies

Sexies

Septies

Octies

Novies

Decies

Undecies

Duodecies

Ter decies

Quater decies

Quinquies decies

Sexies decies

Septies decies

Duodevlcies

Unde vicies

Vicies

Tricies

Quadragies

Quinquagies

Sexagies

Septuagies

Octogies

Ndnagies

Centies

Ducenties

Trecenties

Quadringenties

Quingenties

Sexcenties

Septingenties

Octingenties

Nongenties

Milies

Bis milies

Centies milies

Decies centies milies

Digitized by

Google

TABLES OF VERBS

TABLES OF VERBS.

The quantity or length of syllables in these tables is
marked on this plan: Short Vowels are not marked at
all; vowels which are long because they stand before
two consonants are not marked; other long vowels are
marked long.

Verb Sum , I am.

(Tenses from the Present Stems.)
Indicative. Subjunctive.

Present . Present.

Sum , I am.

Sumus, we are.

Sim

Simus

Es, thou art.

Estis , you are.

Sis

Sitis

Est, he is.

they are.

Sit

Sint

Imperfect.

Eram, I was.

Eramus , we were.

Es-sem

Essemus

Eras , thou wert.

Erdtis , you were.

Esses

Essetis

Erat, he was.

Ercrnt, they were.

Es-set

Essent

Future.

Ero , I shall be. Erimus , we shall be. Infinitive Present.

Eris, thou wilt be. Eritis , you will be. Esse.

Erit , he will be. Erunt , they will be.

Imperative.

Es, be (thou). Esto , thou shalt be.

Este, be (ye). Estote , ye shall be.

Esto , he shall be.
Sunto , they shall be.

(From Perfect Stem Fu-.)

Indicative.

Perfect .

Fu-i, I have been or I was.

Fu-vstl , thou hast been or thou wert.
FuM, he has been or he was.

Subjunctive.

Perfect .
Fu-erim
Fu-erfs
Fu-erit

Fu-imus, we have been or we were. Fu-ertmus

Fu-istis, you have been or you were. Fu-erltis

Fu-erunt, or -ere, they have been or they were. Fu-ermt

Digitized by v^ooQle

212

TABLES OF THE REGULAR VERBS

INDICATIVE.

Pluperfect.

Fu-eram , I had been.
Fu-erds, thou hadst been.
Fu-erat , he had been.
Fu-erdmus, we had been.
Fu-eratis, you had been.
Fuerant, they had been.

Subjunctive.
Pluperfect .
Fu-issem
Fu-isses
Fu-is8et
Fu -issemus
Fu-issetis
Fu-issent

Future Perfect. Present Infinitive

Fu-er5y I shall have been. Fu-isse.

Fu-erls, thou wilt have been.

Fu-erity we shall have been.

Fu-erfmus, we shall have been.

Fu-erlt%Sy you will have been.

Fu-ervnt, they will have been.

(From Supine Stem Fut-.)

First Supine wanting.

Second Supine wanting.

Future Participle. Futurus y -a, -um.
Future Infinitive. Futurus esse.

TABLES OF THE REGULAR VERBS.

ACTIVE VOICE.

First Conjugation. Example, Amo, I love.
(From Present Stem Am-.)

Indicative Mood.

Subjunctive Mood.

Present.

Arn-o - amus

-as -dtis

-at - ant -

Am-em -emus

-es - etis

-eh- ' -ent

Imperfect.

Am-dbam - dbamus

- abas -abatis

-abat -abant

Imperfect,

Atn-drem -drepius

-ares -aretis

-aret -arent

Digitized by CjjOO^Ic

TABLES OF THE REGULAR VERBS 213

Indicative.

Future.

Am-dbd -dbimus

-abis -abitis

-dbit -dbunt

Present Participle. Am-ans
Present Infinitive. Am-dre
Gerund. Am-andum, etc.

Am-d
Love *thou.

Imperative Mood.

•ate

Love ye.

Am-dto

Thou shalt love.
- dto

He shall love.

-atote

Ye shall love.
•onto

Tfrey shall love.

(From Perfect Stem Amav-.)

Indicative Mood.

Subjunctive Mood.

Perfect.

Amav-i

-imus

Amdv-erim

-erimus

-isti

-istis

-erts

-eritis

- it

-erunt or ere

-erit

-ermt

Pluperfect .

Pluperfect.

Amav-eram

-erdmus

Amdv-issem

-issemus

-eras

-erdtis

- isses

- issetis

-erat

-erant

-isset

-issent

Future Perfect.

Perfect Infinitive.

Amav-ero

-erlmus

Amdv-isse

-erts

-eritis

-exit

-erimt

(From Supine Stem Amat -.)

First Supine. Amdt-um.

Second Supine. Amdt-u.

Future Participle. Amdt-urus , -a, -um.

Future Infinitive = Future Participle + esse = Amatwrus esset
to be about to love.

Digitized by v^.ooQle

*14 TABLES OF THE REGULAR VERBS

Second Conjugation. Example, Moneo, I warn.
(From Present Stem Mon-.)

Indicative Mood.

Subjunctive Mood.

Present .

Present.

Mon-eo

-emus

Mon-eam •eamus

‘68

•itis

-eas •eatis

-et

- ent

-eat •eant

Imperfect.

Mon-e bam

-ibamus

Mon-irem •eremus

-ebds

-ibatis

-iris -eritis

-ebat

-ibant

•iret -irent

Future.

Present Participle. Mon-ens

Mon-ebo

•ibimus

Present Infinitive. Mon-ire

-ebis

-ebitis

Gerund. Mon-endwn, etc.

-ebit

-ibunt

Imperative Mood.

Mon-e

-ite

Mon-e to -etote

Warn thou.

Warn ye.

Thou shalt warn. Ye shall warn,

-eto -ento

He shall warn. They shall warn,

(From Perfect Stem Monu-.)

Indicative Mood.

Subjunctive Mood.

Perfect.

Monu-x

-imus

Monu-erim -ertmus

-istl

-istis

-erls -erltis

•it

-irunt or ere

-erit -erint

Pluperfect.

Monueram

-eramus

Monu-issem -issemus

-eras

- eratis

-isses -issetis

-erat

-erant

-isset -issent

Future Perfect .

Perfect Infinitive.

Monu-erd

-erimus

Monurisse

-erls

-eritis

-erit

-erint

Digitized by Google

TABLES OF THE REGULAR VERBS 215

(From Supine Stem Monit-.)

First Supine. Monit-um.

Second Supine. Monit-ii.

Future Participle. Mowit-urus, -a, -um.

Future Infinitive = Future Participle + esse = Moniturus esset
to be about to advise.

Third Conjugation. Example, Rego , I rule.

(From Present Stem Reg -.)

Indicative Mood.

Subjunctive Mood.

Present . Present.

Reg-o

-imus

Reg-am

-amus

-is

•itis

-as

-dtis

-it

-unt

-at

-ant

Imperfect .

Reg-ebam

-ebamus

Reg-erem

-eremus

- ebds

-ebdtis

•eres

-ere tie

-ebat

-ebant

-eret

-erent

Future.

Present Participle.

Reg-em

Reg-am

-Imus

Present Infinitive.

Reg-ere

-es

-etis

Gerund. Reg-endumt etc.

-et

-ent

Reg-e

Rule thou.

Imperative Mood.

-ite Reg-ito

Rule ye. Thou shalt rule.

- ito

He shall rule.

-itote

Ye shall rule.
-unto

They shall rule.

(From Perfect Stem Rex-.)

Indicative.

Perfect . ■

Rex-l -intus

-isti -istis

-it -erunt or -ere

Subjunctive.

Perfect.

Rex-erim -ertmus

- erts -eritis

-erit -erint

Digitized by

Google

216 TABLES OF THE REGULAR VERBS

Indicative.

Pluperfect.

Rex-eram -eramus

- eras -eratis

-erat -erant

Future Perfect .

Rex-ero -erimus

-eris -eritis

- erit -erint

Subjunctive.

Pluperfect.

Rex-issem -issemus

-isses -issetis

•isset -issent

Perfect Infinitive.
Rex-isse

(From Supine Stem Beet-.)

First Supine. Rect-um.

Second Supine. Rect-u.

Future Participle. Rect-urus , -a, -um.

Future Infinitive = Future Participle + esse = Recturus esset to
be about to rule.

Fourth Conjugation. Example, Audio , I hear.

(From Present Stem Aud-.)

Indicative Mood. Subjunctive Mood.

Present. Present.

Aud-id

-imus

Aud-iam

-iamus

-is

-tHs

-ids

-idtis

-it

-iunt

-iat

-iant

Imperfect.

Aud-xebam

-iebdmus

Aud-irem

-Tremus

-iebds

-iebat is

-ires

-iretis

-iebat

- iebant

-Tret

-Trent

Future.

Present Participle.

Aud-iens

Aud-iam

-iemus

Present Infinitive.

Aud-Tre

-ies

-ietis

Gerund. Aud-iendum. etc.

- iet

- ient

Digitized by LjOOQle

TABLES OF THE REGULAR VERBS 217

Imperative Mood.

- Aud-i

-ite Aud-ito

-itote

Hear thou.

Hear ye. Thou shalt hear

. Ye shall hear.

- ltd

-iuntd

He shall hear.

They shall hear.

(From Perfect Stem Audiv-.)

Indicative Mood.

Subjunctive Mood.

‘ Perfect .

Perfect.

Audiv-i - imus

-isti - istis

-it - erunt or -

Audiv-erim -erimus

- eris - eritis

ere -erit -erint

Pluperfect .

Audiv -er am -erdmus

-eras -erdtis

-erat -erant

Audiv -issem - issemus

-isses -issetis

-isset -issent

Future Perfect .

Perfect Infinitive.

Audiv -er 5 -erimus

-eris -eritis

-erit -ermt

Auddv-isse

(From Supine Stem Avdit-.)

First Supine.
Second Supine.

* Future Participle.

Audit-um.

Audit-u.

Audit-uruSy - a , -um.

Future Infinitive = Future
to be about to hear.

Participle + esse = Auditurus esse,

Digitized by CjOO^Ic

218 TABLES OF THE REGULAR VERBS

PASSIVE VOICE.

First Conjugation. Amor , I am loved.
(From Present Stem Am-.)

Indicative Mood. Subjunctive Mood.

Present. Present,

Am-or Am-dmur Am-er Am-emur

I am being We are being
loved. loved.

- dris (-are) -amini - eris (-ere) -emini

You are being Ye are being
loved. loved.

-atur -antur -etur - entur

He is being They are being
loved. loved.

Imperfect.

Am-dbar -dbdmur

I was being We were being
loved. loved.

-dbdris (-dbdre) -abdmmi
You were being You were being
loved. loved.

-dbdtur -abantur

He was being They were being
loved. loved.

Imperfect.

Am-drer -dremur

-areris (-arere) -aremini

-aretur -arentur

Future. Present Participle.

Am-dbor -dbimur -

I shall be We shall be

loved. loved. Present Infinitive.

-aberis (-dbere) -dbirmm Amari

You shall be Ye shall be To be loved,

loved. loved.

-dbitur -abuntur Gerundive.

He shall be They shall be Amandus, -a, -um

loved. loved.

Digitized by Google

TABLES OF THE REGULAR VERBS 21.9

Am-are
Be thou loved.

Imperative Mood.

-dmini Am-dtor

Be ye loved. You shall be loved.

-ator •antor

He shall be They shall be
loved. loved.

Perfect Tenses.

Indicative Mood. Subjunctive Mood.

Perfect. Perfect .

Amdtmte to., sum Amati, etc., sumus Amatus, etc., sim A mati, e tc , , simus
„ es „ estis „ sis „ sitis

„ est „ sunt „ sit ,t smt

Pluperfect. Pluperfect.

Amatus eram Amati eramus Amatus essem Amati essemus
„ eras „ eratis „ esses „ essetis

„ erat ,, erant „ esset „ essent

Future Perfect.

Amatus ero Amati erimus Perfect Infinitive.

„ eris „ eritis Amatus esse

„ erit „ erunt

(From Supine Stem Amat-.)

Past Participle Passive. Ama, tus, -a, - um .

Future Infinitive Passive. Amatum iri.

Second Conjugation. Moneor , I am warned,
(From Present Stem Mon-.)

Indicative Mood. Subjunctive Mood.

Present. Present.

Mon -eor -emur Mon-ear -eamur

-eris (or -ere) -emini -earis (or -ea/re) -eamini

-etur -entur -edtur -eantur

Digitized by Google

220 TABLES OF THE REGULAR VERBS

Indicative.

Subjunctive.

Imperfect.

Imperfect .

Mon-ebar • ebdmur

Mon-ercr

-eremur

-edaris (or -edar e) -ebdmini

-ereris (or -erere) -eremini

- edatur -edantur

-eretur

-erentur

Future .

Present Participle.

Mon-ebor -ebimur

—

-ederis (or -edere) -ebimini

Present Infinitive.

-ebitur -eduntur

Moneri

Gerundive.
Monendus, -a, -um

Imperative Mood.

Mon-ere - emini Mon-etor

-etor -entor

Perfect Tenses.

Indicative Mood.

Perfect.

Monitus sum Moniti sumus
„ es „ estis

„ est „ sunt

Pluperfect.

Monitus eram Moniti eramus
„ eras „ eratis
„ erat „ erant

. Future Perfect .

Monitus ero Moniti erimus
„ eris „ eritis
„ m2 „ mn2

Subjunctive Mood.

Perfect.

Monitus sim Moniti simus

„ sis „ sitis

„ si2 „ sin2

Pluperfect.

Monitus essem Moniti essemus

,, esses „ essetis

„ „ essent

Perfect Infinitive.
Monitus esse

(From Supine Stem.)

Past Participle Passive. Monitus , -a, -wm.

Future Infinitive Passive. Monitum iri.

Digitized by v^ooQle

TABLES OF THE REGULAR VERBS 221

Third Conjugation. Regor , I am ruled.
(From Present Stem Reg -.)

Indicative Mood. Subjunctive Mood.

Present.

Reg-or

- imur

Reg-ar - dmur

-eris (-ere)

-imini

-dris (-are) -dmvm

-itur

• untur

-atur -antur

Imperfect.

Imperfect .

Reg-ebar

-ebamur

Reg-erer -eremur

-ebaris (- ebdre )

-ebdmini

-ereris (-erere) -eremini

-ebatur

-ebantur

-eretur -er entur

Future.

Present Participle.

Reg-ar

-emur

—

-eris (ere)

-emini

Present Infinitive.

-etur

-entur

Reg-i

Gerundive.

Reg-endus -a , -um

Imperative Mood.

Reg-ere

-vrmni

Reg-itor

-itor -untor

Perfect Tenses.

Indicative Mood.

Subjunctive Mood.

Perfect.

Rectus sum Recti sumus

Rectus sim Recti simus

»» 68 i»

estis

„ sis „ sitis

»» 6St ,,

sunt

„ - sit „ sint

Pluperfect.

Rectus eram Recti eramus

Rectus essem Recti essemus

„ eras „

eratis

„ J esses „ essetis

„ erak , „

erant

„ esset' „ essent

Future Perfect.

Rectus ero Recti erimus

. Perfect Infinitive.

„ eris

eritis

Rectus esse

erit „ erunt

Digitized by Google

222 TABLES OF THE REGULAR VERBS

(From Supine Stem Beet-.)

Past Participle Passive. Rectus , -a, -um.

Future Infinitive Passive. Rectum vn.

Fourth Conjugation. Audior , I am heard.
(From Present Stem Aud-.)

Indicative Mood.

Subjunctive Mood.

Present.

Aud-ior

- iris (-ire)

-Itur

Present.

-imur Aud-iar -iamur

-vminl -idris (-idre) -idmint

-iuntur -idtur -iantur

Imperfect.

Aud-iebar

-iebaris (-iebdre)
-iebatur

Imperfect.

-iebamur Aud-irer -iremur

-iebamini -Ireris (-irere) -iremini

- iebantur -vretur - irentur

Future.

Aud-iar

-ieris (-Here)
-ietur

-iemur

-iemini

-ientur

Present Participle.

Present Infinitive.
Aud-iri

Gerundive.
Audiendus , -a, -um

Aud-xre

Imperative Mood.

-iuvinl Aud-itor

-itor -vwntor

Pebfect Tenses.

Indicative Mood.

Subjunctive Mood.

Perfect .

Auditus sum
„ ► es
„ est

Auditi sumus
„ estis
„ sunt

Perfect.

Auditus sim Auditi simus

„ sis „ sitis

„ sit „ sint

Digitized by LjOOQle

TABLES OF THE REGULAR VERBS 223

Indicative. Subjunctive.

Pluperfect . Pluperfect .

Auditus eram Auditi eramus Auditus essem Auditi essemus
,, eras „ eratis „ esses „ essetis

„ erai „ erani „ essei „ essent

Future Perfect.

Auditus ero Auditi erimus Perfect Infinitive.

„ eris „ eritis Auditus esse

„ erit „ erani

(From Supine Stem Audit-.)

Past Participle Passive. Auditus , -a, -m

Future Infinitive Passive. Auditum iri.

Digitized by Google

224

TABLES OF IRREGULAR VERBS

INDICATIVE.

Singular .

Plwral.

P08-8Um pot-68

P0t-68t p08-8UmU8

pot-estis

pos-sunt

Vol8

vis

vult

volumus

vultis

volunt

Nolo

nonvis nonvult ndlumus

nonvultis

nolunt

Mild

mavis

mavult milumus

mivultis

malunt

Ferd

fers

fert

ferimus

fertis

ferunt

Flo

fis

fit

—

fiunt

imus

itis

eunt

Pot-eram -eras

-erat

-erimus

-eritis

-erant

Vole-

Nold-

Male-

Fere-

bam -bis

-bat

-bimus

-bitis

-bant

t— i

Fie-

I-

Pot-er6 -eris

-erit

-erimus

-eritis

-erunt

Vol- \

Ndl-

Mil-

.am -es

-et

-emus

-etis

-ent

Fer- I

FI- J

I-b6

-bis

-bit

-bimus

-bitis

-bunt

Participle.

Infinitive.

Gerund.

posse

Vol- >

velle

vol- 'I

Ndl-

nolle

nol- 1

Mil-

malle

mil- rendum

Fer-

►ens

ferre

fer- J

—

fieri

—

I-

ire

Gen. euntis

Gen. volendi, etc.

Digitized by v^ooQle

TABLES OF IRREGULAR VERBS

225

SUBJUNCTIVE.

Singular .

Plural.

Pos-sim
Vel- \

pos-sis

pos-sit

pos-simus

pos-sitis

pos-sint

N61- Vim

Mai-)

Fer-v

-is

-it

-Imus

-Itis

-int

FI- am
E-

-as

-at

-amus

-atis

-ant

Poss-

Vell-

Noll-

Mall-

Ferr-

Fier-

Ir-

lem

-et

-6tre

-ant

IMPERATIVE.

Singular. Plural.

—

N51-I, n5l-It6

n5l-It6

n5l-Ita, n5l-ftflte

n5l-unt6

Fer, fer-to

fer-tS

fer-te, fer-t6te

fer-unt6

—

fi-te

—

I, i-ta

i-to

I-te, I-tGte

e-unt5

Digitized by v^ooQle

226

TABLES OF IRREGULAR VERBS

Passive of fero.

INDICATIVE.

Singular. Plural .

Fer-or fer-ris fer-tur fer-imur fer-imini fer-untur

Fer-ebar fer-ebaris fer-ebatur fer-ebamur fer-ebamini fer-ebantur

Fer-ar fer-eris fer-etur fer-emur fer-emini fer-entur

SUBJUNCTIVE.

Fer-ar fer-aris fer-atur fer-amur fer-amini fer-antur

Ferr-er ferr-eris ferr-etur ferr-emur ferr-emini ferr-entur

IMPERATIVE.

Fer-re, fer-tor fer-tor fer-imini fer-untor
Gerundive Fer-endus Present Infinitive Ferr-I

Note. — This Passive is formed according to the regular rules from
fero.

Digitized by v^ooQle

ALPHABETICAL LIST OF LATIN VERBS.

This list is meant to supplement the Vocabulary. It
will probably be easier to find a verb in it than in the
other. You should work about in this as much as
possible in going over the book the first time, and learn
the list off by heart when going over the book the second
time. The fourth column gives the ending of the Present
Infinitive, which determines to which conjugation the
verb belongs.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO PRINCIPAL PARTS.

Abd-o

abdid-i

abdit-um

abd-ere

hide

Abig-d

abeg-I

abact-um

abig-ere

drive away

Abol-eo

abolev-I

abolit-um

abol-ere

abolish

Accend-o

aooend-r

accens-um

accend-ere

kindle , set
on fire

Aooumb-o

acoubu-i

accubit-um

accumb-ere recline at
table

Aou-o

acu-I

acut-um

acu-ere

sharpen

Add-6

addid-I

addit-um

add-ere

put to, add

Adim-0

adem-i

adempt-um

adim-ere

take away

Adipisc-or

adept-us sum

—

adipisc-I

obtain

Adoleso-6

adolev-I

adult-um

adoleso-ere

grow up

Adst-5

adstit-i

—

adst-are

stand by

AfflIg-6

afflix-i

afflict-um

afflig-ere

dash down

Agnosc-6

agnov-i

agnit-um

agnosc-ere

recognise

Ag-6

eg-I

act-um

ag-ere

drive

Alg-eo

ala-i

—

alg-ere

be cold

Al-6

alu-i

alt-um, alit-um al-ere

nourish

Amic-io

amicu-I, amix-i amict-um

(227)

amic-ire

clothe

Digitized by v^.ooQle

8*8 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF LATIN VERBS

Ampleot-or

amplex-us sum

—

amplect-i

embrace

Aper-i6

aperu-I

apert-um

aper-ire

open

Aro-ed

arcu-I

—

arc-ere

ward off

AroMS-6

arceealv-l

aroe8sft-um

arce88-ere

summon

Ard-e6

ars-I

ars-um

ard-ere

be on fire ,
(intrs.) blase

Aacend-6

ascend-I

ascens-um

ascend-ere

climb

Assent-ior

assens-us sum

—

assent-in

agree to

Argu-6

argul

—

argu-ere

show

Aud-eo

aus-us sum

—

audere

dare

Aug-eo

aux-i

auot-um

aug-ere increase ,

(trs.) make grow

Bib-o

bib-i

bib-ere

drink

Cad-o

oeoid-i

cas-um

cad -ere

faU

Caed-o

ceoid-i

caes-um

caed-ere

cut, fell

Can-o

cecin-I

cant-um

can-ere

sing

Capess-o

capessiv-i

capessit-um

capess-ere

seize

eagerly

Cap-io

cep-i

capt-um

cap-ere

take

Carp-o

carps-i

carpt-um

carp -ere

pluck

Cav-eo

cav-i

caut-um

cav-ere

beware

C6d-o

cess-I

cess-um .

ced-ere

yield

Cens-eo

oensu-i

cens-um

cens-ere

think, vote

Cem-o

crev-i

cret-um

cem-ere

distinguish

Gi-eo

cly-I

oit-um

oi-ere

rouse

Cing-6

cinx-i

cinot-um

cing-ere

surround

Ciroumd-o

circumded-i

circumdat- um

circumd-arepi^ round

Claud -6

olaus-i

claus-um

olaud-ere

shut

Cognoso-o

cognov-f

cognit-um

cognosc-ere recognise

C6g-6

co6g-i

coact-um

cog-ere

compel

Collig-o

collSg-i

colleot-um

collig-ere

collect

Col-6

colu-f

cult-um

col-ere

HU, culti¬
vate

06m-6

comps-I

compt-um

com-ere

deck

Comper-io

comper-i

compert-um

comper-ire learn

Oomping-o

compeg-i

compact-um

comping-ere fix together

Compl-eo

complSv-I

complgt-um

compl-ere

fill up

Digitized by v^.ooQle

ALPHABETICAL LIST OF LATIN VERBS 229

Conc-io

oonciv-I

concit-um

conc-ire

call to¬

(conclt-us, -a,

-um)

gether

Concut-io

concuss-I

concuss-um

concut-ere

shake

violently

Cond-o

condid-i

condit-um

- cond-ere

to found

Confio-io

confec-I

confect-um

confic-ere

finish

Confit-eor

confess-us sum

—

confit-eri

confess

Congru-o

congru-i

—

congru-ere

agree

Conser-o

consev-i

consit-um

conser-ere

plant (with
something)

Conser-o

conseru-i

consert-um

conser-ere

to knit
together

Conspic-io

conspex-i

conspect-um

conspic-ere

behold

Constitu-o

const it u-i

constitufc-um

constitu-ere resolve

Const-o

constit-i

—

const-are

consist

Consul-6

consulu-I

consult-um

consul-ere

consult

Contemn-6

contemps-i

contempt-um

contemn-ere despise

Coqu-o

COX-1

ooct-um

coqu-ere

cook

Corrig-6

correx-l

correct- um

corrig-ere

correct

Cred-6

credid-i

credit- um

cred-ere

believe

Crep-o

crepu-I

crepit-um

crep-are

creak

Cresc-o

crev-i

cret-um

cresc-ere

grow

(intrs.)

Cub-o

cubu-i

cubit-um

cub-are

lie down

Cud-o

cud-i

cus-um

cud-ere

forge

Cupi-o

cupiv-i

cupit-um

cup-ere

desire

Curr-6

cucurr-i

curs-um

curr-ere

run

Dedic-o

dedicav-I

dedioat-um

dedic-are

dedicate

Defend-o

defend-i

defend-um

defend-ere

defend

Del-eo

delev-i

delet-um

del-ere

destroy

Delig-o

deleg-i

delect-um

delig-ere

choose out

Dem-o

demps-i

dempt-um

dem-ere

take away

Desil-i6

desilu-i

desult-um

desil-ire

leap down

Dlc-5

dix-i

dict-um

dlc-ere

say

Dilig-6

dilex-i

dilect-um

dilig-ere

love

Dirip-io

diripu-i

dirept-um

dirip-ere

plunder

Diso-o

didic-i

—

disc-ere

learn

Dfvid-6

divis-i

divis-um

divid-ere

divide

D-6

ded-i

dat-um

d-are

give

Digitized by v^ooQle

230 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF LATIN VERBS

Doomed

doou-i

doct-um

doc-ere

teach

Dom-o

domu-I

domit-um

dom-are

tame ,

subdue

Duc-6

dux-i

duct-um

duc-ere

lead

Ed-6

ed-I

es-um

ed-ere

eat

Ed-6

6did-I

edit-um

ed-ere

give out

Educ-6

educav-i

educat-um

educ-are

educate

Educ-o

edux-f

educt-um

educ-ere

lead out

Eg-e6

egu-I

—

eg-ere

need (Abl.

case)

Elic-i6

elicu-I

elicit- um

elic-ere

lure out

Em-6

em-I

empt-um

em-ere

buy

Evad-6

evas-I

evas-um

evad-ere

go out

Exc-i6

exolv-i

excit-um

exo-ire

call forth

Expergisc-

or experrect-us

—

expergi8e-i

wake up

sum

(intrs.)

Exper-ior

expert-us sum

—

exper-Iri

try

Extingu-6

exstinx-I

exstinct-um

exstinguere extinguish

Exu-6

exu-i

ex ufe- um

exu-ere

strip off

Facess-6

facesslv-l

facessit-um

facess-ere

do eagerly

Fftc-i6

feo-i

fact-um

fac-ere

make

Fall-0

fefell-I

fal8-um

fall-ere

deceive

Fat-eor

fass-us sum

—

fat-eri

confess

Fav-eo

fav-i

faut-um

fav-ere

be favour¬

able

Fer-i6

—

fer-Ire

strike

Ferv-e6

ferv-I, ferbu-i

—

ferv-ere

boil

Fid-6

fis-us sum

—

fid- ere

trust

Fig-6

fix-i

fix-urn

fig-ere

fix

Find-6

fid-i

fiss-um

find-ere

split

Fing-6

finx-i

fict-um

fing-ere

form

Fleot-6

flex-I

flex-um

flect-ere

bend

Fl-e6

flev-I

flet-um

fl-ere

weep

Flor-eo

floru-i

—

flor-ere

flourish

Flu-6

flux-I

flux-um

flu-ere

flow

Fod-i6

f5d-I

foss-um

fod-ere

dig

Fov-eo

fov-i

fot-um

fov-ere

cherish

Digitized by v^ooQle

ALPHABETICAL LIST OF LATIN VERBS 231

Frang-o

Frem-o

Frig-eo

Fru-or

Fug-io

Fulc-io

Fulg-eo

Fund-o

Fung-or

Gaud-eo

Gem-o

Ger-6

Gign-o

Grad-ior

Haer-eo

Haur-io

Horr-eo

Iac-io 1

Ic-o

Imbu-o

Includ-o

Incumb-o

Indic-6

Indio-o

Ind-o

Indulg-eo

Indu-o

Intelleg-o

Iraso-or

Iub-eo

Iung-o

Iuv-o

freg-I

fraot-um

frang-ere

break

fremu-I

fremit-um

frem-ere

growl

frix-i

—

frig-ere

be cold

fract-us or
fruit-us sum

—

fru-i

enjoy

fug-I

fugit-um

fug-ere

flee

fuls-i

fult-um

fulc-Ire

prop up

fuls-i

—

fulg-ere

glitter

fud-i

fus-um

fund-ere

rout

funct-us sum

fung-i

discharge

gavis-us sum

—

gaud-ere

rejoice

gemu-i

gemit-um

gem-ere

sight groan

gess-i

gest-um

ger-ere

carry , wear

genu-1

genit-um

gign-ere

beget

gress-us sum

grad-i

step

haes-i

haes-um

haer-ere

stick

haus-i

haust-um

haur-ire

dram

horru-i

—

horr-ere

shudder

i6c-i

iact-um

iac-ere

throw

ic-i

ict-um

io-ere

strike

imbu-i

imbut-um

imbu-ere

wet slightly

inclus-i

inolus-um

includ-ere

shut in

inoubu-i

incubit-um

incumb-ere

lie upon

indioav-i

indicat-um

indic-are

indicate

indix-i

indiot-um

indic-ere

announce

indid-I

indit-um

ind-ere

put upon

induls-i

indult-um

indulg-ere

be indul¬
gent

indu-i

indut-um

indu-ere

put on

intellex-i

intellect-urn

intelleg-ere

understand

—

irasc-i

become

angry

iuss-i

iuss-um

iub-ere

command

iunx-I

iunct-um

iung-ere

join

iuv-i

iutum

iuv-are

aid

1 Compounds either conjicio , disjicio , injiciot
or conicio, disicio, initio.

Digitized by

Google

232 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF LATIN VERBS

Lab-or

laps-us sum

—

lab-I

glide

Lacess-o

Iace8siv-I

lacessit -um

lacess-ere

provoke

Laed-o

lae8-i

laes-um

laed-ere

wound

Lat-eo

latu-i

—

lat-ere

lie hidden

Lav-o

lav-I

laut-um, lot¬
um, lavat-um

lav-are

wash

Log-o

leg-i

lect-um

leg-ere

read, choose

Lin- 6

lSv-i

lit-um

lin-ere

smear

Loqu-or

locut-us sum

—

loqu-i

speak

Luce-o

lux-1

—

luc-ere

shine

Lud-o

lus-i

lus-um

lud-ere

play

Luge-6

lux-i

lug- ere

mourn

Mand-o

mand-I

mans-um

mand-ere

chew

Man-eo

mans- 1

mans-um

man-ere

remain

Merg-6

mers-i

mers-um

merg-ere

dip

Met-ior

mens-us sum

—

met-Iri

measure

Met-6

—

mess-um

met-ere

reap

Metu-o

metu-I

—

metu-ere

fear

Mic-6

micu-I

—

mic-are

glitter

Minu-6

minu-i

minut-um

minu-ere

lessen

Misc-eo

mi8cu-i

mixt-um

misc-ere

mix

Mitt-o

mis -I

miss-um

mitt-ere

send

Mord-eo

momord-I

mors-um

mord-ere

bite

Mor-ior

mortu-us sum

—

mor-i

die

Mov-eo

mov-i

mot-um

mov-ere

move

Mulc-eo

muls-i

muls-um

mulc-ere

soothe

Nancisc-or

nact-us 07' -

nanct-us sum

nanoisc-i

obtain

Nasc-or

nat-us sum

—

nasc-i

be bom

Nect-o

nex-I, nexu-i

nex-um

nect-ere

bind

Negleg-o

neglex-I

neglect-um

negleg-ere

negleet

Ning-o

ninx-I

—

ning-ere

snow

Nit-eo

nitu-i

—

nit-ere

shine

Nit-or

nisus or nix-us

sum

—

nlt-I

lean

Nosc-o

nov-i

not-um

nosc-ere

get to know

Nub-o

nups-i

nupt-um

nub-ere

marry

Digitized by v^ooQle

ALPHABETICAL LIST OF LATIN VERBS 233

Obllvisc-or

Obsid-eo

Obst-o

Oocid-o

Occld-o

Occul-o

Ol-eo

Oper-io

Opprim-o

Ord-ior

Or-ior

Pacisc-or

Pall-eo

Pand-6

Pang-o

Parc-6

Par-io

Pasco

Pasc-or

Pat-eo

Pat-ior

Pav-eo

Pect-o

Pell-6

Pend-eo

Pend-o

Percell-o

Perd-o

Perg-o

Pet-o

Ping-o

oblit-us sum
obsed-I
obstit-i
occid-I

occid-i

occulu-I

olu-I

operu-f

oppress-i

ors-us sum
ort-us sum

pact-us sum

pallu-I

pand-i

panx-i

pepig-i

peperc-I

peper-i

pav-I

past-us sum
patu-i

pass-us sum

pav-i

pex-I

pepul-i

pepend-i

percul-I

perdid-I

perrex-i

petiv-i

pinx-I

obsess-um

occas-um

oocis-um

occult-um

opert-um

oppress-um

pass-um

panct-um

pact-um

pars-um

part-um

past-um

pex-um -
puls-um
pens-um

pens-um

perculs-um

perdit-um

perrect-um

petit-um

pict-um

oblivisc-i

obsid-ere

obst-are

occid-ere

occld-ere

occul-ere

ol-ere

oper-Ire

opprim-ere

ord-iri

or-iri

forget
besiege
oppose
fall , set (of
the sun)
slay
hide
smell
cover
surprise ,
overwhelm
commence
rise

pacisc-l

bargain for

pall-ere

be pale

pand-ere

spread out

pang-ere

fix

pang-ere

fix , settle

parc-ere

spare

par-ere

brmg forth

pasc-ere

feed( trans.)

pasc-I

feed

(intrans.)

pat-ere

lie open

pat-i

suffer

pav-ere

fear

pect-ere

comb

pell-ere

push

pend-ere

hang

(intrans.)

pend-ere

weigh ,

hang (trans.)

percell-ere

cast down

perd-ere

destroy tlose

perg-ere

go on, pro¬
ceed

pet-ere

ask

ping-ere

paint

Digitized by CjOOQle

234 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF LATIN VERBS

Plaud-d

plaus-I

plaus-um

plaud-ere

clap ,
applaud

Plect-o

piex-i, plexu-i

plex-um

plect-ere

plait

Plu-it

plu-it

—

plu-ere

it rains

Pon-d

pOBU-I

posit-um

pon-ere

place, put

Posc-d

poposc-I

—

posc-ere

demand

Possid-eo

possed-I

p06ses8-um

possid-ere

possess

P6t-o

pdtav-I

pdt-um

(potatum)

pot-are

drink

Prand-ed

prand-I

prans-um

prand-ere

breakfast

Prehend-d

prehend-I

prehens-um

prehend-ere seize

Prem-o

press-!

press-urn

prem-ere

press

Prdd-o

prodid-I

prodi t-um

prod-ere

betray

Proficisc-or

profect-us sum

—

proficisc-i

set out

Prdfllg-d

prdfligav-I

profligat-um

proflig-are

dash down

Prom-o

promps-i

prompt-um

prom-ere

bring forth

Quaer-o

quaesiv-I

quaeslt-um

quaer-ere

ask (a
question)

Quat-io

(quass-i)

quass-um

quat-ere

shake

Quer-or

quest-iis sum

—

quer-i

complain

Quieso-o

quiev-1

quiet-um

quieso-ere

rest

R&d-d

ras-i

ras-um

rad-ere

scrape

Rap-io

rapu-i

rapt-um

rap-ere

snatch

Recip-io

recep-I

receptum

recip-ere

recover

Redd-o

reddid-l

reddit-um

redd-ere

give back

Refer-o

rettul-I

relat-um

refer-re

bring back

Relinqu-d

relfqu-I

relict-um

relinqu-ere

leave

Reminisc-or

—

reminisc-i

remember

R-eor

rat-us sum

—

r-eri

think

Repell-o

reppul-I

repuls-um

repell-ere

thrust back

Reper-io

repper-I

report- um

reper-ire

find

Rep-o

reps-!

rept-um

rep-ere

crawl

Requir-o

requisiv-i

requisit-um

requir-ere

be in want

Respond-eo

respond-!

respons-um

respond-ere answer

Retin-ed

retinu-i

retent-um

retin-ere

hold back

Rid-eo

ris-I

ns-um

rid-ere

laugh

Digitized by v^ooQle

ALPHABETICAL LIST OF LATIN VERBS 235

Rig-eo

Rod-o

Rub-eo

Rump-o

Ru-o

Saep-io

Sal-io

Sanc-io

Sap-io

Sarc-io

Scand-o

Scind-o

Scrib-o

Sculp-o

Sec-6

Sed-eo

Sent-io

Sepel-io

Sequ-or

Ser-6

Ser-o

Serp-6

Sil-eo

Sin-o

Sol-eo

Solv-o

Son-o

Sparg-o

Spern-o

Spond-eo

Statu-o

Stem-o

St-o

Strep-o

Strid-eo

String-o

rigu-i

r6s-i

rubu-i

rup-i

ru-l

saeps-i

salu-I

sanx-i

sapiv-i

sars-i

scand-i

scid-i

scrips-i

sculps-I

secu-I

sed-I

sens-i

sepeliv-I

secut-us sum

sev-i

8eru-I

serps-i

silu-i

siv-f

solit-us sum

bo1v-I

sonu-i

spam-I

sprev-i

spopond-i

statu-I

strav-i

stet-i

strepu-i

at rid -I
strinx-i

ros-um

rupt-um

rut-um

saept-um

salt-um

sanct-um

sart-um

scans-um

soiss-um

script-um

sculpt-um

seot-um

aeas-um

sens-um

sepult-um

sat-um

sert-um

serpt-um

sit-um

solut-um

sonit-um

spars-um

spret-um

spons-um

statut-um

strat-um

stat-um

strepit-um

striot-um

rig-ere

rod-ere

rub-ere

rump-ere

ru-ere

saep-ire

sal-ire

sanc-ire

sap-ere

sarc-ire

scand-ere

scind-ere

scrib-ere

sculp-ere

sec-are

sed-ere

sent-ire

sepel-ire

sequ-i

ser-ere

serp-ere

sil-ere

sin-ere

sol-ere

solv-ere

son-are

sparg-ere

spem-ere

spond-ere

statu-ere

stem-ere

st-are

strep-ere

strid-ere

string-ere

be stiff

gnaw

blush

burst

fall

fence round

leap

ratify

be wise

patch

climb

tear

write

engrave

cut

sit

feel

bury

sow

kmt , plait
crawl
be silent
permit
be wont
loosen
sound
scatter
spurn
pledge ,
promise
set up,
resolve
strew
stand
make a
noise

hiss, creak
strip

Digitized by v^ooQle

436 ALPHABETICAL LIST OF LATIN VERBS

Stru-o

strux-I

Stud-eo

studu-I

Stup-eo

3tupu*i

Suad-eo

8uas-I

Subd-o

flubdid-I

Suesc-o

suev-I

Sum-o

sumps-i

Surg-o

surrex-i

Tang-G

tetig-i

Teg-o

tex-i

Tend-G

tetend-i

Ten-eo

tenu-i

Terg-eG

ters-I

Ter-G

triv-i

Tex-G

texu-I

Tim-eo

timu-i

Ting-o

tinx-i

Toll-G

sustul-i

Tond-eG

totond-i

Ton-G

tonu-I

Torqu-eG

tors-I

Torr-eG

torru-I

Trad-o

tradid-I

Trah -G

trax-i

Trem-G

tremu-I

Tribu-G

tribu-i

Trud-o

trus-i

Tund-G

tutud-i

Turg-eo

turs-I

Uloiso-or

ult-us sum

Ung-G

unx-i

struct-um

stru-ere

—

stud-ere

—

stup-ere

suas-um

suad-ere

subdit-um

subd-ere

suet-um

suesc-ere

sumpt-um

sum-ere

surrect-um

surg-ere

tact-um

tang-ere

tecfc-um

teg-ere

tent-um,

tend-ere

tens-um

tent-um

ten-ere

ters-um

terg-ere

trit-um

ter-ere

text-um

tex-ere

—

tim-ere

tinct-um

ting-ere

sublat-um

toll-ere

tons-um

tond-ere

—

ton-are

tort-um

torqu-ere

tost-um

torr-ere

tradi t-um

trad-ere

tract-um

trah-ere

—

trem-ere

tribut-um

tribu-ere

trus-um

trud-ere

tuns-um,

tund-ere

tus-um

—

turg-ere

—

ulcisc-i

unct-um

ung-ere

Digitized by

Google

build
be zealous
be stunned ,
dazed
advise
put be -
neath
be accus¬
tomed
take up
rise up

touch

cover

stretch

hold

wipe

rub

weave

fear

dip

lift , take
away
shear
thunder
twist
roast

hand down

drag

tremble

assign

thrust

thump

swell

avenge

anoint

ALPHABETICAL LIST OF LATIN VERBS 237

Urg-eo

Ur-o

Ut-or

Veh-o

Vell-o

V end-o

Ven-io

Verr-o

Vert-o

Vesc-or

Vet-o

Vid-eo

Vig-eo

Vino-io

Vinc-o

Vis-o

Viv-o

Volv-o

Vom-o

Vov-eo

urs-i

uss-i

us-us sum

vex-i

yell-i

vendid-i

ven-I

verr-i

vert-i

vetu-i

vid-I

vigu-i

vinx-i

vic-i

yis-i

vix-i

voly-i

vomu-i

v6v-i

ust-um

veot-um

vuls-um

vendit-um

vent-um

vers-um

vetit-um

vis-um

vinot-um

vict-um

(vis-um)

viot-um

volut-um

vomit-um

vot-um

urg-ere

ur-ere

ut-i

veh-ere

vell-ere

vend-ere

ven-ire

verr-ere

vert-ere

vesc-i

vet-are

vid-ere

vig-ere

vine- ire

vinc-ere

vi8-ere

viv-ere

volv-ere

vom-ere

vov-ere

urge

bum

(trans.)

use

carry

pluck

sell

come

sweep

turn

feed

forbid

see

thrive

bind

conquer

visit

live

roll

vomit

vow

Digitized by

Google

Digitized by

Google

VOCABULARY.

You will probably find the verbs more quickly in the
Table, but they are not all there. The Compound verbs
are not given at all in the Table. Further, the Vocabu¬
lary as a rule gives the meaning most useful in this book.

A , ab (prep., with Abl. case)... by, from

AbaUen-o , -dvl, - dtum , -are... to estrange, to alienate

Ab-icio, - ieci , - iectum , -icere... to cast away (or ab-jido , -jeci, etc.)

Absens, -sentis... absent

Absym, afui , abesse... to be absent, to be away from
Ac, atque (oonj., ac used before consonants only)... and
Accedo, -cessi, - cessum , -dedere... to approach (to go to)

Accido , -cidi, -cider e... to happen
Accipio, -cepi, -ceptum, -cipere... to receive

Acer, acris, acre (ad j.)... sharp, keen. Acrius (adv.)...more keenly.

Acriter (adv.)... keenly, fiercely
Acies -ei, f....line of battle, battle
Acquiesco , -quievi, -quietum, -quiescere... to rest, to die
Ad (prep., with Accus.)...to, towards
Adduco, -duxi, -ductum, -ducere... to lead to, bring to
Adeo, -it, -itum, -ire... to go to, to approach
Adeo (adv.)... so
Adficio. See Afficio
Adhuc (adv.)... up till now, hitherto
Adjungo, -junxi, -junctum, -jungere... to join to, to unite
Admodum (adv.)... quite, very

Adorior , -ortus sum, -oriri (deponent verb)... to attack

Adsto, -stiti, - , -stare... to stand by. Adstantes. . . bystanders

Adsum, -fui, -esse... to be present

Advenio, -veni, -ventum, -venire... to arrive, to oome to

Adventus, -us, m..., arrival

Note.— Quantity is marked only where serious mistakes are. likely to be
made.

(239)

Digitized by {jOoq le

240

VOCABULAR

Adversarius , -a, -urn (adj.)... opposed, hostile; (noun) enemy, oppo¬
nent

Adv&rsus (prep., with Accus.)... against
Aedificium, -it, n.... building
Aedifico, -dvi, -dtum, -are... to build
-urn, {....the Aegates Islands

^smiZius, -it, m.... Aemilius (name of a famous Roman family)

Aeque (adv.)... equally
Aerarium , -it, n.... treasury
Aestimo, -avi, -dtum, -are... to value
Aetas, aetatis , f....age, time of life, time
Affero, attuti, allatum, afferre... to bring to

Afficio, -feci, - fectum , -ficere... to affect. Morbo afficere, to afflict
with disease

Affirmo, -dm, -dtum, -are... to assert

Africa , -ae, f.... Africa

Ager, agri , m.... field; (plur.) territory

Agito, -dvi, -dtum, -are... to keep moving. Mente agitare, to ponder
Ago, egi, actum , agere... to do, to drive

Alias (adv.). ..at another time. Saepe alias... on many other occa¬
sions

Alienus, -a, -um (adj.)... belonging to another

Aliqui, aliqua, aliquod (adj.)... some. Declined like qui, qiiae, quod ;
neut. plur. aliqua

Aliquis , m. and f., aliquid, n.... someone, something
Aliquot (adj., indeolinable)... several
Aliter (adv.)... otherwise

Alius, -a, -ud.. .other. Alii . . . alii... some . . . others
Alpes, -ium, f....the Alps

Alpicus, - a , -um (adj .) . . . Alpine. Alpici, -drum, m. . . .the inhabitants
of the Alps

Alter, -a, -Mw...one of two ; second. Alter . . . alter, the one . . . the
other

Altus, -a, -Mw... lofty, deep

Amice (adv.) . . .in a friendly manner

Amicitia, -ae, {....friendship

Amicus, -i, m. . . .friend

Amitto, - misi , - missum , -mittere... to lose

Amor, -oris , m....love

Amphora, -ae, f....jar

Amplius (adv.)... more

Digitized by v^ooQle

VOCABULARY

241

An. See Chapter on Questions
Angustiae , -arum, {....straits, narrowness
Anima, -ae, f....the soul, life

Animus, - i , m....the mind (as the seat of the emotions; mens,
mentis, f....more the intellect)

Annus , -i, m....year

Ante (prep., with Aocus.)... before

Antea (adv.)... before that, before

Antecedo, - cessi , -cessum, -cedere.., to go before

Antiochus, -i, m.... Antiochus

Appareo , -parui, - paritum , -parere... to come in sight, to be plain
Apparo, -avi, -atum, -are... to prepare
Appello , -avi, -atum, -are... to call

Apud (prep., with Accus.)...near, at (of places) ; in the presence of
(of persons)

Apulia, -ae, f.... Apulia, a district of Italy
Ara, -ae, f.... altar

Arbitrium, -ii, n.... judgment, bidding, decision
Arbitror, -atus sum, -ari... to think, to believe
Argentum, -i, n.... silver
Arma, -orum, n. pi.... arms

Armo, -avi, -atum, -are... to arm, to equip. Armati , armed men.
Ascendo, - scendi , - scensum , -scendere... to climb. Ascendere navem,
to take ship, to embark

Assiduus, -a, -um (adj.)... continuous, perpetual
At (oonj.)...but, but yet

Athenas, -arum, f. pi.... Athens, the capital of Greece
Athenienses, - ium , pi.... the Athenians.

Atheniensis, -is, -e (adj.)... Athenian

Atque (conj.)...and

Auctumnus, -i, m. ..autumn

Audeo, ausus sum, audere... to dare, to venture

Audio, -ivi, - itum , -ire... to hear

Aurelius, -ii, m.... Aurelius (name of a Roman family)

Aureus, -a, -um (adj.)... golden
Aurum, -i, n....gold

Aut (conj.), or. Aut . . . aut, either ... or
Autem (conj.)... but, however
Auxilium, -ii, n....aid
Avaritia , -ae, f.... avarice, greed

Digitized by v^.ooQle

£42

VOCABULARY

Barbarus, -a, -um (adj.)... barbarian; (as noun) a Barbarian
Barca , -ae, m.... Barca, the surname of Hamilcar
Bellicosus , -a, -um (adj.)... warlike; bellicosissimus (superi.), very
warlike

Bello , -avi, -atum, -are... to wage war
Bellum , -i, n....war
Bsne (adv.)...well

Biduum , -i, n....a space of two days; bidno (abl.), within two
days

Bini, -ae , -a (distrib. adj.)... two each
Bonus , -a, (adj.)... good. Bona, -orum, n. ph... goods

Brevis , -is, -s (adj.)... short. Brm (adv.)...in a short time
Britanni , -orum, m. pi.... Britons

Caduceus, -i, m.... herald’s wand

Caesar, -is, m....CsBsar, a famous Roman

Caius , -i, m....Caius, a Roman name

Calamitas, -tatis, f.... disaster

Callidus , -a, -um (adj.)... skilful, cunning

Campus, -i, m.... plain

Cams, -is, m....dog. Gen. pi. canum

Cannensis , -is, -e (adj.)... of Cannae

Caper, -ri, m....goat

Capio, cepi, captum , capere... to take

Capitolium , -ii, n....the Capitol (a famous building in Rome)

Captivus , -i, m....a captive

Capua , -ae, f.... Capua, a town in Italy

Carthaginiensis, -is, - e (adj.)... Carthaginian

Carthago, -mis, f.... Carthage

Carus , -a, -um (adj.)... dear

Castellum, -i, n....fort

Castrum, -i, n....fort. Castra, -orum, n. pi.... a camp
Casus, -us, m.... chance, accident, calamity
Cato, -onis, m....Cato, a Roman name
Catulus , -i, m.... Catulus, a Roman name
Causa, -ae, f.... cause, reason

Cedo, cessi, cessum , cedere... (1) to yield (with Dative); (2) to go
from (with Abl.)

Digitized by v^ooQle

VOCABULARY

243

Celeriter (adv. ) . . . quickly

Celo , -avi, -atum, -are... to conceal

Ceno , -avi, -atum, -are... to dine

Centenius, -ii, m.... Centenius, a Roman name

Centum (adj., indeclinable)... one hundred

Ceteri, -ae, -a (adj.)... the rest, the others. (The singular is rare)

Circumdo, -dedi, -datum, -dare... to surround

Circumeo , -ivi, -itum, -ire... to go round (circum and eo)

Circumvenio, -veni , -ventum, -venire... to surround

Civis, -is, m.... citizen

Cimtas, -tatis, {....state

Clam (adv.)... secretly

Clandestinus, -a, -um (adj.)... secret

Classiarius, -ii, m....a marine

Classis, -is, f.... fleet

Clastidium , -ii, n.... Clastidium, a town near the Po
Claudo, clausi, clausum, claudere... to shut
Cnaeus, - i , m.... Gnaeus, a Roman name
Coelum, - i , n....the sky

Coepi , -isse... to begin. (Perfect form with present meaning, found
only in perfect and tenses derived from it)

Cogito, -avi, -atum, -are... to think
Cognomen, -iris, n.... surname

Cognosco, -novi, - nitwm , -noscere... to discover, to learn, to know
Cogo, coegi, coactum, cogere, to compel
Cohortatio , -onis, {....exhortation
Collega, -ae, m.... colleague

Colligo, -legi, - lectum , -ligere... to collect, to gather
Colloco, -am, -atum, -are... to place, to station
Colloquium, -ii, n.... conversation, parley
Commemoro , -ari, -atum, -are... to recount, to tell
Committo, -misi, -missum, -mittere proelium... to join battle
Comparo, -avi, - atum , -are... to prepare, to get ready
Compello, -puli, -pulsum, -pellere... to drive, to force, to compel
Comperio, -peri, -pertum, -perire... to ascertain, to find out
Compleo, -evi, -etum, -ere... to fill
Complures, -ia (and complura), gen. -ium... several
Compono, -posui, -positum, -ponere... to settle, to conclude (bellum,
a war)

Comprehendo, -di, -sum, -dere... to seize

Comprobo , -avi, -atum, -are... to approve of, to sanction

Digitized by v^ooQle

244

VOCABULARY

Concido , -eidi, -cisum, -ddZre... to destroy

Concilio, -avi, - atum , -are .. to win over. Conciliare pacem, to make
peace

Concito, -avi, - atum , -are... to stir up, to rouse

Concurro, - curri , - cursum , -currere... to run together, to meet

Concursus, -us, m,... meeting, attack

Condido, -onis, i.... condit ion ; (pi.) terms

Conficio, -feci, -fee turn, -fiegre... to finish

Confirmo, -avi, -dtum, -are... to ratify, to make strong

Confligo, -flixi, - flictum , -fligere.. .to engage in battle, to contend

Congredior , -gressus, -gredi... to come together, to engage in battle

Conicio, -ted , -iectum, -icere... to throw, to hurl

Conor , - atus , -art... to attempt

Consequor , - secutus , -sequi... to obtain, to get

Consero , -serui, - sertum , -serere... to knit together. Manum con¬
serere, to join battle
Conservo, -avi, -atum , -are... to preserve
Considero, -avi , -atum, -are... to consider, to deliberate
Consilium, -ii, n....plan, advice, counsel
Conspicio, -spexi, - spectum , -spicer e... to behold
Constituo, -m, - utum , -uere... to construct, to establish, to* resolve
(with Infinitive)

Consuesco , -suevi, - suetum , -suescere... to become accustomed; (perf.)
to be wont

Consuetudo, -inis, f.... custom

Consul, -is, m.... consul (chief magistrate of Rome)

Consularis, -is, m.... ex-consul
consultum, Senatus -, a decree of the Senate
Cmtentus, -a, -um (adj .) . . . contented
Contineo, - tinui , - tentum , -tinere... to keep together
Contra (adv.)...on the contrary; (prep., with Accus.) against
Contraho, -traxi, - tractum , -trahere... to draw together, to gather
contrario, E (adverbial phrase)... on the contrary
Convenio, -veni, -ventum, -venire... to come together. Condiciones
non convenerunt, terms were not agreed on
Convoco, -avi, -atum, -are... to summon, to call together
Copia, -ae, f.... abundance. Copiae , -arum, pi.... supplies, forces
Cornelius, -ii, m.... Cornelius, a Roman name
Cornu , -us, n....horn ; (of an army) wing
Corona , -ae, f.... garland, crown
Corpus, -oris, n....the body

Digitized by v^ooQle

VOCABULARY

245

Corrumpo , - rupi , - ruptum , -rwmpcrc...to destroy, to bribe-
Cras (adv.)... to-morrow

Credo , credidi , creditum, credere... to believe (with Dative of person)

Creo, -avi, -atum, -are... to appoint

Creta, -ae, f.... Crete, an island in the Mediterranean

Cretensis , -ia, -e (adj.)... belonging to Crete ; (m. pi.) Cretans

Ctm (prep., with Abl.)... along with; (oonj.) when; since

Cumae , - arum , f. pi.... Cumae, town near Naples

Cunctus, -a, -mw (adj.)... all

Cupiditas , -tatis, f.... greed, desire

Cupio, -ivi, -itum , -Ire... to desire

Cupressus, -i, f.... cypress

Cur (adv.). . .why ; why ?

Cura , -ae, f....care, anxiety

Cyrenaei, -orum, m. pl....Oyrenaeans, inhabitants of Cyrene, town
in North of Africa

De (prep., with Abl.)... from, concerning

Debeo , -ui, -itum, -ere... to owe; (with Infin.) ought: Debet facere,
he ought to do

Debilito, -avi, -atum, -are... to weaken

Decedo, -cessi, - cessum , -cedere... to go from, to depart, to leave
Decem (num. adj.)... ten

Decerno, -crevi, -cretum, -cernere... to contend in battle
Declaro , -avi, -atum, -are... to make plain
Dedecus, -dris, n.... disgrace, dishonour
Dedo, dedidi, deditum, dedere... to surrender
Deduco, -duxi, -ductum, -ducere... to lead, to conduct
Defendo, - fendi , - fensum , -fendere... to defend
Defero, -tuli, -latum, -ferre... to bring to, to report
Deinde (adv.)... thereafter, then
Delectus , -us, m....levy (of troops)

Deleo, -evi, - etum , -ere... to destroy, to blot out

Deligo, -legi, - tectum , -ligere... to choose out

Depono, -posui, -positum, -ponere... to lay down, to surrender

Descisco, -scivi, - scitum , -sciscere... to revolt

Desero, -serui, -sertum, -serere... to desert

Desisto, -stiti, - stitum , - sistere ... to cease, to desist from

Desperatio , - onis , f.... despair

Despero, -avi, -atum, -are... to despair

Digitized by v^ooQle

246

VOCABULARY

Detrimentum , -i, n....loss

Deus , -i, m....a god or God. Yoc. sing, deus , Nom. pi. iet, <Jii, di,
Gen. pi. deum, deorum, Dat. and Abi. pi. deis, diis, dis , Aco. pi.
deos

Devinco, -vici, - victum , -vincere... to utterly conquer
Dexter , -a, -um (adj.)... right (that is on the right)

Diana, - ae , f.... Diana, Roman goddess of hunting and of the
Moon, etc.

Dico, did, dictum, dicere... to say

Dictator, -oris, m.... dictator, a single magistrate appointed at Rome
in times of danger with almost absolute power
Dies, -ex, m. or f. in sing., m. in pi.. ..a day
Difficultas, -tatis, f.... difficulty
Dilectus, -us, m....levy (of troops). See Delectus
Diligentia, -as, f,... diligence
Dimico, -avi, -atum, -are... to fight
Dimidium , -ii, n....half

Dimitto, -misi, - missum , -mittere... to let go, to send away, to give up
Discedo, -cessi, -cessum, -cedere... to depart
Disicio, - ieci , - iectum , -icere... to throw down
Dispalor, -atus, -ari (vb. deponent)... to wander about
Dissideo, -sedi, -sessum, -sidere... to differ, to disagree
Diu (adv.)...long; comparative diutius, longer; superlative diutis¬
sime, longest

Diuturnitas, -tads, f.... length (of time)

Divinus, -a, -um (adj.)... divine, inspired
Do, dedi, datum, dare... to give
Dolus, - i , m.... craft, trick

Domesticus, -a, -um (adj.)... internal, civil (lit., belonging to the
house)

Domus, -us, f.... house. Domum, homeward. Domi, at home.
Domo, from home

Dono , - avi , -atum , -are... to present, to gift, to give
Donum , -i, n....gift

dubie, Baud (adv.)... doubtless, without doubt
Dubito, -avi, -atum, -are... to doubt, to hesitate
Dubium, -ii, n.... doubt (really neuter of following word)

Dubius, -a, -um (adj.)... doubtful
Duco, duxi, ductum, ducere... to lead
Dum (conj .) . . . while ; until
Duplex, -ids (adj.)... double, twofold

Digitized by CjOOQle

VOCABULARY

247

Durus , -a, -um (adj.)...hard

Dux , ducis, m. or f.... leader, chief, general

E, ex (prep., with Abl.)...out of
Ea (adv.)...hy that way (Abl. of is, ea , id)

Efficio, effeci, effectum , efficere... io bring to pass, to oause
Effugio, effugi, effugitum , effugere... to flee, to esoape
Ego (pronoun). ..I

Egredior, egressus, egredi... to go out

Elephantus, -i, m.... elephant

Enim (conj.)...for (never first in the sentence)

Enumero, -avi, -atum, -arc... to number
Eo (adv.)... thither
Eo, ivi, itum, ire... to go

Eodem (adv.)... to the same place. Eodem unde, to the same place
whence

Epistola, - ae , f.... letter

Eques , -itis, m.... horseman ; (pi.) cavalry

Equitatus, -us, m.... cavalry

Equus, -i, m.... horse

Erant (3rd plur., Imperf. Indie, of sum, fui, esse , to be)... they were
Erat (3rd sing., Imperf. Indie, of sum, fui, esse, to be)... he was
Erga (prep., with Accus.)... towards
Error, -oris, m.... mistake, error
Eryx, - ycis , m....Eryx, mountain in Sicily
Esse (Pres. Infin. of sum, fui, esse)... to be
Et (conj.)...and. Et . . . et, both . . . and
Etiam (adv.)... also, even. Etiamtum (adv.)... even then
Etruria, -ae, f.... Etruria, district of Italy north of Rome
Etsi (conj.)... although
Eumenes , -is, m.... Eumenes
Exardesco , -arsi, -arsum, -ardesc&re... to blaze out
Excedo , -ccssi, - cessum , -cedere... to leave, to depart
Excieo or -do, -civi or -cii, -citum, -cire... to stir up, to rouse; to
summon

Exerceo, -ui, -itum, -ere... to exercise, to stir up
Exercitus, -us, m....army

Exhaurio, -hausi, - haustum , -haurire... to empty, to exhaust
Existimo, -avi, -atum, -are... to think, to consider

Digitized by CjOOQle

248

VOCABULARY

Exitus , -us, m.... departure ; death
Expedio, -ivi, - itum , -ire... to release, to set tree
Expello , -puli, -pulsum, -pellere... to drive out

Experior, -per tus, -periri (vb. deponent)... to try, to attempt, to make
trial of

Exploro , -avi, -atum, -are... to inquire, to find out

Exposco, -poposci, - , -poscere... to ask earnestly, to implore

Expugno, -avi, -atum, -are... to take by storm, to storm

Extra (prep., with Accus.)... outside

Extremo (adv.)...at last

Extremus, -a, -um ( ad j.)... last, farthest

Exul, -is, m. or f.... exile

Fabius , -ii, m.... Fabius, a Roman name

Facile (adv.)... easily

Facilis, -is, -e (adj.)...easy

Facio, feci, factum, facere... to do, to make

Factum, -i, n....deed

Facultas, -tatis, f.... power; (pi.) resources

J Falernus, -a, -um (adj.)...Falemian

Falsus, -a, -um (adj.)... false

Fama, - ae , f.... report, reputation, glory

Fames, -is, f.... hunger, famine

Femina, -ae, f.... woman

Fera, -ae, f....wild beast

Fero, tuli, latum, ferre... to carry, to bring

Ferocia, -ae, f.... boldness, ferocity

Ferociter (adv.)... boldly

Ferox, -cis (adj.)... bold, fierce

Ferrum, -i, n....iron

Festino, -avi, -atum, -are... to hasten

Fictilis, -is, -e (adj.)... made of earthenware

Fidens, -tis (adj.)... confident. (Really Pres. Partic. of fido, fisus ,
fidere, to trust)

Fides , -ei, f.... trust, good faith
Fiducia, -ae, f.... confidence
Filia, -ae, f.... daughter
Filius, -it, m....son
Finis, -is, m....the end

Digitized by CjOOQle

VOCABULARY

249

Fio, factus sum , fleri... to be made, to become

Flagitium , -ii, n.... disgraceful act, shame, disgrace

Flagro , -avi, -atum, -are... to blaze, to burn

Flamininus, -i, m.... Flamininus, a Roman name

Flaminius , -U, m.... Flaminius, a Roman name

Foederatus, -a, -um (Partio, of foedero)... leagued together, allied

Foedus, - eris , n....a treaty

Folium, - ii , n....a leaf

Foris, -is, f. (usually in plural)... door, entrance

Formosus , -a, -um (adj.)... beautiful

Fors , fortis, f . . . . chance. Forte (adv.) . . .by chance

Fortis , -is, -e (adj.)... brave

Fortitudo, -inis, f.... bravery

Fortuito (adv.)... by chance

Fortuna, -ae, f.... fortune

Frater, -ris, m.... brother

Fregellae , -arum, f.... Fregellae, town in Italy

Frustror , -atus, -ari... to baffle, to hoodwink »

Fuga, -ae, f . . . .flight

Fugo, -avi, -atum, -are. . .to put to flight
Fundamentum, - i , n.... foundation
Furvus, - U , m.... Furius, a Roman name

Gallia, -ae, f....Gaul, roughly what is now France
Gallus, -i, m....a Gaul
Geminus, -i, m.... Geminus, a Roman name
Gens, gentis, f....race, family ; nation, people
Genus, -eris, n....race, kind

Gero , gessi, gestum, gerere... to carry on, to wage (bellum, war)
Gortynii, -orum, m. pi.... Gortynii, inhabitants of Gortyna in Crete
Graecia, -ae, f.... Greece
Graius, -a, -um (adj.)...Graian

Gratia, -ae, f.... favour, popularity. Gratiae, -arum, pi.... thanks
Gravis, -is, -e (adj.)... heavy, severe
Guberno, -avi, -atum, -are... to govern

Habeo, -ui, -itum, -ere... to have, to hold ; to consider

Habito , -am, -atum, -are... to dwell, to inhabit

Hoc (adv.)... by this way (Abl. fern. sing, of hie, with via understood)

Digitized by v^.ooQle

250

VOCABULARY

Hadrumetum , -i, n....Hadrumetum, town on north coast of Africa

Hamilcar , -am, m.... Hamilcar

Hannibal , -is, m.... Hannibal, son of the former

Hasdrubal , -is, m.... Hasdrubal, son-in-law of Hamilcar

Haud (adv.) . .not. Haud dubie , doubtlessly

Hereditas , -tofis, f.... inheritance

Hie (adv.)... here

Hie, haec, hoc (demons, pronoun)... this
Hierns, -£mis, f.... winter
Hine (adv.)... hence

Hippo, -onis, m.... Hippo, a town in Africa

Hispania , -ae, f.... Spain

Hispanus , -a, -am (adj.)... Spanish

Hoc, Acc. neut. sing, of Hie, hacc, hoc, this

Hodie (adv.)... to-day

Homo , -inis, m....man

Hortus , -i, m.... garden

Hospitium , -ii, n.... friendship

Hostia , -ae, f.... victim for sacrifice

Hostis , -is, m. ...enemy

Hite (adv.)... hither

Hujus , Gen. sing, of Hie, hoec, hoc, this
Hunc, Acc. masc. sing, of Hic, hacc, hoc, this

I— J

[The most modern texts do not employ the letter “ J ” at all.
“J” may be written for “I,” however, before a vowel. In this
vocabulary “I” is always used for “J”.]

Iam (adv.) . . .now, already
lamia, -ae, f....door
Ibi (adv.)... there

Idem , eadem , idem (pron.)...the same
Ideo (adv.)... for that reason
Igitur (conj .) . . . therefore
Hie , -a, -ud (pron.)...that
Hludo, -si, -sum, -dere... to mock
Hlustris, -is, -e (adj,)... famous

Immitto, - misi , -missum, -mitteie... to let loose at, to discharge against
Immolo, -avi, - atum , -are... to offer up, to sacrifice
Imperator , -oris, m. . . .commander-in-chief

Digitized by CjOOQle

VOCABULARY

251

Imperium , -U, n.... command, order; absolute authority
Impero , -avi, - atum , -are... to give orders, to order
Impetro , -avi, -atum, -are... to obtain a request
Imprudenter (adv.) . . . imprudently
In- (prep.)... (with Abl.) in ; (with Acc.) into, against
Incendo, - cendi , - censum , -cendere... to set on fire, to kindle
Incola, -ae, m. or f....an inhabitant
Incfe (adv.)... thence ; (of time) then

Indigeo, - ui , - , -ere... to have need of, to be in want of (with Gen.

or Abl.)

Induco, - duxi , - ductum , -ducere... to lead into
Ineo , -ii, - itum , -ire... to enter, to go into
Infero, intuli, illatum, inferre... to carry into
Infestus, -a, -um (adj.)... hostile
Infitior, -atm, -ari... to deny
Ingens, -gentis (adj.)... huge

Inicio, -ieci, -iectum, -icere... to throw into or upon
Inimicus, -a, -um (adj.)... unfriendly, hostile
Initium, -ii, n... beginning
Insciens , -tis (adj.)... unknowing, ignorant
Insidior , -atm, -ari... to waylay, to set an ambush
Inspicio, -spexi, -spectum, -spicer e... to look into, to examine
Instituo , -ui, - utum , -were... (with Inf.) to resolve, to determine, to
begin

Insula , -ae, f.... island

Intellego , -exi, - ectum , -egere... to understand. (Sometimes given
intelligo)

Intentm, -a, - um (adj.)... eager, intent

Inter (prep., with Acc.)... between, among

Intereo , -ii, - itum , -ire... to die, to perish (inter and eo)

Interfido, -feci, -f ectum, -fixer e... to slay, to kill

Interim (adv.)... mean while

Interior , -m (adj., compar, degree)... inner

Intestinm , -a, -um (adj.)... internal

Intra (prep., with Acc.)... inside, within

Inutilis, -is, -e (adj.). ..useless

Invenio, -veni, -ventum, -venire... to come upon, to find
Invictm , -a, -um (adj.)... unconquered
Iiwideo, -vidi, -visum, -videre.. . to envy
Ira, -ae, f.... anger

Irrideo, -risi, -risum, -ridere... to laugh at, to mock

Digitized by CjOOQle

252

VOCABULARY

Is, ea, id (pron.)...that, he

Ita (adv.)...so

Italia , -as , f.... Italy

Itaque (conj.)...and so, accordingly

Itemque (item, adv., also, and -que, and)... and also

Iter, itineris, n....way, road, journey

Iterum (adv.)... a second time, again

Iubeo , iussi, iussum , iubere... to order

Iudico, - avi , -atum, -arc... to judge

Iupiter, Iovis (Iovi, Iovem , low)... Jupiter, chief Roman god
Iuro, -avi , -atum, -are... to swear
Ius, iuris, n.... right, law, justioe

Iusiwrandum, iurisiurandi , n....an oath. (Ius and iurandum, each
declined separately)

Iuvencus , 4, m.... young bullock, steer

[This letter is occasionally used for C.]
Karthagmiensis, -is, -e (ad j.)... Carthaginian ; (pi.) the Carthagi¬
nians

Karthago, -inis, f.... Carthage

Labor, -oris , m....toil, work, labour

Lacesso, -wi, -itum, -ere... to provoke, to challenge

Largitio , -oriis, f.... bribery, largesses (gifts of money)

Lectica, -ae, f.... litter

Legatus, 4, m.... ambassador ; subordinate officer, lieutenant
Legio , - onis , f. ...legion
Lex, legis, f....law
Libenter (adv.) . . .readily

Ligures, -urn, m.... Ligurians, tribe in North of Italy

Litus , - oris , n....the shore

Locupleto, -avi, -atum, -are... to enrich

Locus , 4, m....a place, position. Loca, -orum, n. pi.

Longus, -a, -um (adj.)...long

Longus , 4, m.... Longus, a Roman name

Lucanus, -a, -im...Lucanian, belonging to Lucania, a district of
Italy

Lutatius, 4i, m.... Lutat ius, a Roman name
Lux, lucis, f.... light

Digitized by CjOOQle

VOCABULARY

253

Maestitia , -ae, f.... sadness
Maestus , -a, -um (adj.)... sorrowful
Magis (adv.)...more
Magister , -rt, m.... master

Magistratus , -us, m....an officer of state (magistracy)

Magnopere (adv.)... greatly
Magnus, -a, -urn (adj.)... great, large
Mago , -onis, m....Mago, a Carthaginian
Mate (adv.)... badly

Makes, -a, -urn (adj.)... bad. JkfaZa, -orum, n. pi.... ills
Manus , -us, f....hand ; also a band (of men). Manus dare, to yield,
to surrender. Manus conserere , to join battle
Marcellus, -i, m.... Marcellus, a Roman name
Marcus, -i, m.... Marcus, a Roman name
Mare, - is , n....the sea
Matrimonium, -U, n.... marriage
Maximus, -a, -um (superl. of magnus) . . .greatest
Meditor , - atus , -ari... to ponder, to consider
MZlita, -ae, f.... Malta
Memor, -is (adj.)... mindful
Memoria , -ae, f.... memory

Mens, mentis , f....the mind, the intellect, as opposed to animus , the
mind as the seat of the feelings. Mente agitare, to ponder (to
drive about in mind)

Mensis, -is, m.... month

Mentio, - onis , f . . . . mention

Mercenarius, -a, -um (adj.)... hired, mercenary

Miles, - itis , m. .. soldier

Milia, -ium (Dat. and Abi. milibus)... thousands. Mille, a thousand
Minor , -us (adj., compar, of parvus)... less. Natu minor, younger
(lit., less by birth)

Minucius, -U, m.... Minucius
Miror , -atus, -ari... to wonder at, to admire
Miser, -a, -um (adj.)... wretched, miserable
Mitto, misi, missum, mittere... to send
Modo (adv.)... only

Modus, -i, m.... measure, limit, manner
Mons, montis, m.... mountain
Morbus, 4, m.... disease

Digitized by

Google

254

VOCABULARY

Moror , -atua, -ari... to delay
Mors , mortis , i. . . .death

Afos, moris, m....ou8tom ; (pi.) manners, character
Afoz (adv.)...soon
Mulier , -is, f....a woman

Multitudo , -inis, f.... crowd, multitude, great number

Multo (adv.)...by much. Multo post , long after (lit., after by much)

Multus, -a, -urn (ad j.)... much, many

Munio , -ivi, -itum, -ire... to fortify. Munire viam, to make a road
Munus, -eris, n....a gift ; an office
Murus, -i, m....a wall

Nam (oonj.)...for

Namque (oonj.)...for

Nascor , natus, nasci... to be bom

Natio, -onis, f.... nation, race

Naufragium, -U, n.... shipwreck

Nauta, - ae , m.... sailor

Nauticus, -a, - um (adj.)... naval

Navalis, -e (adj.)... nautical, maritime

Navigatio , -onis, f....a sailing, a voyage

Navigo, -avi, - atum , -are... to sail, to make a voyage

Navis, -is, f....ship

-ne, interrogative particle, attached to first word in questions (see
Lesson XXVHI.)

Ne... in order that . . . not; lest. Ne . . . quidem... not even
Nego, - avi , -atum, -are... to deny, to say . . . not
Nemo , nullius (neminem, nemini, nullo)... no one
Neque... and not. Neque . . . neque... neither . . . nor
Neuter, -ra, -rum (adj.)... neither. (Gen. neutrius , etc.)

Nihil (neut. pron. indeol.)... nothing ; (used as adv.) in no wise.

Nihilo secius, no otherwise
Nisi (conj.)... unless. Nisi cum, save when
Noceo, -ui, - itum , -ere... to injure (governs Dative case)

Noctu (adv.)... by night
Nomen , -inis, n....name
Non (adv.)... not

Non solum . . . sed etiam... not only . . . but also
Nonus, -a, - um (adj.)... ninth
Novem (numeral adj.)... nine

Digitized by v^ooQle

VOCABULARY

255

Novus , -a, -um (ad j.)... new

Nullus, -a, -um (adj.)...no, no one. (Gen. nullius , etc.)

Num (particle introducing an indirect question) . . .whether. (See
. Lesson XXVIII.)

Numerus, -i, m.... number
Numida , -ae, m....a Numidian
Nunc (adv.)...now
Nunc tandem (adv.)...now at length
Nunquam (adv.)... never

Nuntio , -avi, -atum, -are... to announce, to bring a message
Nuntius, -ii, m.,,,a messenger, a message

Ob (prep., with Acc.)...on account of, for the sake of
Obduco, -duxi, - ductum , -ductre. . .to draw over. Obducta nocte , night
having been drawn over, that is, when night came on
Obicio, -ied, - iectum , -icere... to throw in the way of (Dat. of person)
Obitus, -us, m.... death
Obses, -idis, m.... hostage

Obsideo, -sedi, - sessum , -sidere... to besiege, to blpckade, to beset
Obtestatio, - onis , f.... request, strong entreaty
Obtrectatio , -onis, f.... envious detraction, disparagement
Obviam (adv.)... against (lit., in the way (to)). Obviam ire, to go in
the way to a person, that is, to meet him
Occasio, -onis, f.... chance, opportunity
Occido, - cidi , - cisum , -cider e... to kill, to slay
Occupo , -avi, -atum, -are... to seize, to get possession of
Oculus, -i, m....the eye
Odium , -U, n. . . .hatred

Omitto , -misi, - missum , -mittere... to let go. Ut omittam, to pass
over (lit., that I may pass over)

Omnis , -is, -e (adj.)...all, every
Opera, -ae, f....work, labour, care
Operio, -ui, -turn, -ire... to cover
Opes, -um, f. pi.... resources, wealth
Oppidum, -i, n....town
Oppleo, -evi, -etum, -ere... to fill up

Opprimo, -pressi, -pressum, -primers.. . to overwhelm, to suppress

Oppugno, -avi, - atum , -are... to attack

Optimus, -a, -um (adj., superl. of bonus , good)... best

Digitized by v^.ooQle

256

VOCABULARY

Orno, -avi, -atom, -are... to adorn, to equip
Oro, -am, -atum, -are... to pray
Ostendo, -di, -turn, -d$re... to show, to make clear
Otium , -ii, n....ease, peace, repose

Padus , - i , m....Po, large river in the North of Italy
Paene (adv.)... almost, nearly
Palam (adv.)... openly. Palam facere, to disclose
Par, parts (adj.) ..equal, like

Parco, peperci , par sum, parcere... to spare (governs Dative)

Pareo, -ui, -itum, -ere... to obey (governs Dative)

Paro, -avi, -atum, -are... to prepare, to make ready, to obtain

Parvus, -a, -urn (adj.)... little

Passus, -us, m....a pace (five Roman feet)

Patefacio, -feci, -factum, -facere... to disclose, to open, to make clear
Pater, - ris , m.... father

Patemus , -a, -um (adj.)... paternal, belonging to one’s father
Patria, -ae, f.... fatherland
Pauci, -ae, -a (adj.)... a few, some

Paulum (adv.)... a little. Paulo... by a little. Paulo ante, a little
before

Paulus, -i, m.... Paulus, a Roman name
Pax, pacis, f.... peace
Pecunia, -ae, f.... money

Pedester, -ris, -re (adj.)... on foot. Pedestres copiae, infantry

Pello, pepuli, pulsum, pellere... to drive, to expel, to banish, to defeat

Pendo, pependi, pensum, pendere... to weigh out, to pay

Penes (prep., with Acc.)...in the power of

Per (prep., with Acc. of place)... through ; also by means of

Perago , -egi, -actum, -agere... to carry out, to complete

Perduco, -duxi, - ductum , -duxZre... to lead through

Pereo, -U, -itum, -ire... to perish, to die

Perfungor, -functus, -fungi... to discharge

Pergamenus , -a, -um (adj.)... of or belonging to Pergamum, town of
Mysia in Asia
Periculum, -i, n.... danger
Peritus , -a, -um (adj.)... skilled in (with Gen.)

Permitto, -misi, - missum , -mittere... to permit, to entrust (something
to somebody, Acc. and Dat.)

Digitized by v^ooQle

VOCABULARY

259

Prusia, - ae , m.... Prusia (Nominative sometimes Prusias )

Publice (adv.)...in the name of the State

Publico, - avi , - atum , -are... to confiscate, to make public property
Publicus, -a, - um (ad j.)... belonging to the State, public
Publius, -H, m.... Publius, a Roman name
Puerulus , -i, m.... little boy
Pugio, -onis, m.... dagger.

Pugna , -ae, t... battle, fight
Pugno, -avi, -atum , -are... to fight
Pulcher -ra, -rum (adj.)... beautiful

Punicus, -a, -um (adj.)... Carthaginian. (Same as Poenicus )

Puppis, -is, f....stem (of a ship)

Puto, -avi, -atum, -are... to think, to suppose (but “thinking” =
ratus, not putans)

Qua (adv.)... where, by which way
Quacunque (adv.) . . .wheresoever

Quaero, quaesivi, quaesitum, quaerere... to ask (a question)

Quam, Acc. fem. sing, of Qui, quae, quod, which
Quam (adv. with adj.)... how. Tam . . . quam, so ... as; (with
superl.) as ... as possible. Quam plurimi, as many as possible
Quamdiu (adv.,)... how long, as long as
Quantus, -a, -um (adj.)... how great
Quare (con j.)... wherefore, why, for which reason
-que... and

Qui, quae, quod (rel. pron.)...who, which, etc. Qua is used for quae
= any

Quidem (adv.)... indeed, even

Quin (conj.)...but that. (See Lesson XXVII.)

Quinquies (numeral adverb)... five times
Quintius, -ii, m.... Quintius, a Roman name

Quintus , -i, m.... Quintus, a Roman name

Quis, m., f., quid, n. (inter. pron.)...who? which? also, after si, 7ie.

= anyone, anything. (In other cases this is like qui)

Quisnam, quidnam...vfho in the world. (Quis and nam)

Quod (conj.)... because

Quod (rel. pron., neut.)... which. Quod nisi, but unless (as to whil
if not)

Quoque (adv.) ... also i

260

VOCABULARY

Quot (indeclinable pron.)...how many
Quotannis (adv.)... every year
Quotienscumque (adv.)... as often as ever
Quum (con j.)... when, since. (Also written cum)

Ratio , -onis, f.... reason, plan, method

Recipio , -cepi, -ceptum , -cipere... to recover, to receive back. Se
recipere , to retreat

Recupero , -aoi, -of Mm, -are... to recover
Recuso, -avi, -atum, -are... to refuse

Reddo , reddidi , redditum, reddere.,. to give back, to restore
Redeo, -ii, - itum , -ire... to return

Reficio , -/eci, - fectum , -fici re... to repair, to restore, to refresh
Regnum , -i, n. ...kingdom
Regulus , -i, m.... Regulus, a famous Roman
Relinquo , -liqui, -lictum, -linquere... to leave behind, to forsake
Reliquus , -a, -Mm (adj.)...left, remaining
Remitto, -misi, - missum , -mittere... to send back
Removeo , -movi, -motum, -movere... to remove, to keep away (trans.)
Jlenovo , -avi, -atum, -are... to renew
Renuntio, -avi, -atum, -are... to bring back word
/foor, ratmt reri (deponent vb.)...to think. Ratus, thinking
Repente (adv.)... suddenly
Repentinus, -a, -um (adj.)... sudden

Reperio, repperi (re peri), repertum , reperire... to find, to discover
Repo, repsi, reptum, repere... to creep, to crawl
Repono , - posui , -positum, -ponere... to put back, to lay up for safety
Res, rei, f....a thing, affair, matter

Rescisco, -scivi, - scitum , -sciscere... to get to know, to ascertain
Resisto, -stiti, -stitum, -sistere... to resist (with Dat. case)

Respondeo , spondi, -sponsum, -spondere... to reply
Responsum, -i, n....a reply

Respublica, reipublicae, f....the State. (Res and publica)

Restituo, - ui , - utum , -ere... to restore, to give back

Retineo, - inui , -entum , -inere... to hold back; to retain, to preserve

Revertor , - versus , -verti... to return

Revoco, -avi, -atum, -are... to recall

Rex, regis, m....king

Rhoddnus, - i , m....the river Rhone, in France

Digitized by CjOOQle

VOCABULARY

261

Risus , -us, m.... laughter

Robustus , -a, -um (adj.)... strong, vigorous

Rogo , -avi, -atum, -are... to ask

Roma, -ae, f....Rome, capital of Italy and of Roman Empire

Romanus, -a, -um (adj.)... Roman

Ruber, -ra, -rum (adj.)... red

Rufus, -i, m.... Rufus, a Roman name

Rursus (ad v.)... again

Sacrifico , -avi, -atum, -are... to sacrifice, (trans, and intrans.) to .
offer up

Saepe (adv.)... often

Salttts, -us, m.... defile, pass

Salus, - iitis , f.... safety

Sapiens, -tis (adj.)... wise

Sapientia, -ae, f.... wisdom

Sarmenta, -orum, n. pi.... twigs, brushwood

Satis (adv.)... enough, sufficient

Saucius, -a, - um (adj.)... wounded

Scapha, -ae, f....a light rowing boat

Scilicet (adv.)... doubtless, of course. (Scire licet, it is permitted to
know, you may know)

Scio, scivi, scitum , scire... to know
Scipio, - onis , m.... Scipio, a famous Roman
Scribo, scripsi, scriptum, scribere... to write

Se, sese (Acc. of the reflexive pronoun)... himself, etc. (See Lesson
XIV.)

Secundus , -a, -um (ad j.)... second ; favourable
Sed (conj.)...but. Sed etiam, but also
Segrego, -avi, -atum, -are... to separate
Seiungo, -iunxi, - iunctum , -iungere...to separate
Semper (adv.)... always

Senatus, -us, m.... senate (the supreme council of nobles at Rome).
Senatum dare, to give audience of the senate. Senatuscon¬
sultum, a decree of the senate
Sententia , -ae, f.... opinion, vote, decision
Septuagesimus, -a, -um (ordinal numeral adj.)... seventieth
Serpens, -tis, f.... serpent
Servilius, - ii , m.... Servilius, a Roman name

Digitized by CjOOQle

262

VOCABULARY

Servulus, -i, m....a little slave

Servus , -i, m....a slave

Si (conj.)...if

Sic (adv.)...so

Sicilia , -ae, f.... Sicily

Signum , -i, n,... signal; standard

Simul (adv.)...at the same time. Simul atque , as soon as

Simulo, -avi, - atum , -are... to pretend

Sine (prep., with Abl. case)... without

Societas, -atis, f . . . . alliance

Solum (adv.)...only

Solus, -a, -um (adj.)... alone

Solvo, solvi, solutum, solver e... io loosen

Specto, -avi, -atum, -are... to look at, to behold

Spero, -avi, -atum , -are... to hope, to hope for

Spes, spei, f....hope

Statim (adv.)...at once

Statua, -ae, f.... statue

Statuo, -ui, - utum , -ere... to resolve, to determine ; to establish

Sto, sttti, statum, stare... to stand

Studium, - ii , n....zeal, desire, eagerness

Stulte (adv.)... foolishly

Subigo, -egi, -actum, -igere... to subdue

Subito (adv.)... suddenly

Succumbo, -cubui, - cubitum , -cumbere... to lie prostrate
Sufficio, - feci , -fectum, -ficere... to choose in the place of any one
Stilpicius, -ii, m.... Sulpicius, a Roman name
Sum, fui, esse.. .to be

Summa , -ae, f....the sum, the whole amount. Summa imperii , the
supreme authority

Summus, -a, -um (adj., superl. degree of superus)... highest, greatest
Sumo, sumpsi, sumptum, sumere... to take
Sumptus, -us, m.... expense

Sunt (third pers. plur. Pres. Indie, of sww)...they are
Superior, -us (compar, of superus)... ( 1) higher; (2) victorious; (3)
former

Supero, -avi, -atum, -are... to overcome, to defeat
Supra (adv,)... above. Also Prep., with Acc. case
Suscipio , -cepi, - ceptum , -cipere... to undertake
Suspicio, -spexi, - spectum , -spicer e... to look up at, to admire
Sustineo, -inui, -e'ntum, -mere... to endure, to sustain

Digitized by CjOOQle

VOCABULARY 263

Suits , -a, -tm...his own, her own, its own, etc. (referring to subject
of sentence)

Syracusae , -arum, f. pi.... Syracuse, largest town in Sicily
Syria , -ae, f.... Syria, region of Asia Minor

Tabellarius , -ii, m.... letter-carrier, messenger

Talis , (adj.)...such, of such a kind

Tam (adv,)...so, to such a degree

Tamdiu (adv.)...so long

Tamen (adv.)... nevertheless, however

Tandem (ad v.)... at length. Nunc tandem, now at length

Tanquam (adv.)... as if

Tantum (adv.)... only (see Modo)

Tantus , -a, -urn (adj.)...so great

Templum , -i, n.... temple

Tempus , - oris , n....time

Teneo , tenui, tentum , tenere... to hold

Ter (numeral ad verb)... thrice

Terentius , -ii, m.... Terentius, Roman name

Terra , -ae, f....land. Terra marique , by sea and land. (Note the
Latin order)

Terror , -oris, m.... terror, fear, panic

Tertio (adv.)... thirdly, for the third time

Tertius , -a, -um (ordinal numeral adj.)... third

Thermopylae , -arum, f. pi.... Thermopylae, a pass in Greece

Tiber, - eris , m. ...Tiber

Tiberius , -ii, m.... Tiberius, a Roman name

Tibi (dat. of Tn, thou)... to you

Timeo, -ui, - , -ere... to fear, to be afraid of

Tollo, sustuli, sublatum , tollere.., io take away, to remove, to destroy
To£ (indecl. pronoun)... so many
Totus, -a, -um (adj.)... whole

Trado , tradidi, traditum, trader e... to hand over, to surrender

Traduco, -duxi, • ductum , •ducere... to lead across

Transeo, -ii, -itum, -ire... to cross

Transitus, -us, m.... passage across

Trasumenus, -i, m....Lake Trasumenus, in Etruria

Trebia, -ae, f.... Trebia, tributary of the Po

Trecenti, -ae, -a (numeral adj.)... three hundred

Digitized by CjOOQle

264

VOCABULARY

Tres , tria (numeral adj.)... three
Triennium , -ii, n.... period of three years

Turn (adv.)...then, at that time Tum quidem (adv.)...then indeed,
just then

Thus, -a, -um... thy or thine, your

Ubi (conj .)... where ; when

Ullus , -a, - um (Gen. ullius)... &ny (after a negative)

Umbrosus, -a , -um (adj.)... shady
Unde (conj.)... whence

Undique (ad v.)... from every side, on every side
Universus, -a, -um (adj.)... whole, entire; (pi.) all together
Unquam (ad v.)... ever. (When “ever” equals “always” use

semper)

Unus , -a, -um (numeral adj.)... one
Urbs, urbis , f....city

Usque (ad v.). .. ever, right on. Usque ad, right up to
Usus, -us, m....use, experience. Usu venire, to actually happen
Ut (adv.)...as; (conj.) when ; so that, in order that; that
Uter, utra, utrum... which of two?

Uterque , utraque , utrumque...e ach of two
Utica, - ae , f.... Utica, town in Africa
Utor, usus, uti... to use (with Ablative case)

Utpote (adv.)... namely, as being

Utrobiq'ue (adv,)... on both sides, on both elements (sea and land)

Valens, -tis (partic. pres, of valeo)... strong. Valentissimus (superl.),
strongest

Valeo, - ui , - , -ere... to be strong

Valetudo, -inis, f.... health; bad health, illness

Vallum, - i , n.... rampart

Varius, -a, -um (adj.)... manifold, various

Vas, vasis, n.... vessel, dish. (Plur., vasa, -orum, -is, irregular)

Vectigal, -alis, n....tax, tribute

Veho, vexi, vectum, vehere... to carry

Vel . . . vel, either ... or. Vet... oven

Velum, -i, n....sail

Velut (adv.)... even as, as

Digitized by CjOOQle

VOCABULARY

265

Venenatus , -a, -um (partic. of veneno)... poisoned

Veneno , -avi, -atum, -are... to poison

Venenum , -i, n.... poison

Venio, veni, ventum , venire... to come

Vento, -i, m....the wind

Venusia, -ae, f.... Venusia, town in Italy

Verbum , -i, n....word

Vereor, -ito, -eri... to fear; to reverence

Verto, verti , versum, ver tere... to tum

Verus , -a, -um (adj.)...true

Vester, -ra, -rum (adj.)...your own, your (referring to more than one)

Vetustus, -a, -um (ad j.)... old

Vexo, - avi , -atum, -are... to harass

Vicesimus, -a, -um (ordinal numeral ad j.)... twentieth

Victoria , - ae , f.... victory

Video, vidi, visum, videre... to see. Videtur, it seems
Vinco, vici, victum , vincere... to conquer

Violo, -avi, -atum, -are... to break, to violate. Violare legem, to break
a law

Vir, -i, m....a man

Virtus, - utis , f.... bravery, manliness, virtue

Vis (Acc. vim, Abl. vi; Plur, vires, virium, viribus), f.... strength

Visus, -us, m.... sight, appearance

Vita, -ae, f....life. (Do not use plural in this sense; vitae means
“ biographies ”)

Vito, -avi, -atum, -are... to avoid
Vivo, viaji, vicf nw, vivere... to live
Vwtis, -a, -um (adj.)... living, alive
Vix (adv.)... scarcely
Volo, volui , velle... to be willing, to wish
Voluntas, - atis , f....will, wish, desire

Zama, -ae, f....Zama, a town in Africa, near Carthage

17*

Digitized by

Google

THE ABERDEEN UNIVERSITY PRESS LIMITED

Digitized by Google

Digitized by v^.ooQle

Acme Library Card Pocket

Under Pat. "Ref. Index File"

Made by Library Bureau

530 Atlantic Avb., Boston

Keep Your Card in this Pocket

Digitized by

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Self-education in Latin"

See other formats